Skip to main content

Full text of "The log of an island wanderer, notes of travel in the eastern Pacific"

See other formats


THE  LIBRARY 

OF 

THE  UNIVERSITY 
OF  CALIFORNIA 

LOS  ANGELES 


.7  Day- Dream." 


[Frontispiece. 


The  Log  of  an  Island 
Wanderer 

Notes  of  Travel  in  the 
Eastern  Pacific 


By 
Edwin  Pallander 

Author  of  "Across  the  Zodiac,"  etc. 


With  32  Illustrations 


London 
C.    Arthur    Pearson,    Ltd. 

Henrietta  Street 
1901 


?mJL 


To 
EDWARD    ENGLAND,    ESQ. 

OF   TOORAK,    MELBOURNE 

THIS   VOLUME 

IS    RESPECTFULLY    DEDICATED    IN    MEMORY    OF 

A    CHARMING    SUMMER    SPENT    IN    THE 

ISLES   AND   ENCHANTED    GARDENS 

OF   AUSTRALASIA 


Contents 


CHAP.  PAGE 

I.   IN   AUCKLAND— THE  DEFEAT  OF  TEWTOX           ..          .          .  7 

II.   THE  OCEAN   OF  KIWA 17 

III.  THE   ISLE   OF  ORANGES 2$ 

IV.  QUEEN   MAKAE — JACKY — OFFICIALISM          ....  34 

V.  MISSIONARY   LAW — RAHERl'S   DIPLOMA          ....  43 

VI.  THE   ISLE  OF   FAIR   WOMEN 56 

VII.   CHINAMEN— MILITARY — "  VI   ET  ARMIS  "             ...  70 

VIII.   A   FASHODA   IDYLL 8l 

IX.  OFFICIALISM— A  STUDY   IN   RESPONSIBILITIES    ...  91 
X.   TOUR     OF     THE      ISLAND  —  A     CHRISTENING  —  DRIVING 

PECULIAR .          .          .  IOI 

XI.   TOUR  OF  THE   ISLAND   (continued)— INDUSTRIES          .  -113 

XII.   THE  OCEAN   OF   MARAMA 124 

XIII.  TERAUPO  AND  THE   UNION  JACK 137 

XIV.  BORA-BORA  AND   THE   HOOLA-HOOLA 144 

xv.  "PAKE  RAA  TAI"  (THE  EBBING  OF  THE  TIDE)        .        .  157 

XVI.   AN   INTERLUDE 167 

XVII.  THE  ISLES  OF  THIRST — A  RUN   IN   A  NATIVE  SCHOONER  172 

XVIII.   ANAA — LIFE  ON  A   CORAL   ATOLL 190 

xix.  CHALLONER'S  ANGEL 201 

XX.    MAKEMO — SURF-RIDING — SHARKS 211 

XXI.  THE  WHITE  DEVIL  OF  MAKEMO 217 

XXII.    HIKUERU   AND  THE   PEARL-FISHERY 226 

XXIII.  HIVAOA — MISSIONARIES — THE  CRUCIFIXION  OF  CRADOCK  235 

XXIV.  MISSIONARIES — VISIT  TO  A  LEPER  VILLAGE        .           ...  243 
XXV.   NUKAHI.VA — A  CANNIBAL  QUEEN — PICNICS — CONVICTS       .  254 

XXVI.   THE  STORY  OF  JOHN   HILLYARD 265 

XXVII.   A  NUKAHIVA  GOAT-DRIVE 273 

XXVIII.  TAHITI   AGAIN — PAPEETE   IN   GALA 284 

XXIX.  TAHITIAN   SOCIETY .          .  300 

XXX.   NATIVE  WIFEDOM — A  WH1TY-BROWN  STUDY      .          .          -313 

V 


List  of  Illustrations 

"  A  Day- Dream"          .     .   .        .        .        .        .  Frontispiece 

Up  the  Valley,  Rarotonga   ...        .        .  To  face  page  32 

A  South  Sea  Royalty    ......  „  „       36 

Picking  Papaws,  Rarotonga         ....  „  „      46 

Papeete,  from  the  Sea           .....  „  „      60 

Place  de  1'Ancienne  Prison,  Papeete     ...  „  „      66 

A  Remittance- Man's  Dwelling     ....  „  „       70 

Marketing,  Papeete „  ,,72 

Terii  Areva  ........  „  „       82 

Fautaua  Valley .  „  „      86 

Broom  Road,  Papeete ,,  ,,      94 

Faaa  Point,  Tahiti        .        .        .        .        ,        .  „  „     106 

A  Lesson  in  Dancing   .        .        .     '  .        .        .  „  „     no 

"  Where  mountain  spirits  prate  to  river  sprites"  „  „     114 

Drying  Copra,  Tahiti „  „     116 

Weeding  Sugar-Cane    .        .        .        .        .        .  „  „     120 

Kanaka  carrying  Faies  (Plantains)       .        .        .  „  „     122 

Landing-Place,  Huahine      .                 .        .        .  „  ,,130 

A  Hoola-hoola,  Tahiti           .        .        .        .        .  „  ,,152 

Beach  Road,  Bora- Bora       .        .        .        .        »  „  „     160 

A  Picnic,  Fautaua .  „  „     170 

Avenue  Bruat,  Papeete         .        .        .        .        .  „  ,,178 

A  Trip  on  the  Lagoon,  Anaa        .        .        .        .  „  ,,194 

After  the  Day's  Work,  Paumotu  Islands      .        .  „  ,,196 

A  Makemo  Schoolboy's  Holiday          .        .        .  „  ,,216 

Pearl-Diving  in  Hikueru „  „     232 

Girls  in  Canoe „  „     240 

Group  of  Natives,  Marquesas  Islands           .  „  „     246 

Jimmy  Gibson „  „     260 

Roasting  Bread-Fruit „  „     264 

Three  Beauties,  Tahiti „  „    296 

A  Picnic,  Fautaua „  „     308 

vi 


The   Log   of  an    Island 
Wanderer 

CHAPTER  I 

IN  AUCKLAND— THE  DEFEAT  OF  TEWTOX 

"  'Twas  beyond  a  joke 

And  enough  to  provoke 
The  mildest  and  best-tempered  fiend  below." 

— INGOLDSBY. 

AUCKLAND  is   the  most  respectable   city  in  the 
world. 

The  exact  reason  for  this  is  difficult  to  deter- 
mine. External  appearance  has  a  good  deal  to 
do  with  it.  The  long,  prim,  soberly  ugly  streets 
scarifying  the  pale  heavens  with  their  network  of 
telephone  wire ;  the  chequered  squareness  of  the 
harbour  frontage,  and  its  rows  of  orderly  steam- 
boat funnels  and  glittering  acres  of  plate-glass  ; 
the  innocently  temperate  suggestions  of  those 
ever-recurring  "  Coffee "  Palaces ;  the  rows  of 
painted  villas  moulding  themselves  so  persua- 
sively to  the  curve  of  the  hills — as  beautifully 
uniform  in  style  and  feeling  as  no  doubt  are  the 

7 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

souls  and  political  convictions  of  the  occupants 
— the  prevalence  of  greys  and  greens  in  the 
general  colour-scheme ;  the  Puritanical  hymn- 
book  air  of  the  Union  Company's  clerks ;  the 
sombre  copses  of  pine  and  cypress,  and  the  end- 
less frivolity-rebuking  cemetery. 

Maybe  the  climate  has  something  to  do  with 
it.  The  Auckland  climate  is,  during  the  major 
portion  of  the  year,  the  softest,  warmest,  gentlest 
thing  imaginable.  It  is  as  mild  as  the  kiss  of  a 
curate  on  the  cheek  of  a  spinster.  To  realise 
it  adequately  you  should  cling  passionately  to 
something  and  think  of  crushed  strawberries.  I 
know  not  whether  holiness  is  of  the  line  and 
plummet,  but  if  it  be,  Auckland  is  contracting  for 
a  race  of  angels. 

Auckland  was  not  built  in  a  day.  Its  growth 
was  as  decently  slow  as  everything  in  it.  Auck- 
land did  not  shoot  up  like  a  nouveau  riche.  It 
began  by  honestly  serving  its  apprenticeship. 
Those  were  the  days  when,  in  the  guise  of 
pioneer,  it  earned  its  living  by  the  sweat  of  its 
brow  and  the  sureness  of  its  aim,  feasting  mag- 
nificently, knife  in  hand,  between  the  rotting 
timber-piles  and  the  drifting  camp-smoke — days 
of  the  axe,  the  forge,  the  war-drum. 

Auckland  came  of  age,  as  most  healthy  scions 
do,  on  the  front  doorstep.  To  that  party  came 

8 


In  Auckland — the   Defeat  of  Tewtox 

from  across  the  seas  the  merchant,  the  capitalist, 
the  grievance,  the  man-who-was-good,  the  woman 
with  a  mission.  The  tone  of  Auckland's  ances- 
tral abode  changed.  A  king  arose  who  knew 
not  the  pioneer,  and  he  formed  a  kingdom  of 
Ledger — with  inky-fingered  courtiers  and  souls 
to  be  saved — all  the  conquering  battle-line  of  a 
speckless  bureaucracy. 

Following  the  usual  course  of  merchant-princes, 
Auckland  next  set  to  work  to  unearth  for  itself 
a  pedigree.  It  was  a  queer  one,  rather — extend- 
ing on  one  side  to  Lombard  Street,  on  the  other 
to  Hongi  Heke — but  the  frames  of  the  ancestors 
were  heavy  in  gold  and  carried  weight  with 
the  querulous.  Auckland  cultivated  a  paunch 
swollen  with  intestinal  red  tape,  learned  to 
eschew  champagne,  and  go  in  for  dry  sherry, 
to  broaden  her  shirt-front  and  her  vowels,  to 
eat  cold  beef  on  Sunday,  to  be  grey,  solid,  heavy 
— English.  Like  Trabb's  boy,  Auckland  said 
to  her  old  archetype,  the  pioneer,  "  Don't  know 
yah."  And  the  archetype,  when  he  didn't  drink 
himself  blind,  drifted  sadly  away  to  the  gum- 
fields  and  hated  the  usurper.  .  .  . 

I  had  just  arrived  at  this  interesting  stage  in 
my  musings  when  some  one — Johnson  of  the 
Ovalau — stopped  me  abruptly  and  asked  me 
whether  I  cared  to  witness  a  cock-fight. 

9 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

A  cock-fight  !  In  Auckland  !  The  thing 
seemed  weirdly  incongruous.  But  was  I  not 
booked  for  a  tour  in  the  South  Pacific,  and  ought 
I  to  be  astonished  at  anything  ?  In  most  cases 
where  such  an  entertainment  were  offered  one 
would  decline,  and  hastily — but  in  the  present 
case  there  were  reasons  for  making  the  thing 
especially  interesting.  Every  one  in  Auckland 
had  heard  of  the  redoubtable  fighting-cock  Tew- 
tox,  the  tailless  champion  of  the  Pacific,  who  had 
mortally  inconvenienced  every  bird  of  his  own 
size  from  Rarotonga  to  the  Pelews.  Tewtox 
was  a  wonderful  creature.  He  was  the  property 
of  some  sailor  of  the  Union  Company,  and  his 
owner  had  made  a  fortune  over  him.  Whenever 
his  vessel  landed  at  an  island  it  was  Tewtox's 
habit  to  challenge  some  local  bird  and  send 
him  home  bleeding  and  eyeless  in  less  than  ten 
minutes.  Indeed  his  victories  had  been  so 
frequent  that  the  whole  of  Auckland — or  that 
section  of  it  familiar  with  the  technicalities  of  this 
noble  sport — took  an  interest  in  his  movements, 
and  the  first  officer  of  the  Ovalau  actually  had 
a  portrait  of  this  talented  fowl  hanging  on  his 
cabin  partition. 

It  appeared  that  the  challenging  party  were  the 
crew  of  the  Pedro  Valverde,  a  two-hundred-ton 
schooner  from  Valparaiso.  They  were  not  known 

10 


In  Auckland — the    Defeat  of  Tewtox 

to  have  any  feathered  celebrity  on  board,  and 
some  curiosity  was  felt  as  to  whom  they  would 
present  as  a  champion. 

Johnson  would  willingly  have  attended  the 
performance  himself,  but  Captain  Pond  of  the 
Ovalau  was  a  man  of  morals  strict,  and  was 
known  to  disapprove  of  fighting  in  any  form,  and 
cock-fighting  in  particular.  So  Johnson  con- 
tented himself  with  introducing  me  to  a  couple 
of  guides  and  wishing  me  all  imaginable  luck. 
The  sailors  twisted  me  down  along  the  harbour 
into  a  region  of  skeleton  hulks,  rusting  propeller- 
blades,  rotting  varnish,  and  piles  of  yellow 
lumber.  In  a  side-street  was  a  staid-looking 
public-house  with  scarlet  blinds,  and  the  legend 
"Coffee  Palace"  broidered  in  gold  over  the  door. 
In  a  dark  passage  whither  we  were  admitted,  a 
fat  man  with  a  bottle-nose  bounced  out  on  us 
like  a  puppet  at  a  show,  and  on  being  told  we 
came  to  see  the  fight  started  dramatically,  and 
pretended  to  be  shocked.  Then  he  changed 
tactics.  He  backed  me  mysteriously  into  a 
corner,  and  with  a  wink  : 

"Sir,"  he  said,  "this  ain't  going  to  be  quite 
what  you  might  call  a  fair  fight.  In  fact,  it's  a 
bit  of  a  plant — and  rough  on  the  champion.  But 
if  you  should  notice  anything  queer,  for  the  love 
of  God  don't  let  on — twiggy-voo  ? " 

ii 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

I  didn't  twiggy  in  the  least,  but  I  somehow 
understood  that  the  days  of  Tewtox  were  num- 
bered, and  that  a  scheme  was  rife  for  his  im- 
mediate smashment. 

In  a  vast  room  lit  by  dingy  windows  an  audi- 
ence of  about  fifty  sailors  were  collected,  sitting 
pipe  in  mouth  on  long  benches  ranged  against 
the  walls.  The  place  had  once  been  a  billiard- 
room,  but  the  racks  had  been  dismantled  and  the 
lamps  abolished.  The  atmosphere  of  tobacco 
made  my  eyes  smart.  A  side-door  led  to  another 
apartment  where  a  major-domo  was  dispensing 
drinks.  It  was  the  most  genial  gathering  I  had 
yet  seen  in  Auckland. 

Some  one  called  Time.  There  were  cheers 
and  clapping  of  hands  from  the  Union  sailors. 
A  canvas  bag  was  produced,  and  out  of  it  stepped 
the  redoubtable  champion  Tewtox.  In  appear- 
ance he  was  a  small  bird,  but  the  fact  that  his 
feathers  had  been  closely  clipped  and  his  tail  cut 
short  may  have  altered  his  looks  somewhat. 
He  was  in  first-chop  fighting  trim.  He  strutted 
boldly  to  the  centre  of  the  room,  pecked  medita- 
tively at  a  fallen  orange-peel,  flapped  his  clipped 
wings,  and  uttered  a  defiant  crow. 

"He's  all  right,"  said  the  President,  a  lanky 
man  with  iron-grey  side  whiskers;  "  bring  on  your 
bird,  you  lubbers." 

12 


In  Auckland — the   Defeat  of  Tewtox 

For  answer  there  was  a  mysterious  shuffling  in 
the  darkness  of  the  bar-room  door  behind  me  and 
an  oath  from  some  one,  hurt  apparently.  A  second 
big  bag  was  placed  on  the  floor,  and  out  waddled 
one  of  the  strangest  creatures  imaginable.  Its 
form  was  that  of  a  monstrous  fowl,  but  there  was 
not  a  solitary  feather  on  its  body — all  one  could 
see  was  a  white  swollen  bag  of  flesh  that  quivered 
and  shivered  and  sank  down  in  a  lump,  apparently 
unable  to  move.  On  its  head — or  the  portion  of 
its  body  where  its  head  might  have  been — some 
one  had  fixed  with  some  sticky  mixture  a  scarlet 
flannel  rag,  similar  to  a  cock's  comb,  and  round 
its  neck  were  more  frills  of  some  pink  substance. 
There  was  a  howl  of  derision  and  excitement. 

"It's  a  turkey."  "No,  it  ain't."  "Pass  it 
round,  and  let's  have  a  look  at  it."  Then  the 
voice  of  the  President  shouting  "Order,  gentle- 
men— order-r-r,  please." 

What  the  bird  actually  was  it  was  impossible 
to  see.  However,  here  it  was,  and  Tewtox  was 
going  to  fight  it.  Any  objection  which  the  latter's 
owner  might  have  experienced  in  allowing  his 
bird  to  tackle  a  stranger  of  doubtful  parentage 
was  silenced  by  the  rum  he  had  drunk  and  by 
the  curiosity  of  the  rest  of  the  audience. 

"  Go  it,  old  boy ! "  he  shouted,  waving  his 
cigar, 

13 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

Tewtox  clucked  encouragingly.  He  saw  the 
white  lump  of  flesh,  the  beak,  and  the  wobbling 
red  comb.  Some  instinct  might  have  warned 
him  of  possible  danger  lurking  under  that  thea- 
trical disguise,  but  success  had  made  Tewtox  as 
giddy  as  his  master,  and  he  was  stuffed  as  full  of 
conceit  as  a  lady  novelist  of  adjectives. 

Tewtox  protruded  his  head  twice  inquiringly, 
rustled  his  quills  in  warlike  fashion,  crowed — then 
seeing  his  antagonist  showed  no  signs  of  life,  ad- 
vanced with  a  rush  and  pecked  the  flabby  stranger 
smartly  in  the  side. 

The  mysterious  one  made  no  movement.  Per- 
haps the  loss  of  its  feathers  had  taken  the  spirit 
out  of  it.  It  still  lay  quietly  on  the  floor,  its  poor 
head  with  the  dangling  strips  of  flannel  turning 
moodily  from  side  to  side  as  though  trying  to 
fathom  why  it  was  brought  here,  and  with  what 
object  it  was  being  tortured.  There  were  cries 
of  "  Shame !  "  a  crash  of  glass  from  the  bar,  and 
a  burst  of  laughter. 

The  noise  roused  Tewtox's  spark  of  ambition. 
He  commenced  dancing  about  like  an  indiarubber 
ball,  swelling  and  strutting  to  and  fro,  impudently 
turning  his  back  on  his  antagonist,  and  taking 
pains  to  evince  his  contempt  generally.  Then 
suddenly  rushing  to  the  attack  he  treated  the  poor 
quivering  body  to  a  series  of  sharp  pecking  bites. 


In  Auckland — the   Defeat  of  Tewtox 

Even  a  skinless  bird  has  limits  to  its  endurance. 
The  stranger's  eye  lightened.  It  seemed  to 
realise  that  something  was  going  on — that  it  was 
being  purposely  maltreated,  or  worse — publicly 
insulted.  From  underneath  that  formless  mass  a 
great  claw  protruded  menacingly,  and  as  Tewtox 
rashly  swooped  down  a  third  time,  the  claw  caught 
him  by  the  neck,  and  held  him  as  in  a  vice. 

There  was  a  howl  of  excitement.  Down  went 
the  great  beak,  and  before  any  one  could  realise 
it  Tewtox's  head  parted  with  a  snap  from  his 
body,  and  Tewtox  himself  rolled  over  bleeding 
and  fluttering  in  the  agonies  of  death !  At  the 
same  moment  the  strange  bird  rose,  and  there, 
before  us,  tailless  and  disreputable,  its  artificial 
comb  wobbling  foolishly  on  its  poor  bare  head, 
glaring  round  on  the  assembly  with  warlike  fiery 
eye — was  the  most  ferocious  bald-headed  eagle 
ever  seen  outside  a  menagerie  ! 

Nothing  can  describe  the  fury  of  Tewtox's 
owner  when  he  found  how  he  had  been  tricked. 
The  Valverde  sailors  tried  to  hustle  the  eagle 
into  the  bag,  but  the  bird's  blood  was  up,  and  he 
made  his  beak  meet  in  the  calf  of  his  aggressor 
in  a  way  that  showed  he  intended  to  stand  no 
more  trifling. 

"You  rascally,  macaroni-chewing,  dish-washing 
son  of  a  dago  !  "  howled  Tewtox's  master,  kicking 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

the  eagle  aside  and  grabbing  the  nearest  sailor 
by  the  collar.  "  By  your  leave,  gentlemen — no 
fighting  here ! "  shouted  the  major-domo,  but  he 
was  too  late,  for  the  majority  of  the  guests  were 
thirsting  for  a  row  with  the  Portuguese  sailors, 
and  the  room  was  filled  with  struggling,  pushing 
humanity.  The  tide  surged  down  the  passage 
and  into  the  street,  smashing  the  stained-glass 
doors  and  littering  the  pavement  with  fragments. 
The  last  I  saw  as  I  vanished  round  the  corner 
was  a  lame  white  bird  skipping  in  the  mud  and 
the  president  trying  to  hit  it  with  a  soda-water 
bottle.  Next  day  I  was  on  board  the  Ovalau 
bound  for  Rarotonga. 


16 


CHAPTER  II 

THE  OCEAN   OF  KIWA 

"  Our  landwind  is  the  breath 
Of  sorrows  kissed  to  death, 

And  joys  that  were — 
Our  ballast  is  a  rose, 
Our  way  lies  where  God  knows, 

And  love  knows  where." 

IT  was  Tuesday,  the  29th  of  September,  and 
Auckland  had  donned  her  mourning- dress  of 
rain -soaked  wharves  and  dripping  hawsers. 
Rangitoto  was  hidden  behind  driving  mist- 
wraiths,  and  the  trailing  smoke  of  the  north- 
shore  ferries  accentuated  the  general  atmosphere 
of  gloom,  as  lilies  do  a  funeral.  Finally,  by  way 
of  making  the  place  a  little  wetter  and  more  in 
keeping  with  its  surroundings,  one  of  the  men 
started  playing  with  a  hose  in  energetic  pretence 
of  washing  the  decks. 

The  Ovalau  was  a  vessel  of  some  1250  tons 
burden,  with  a  diminutive  engine  that  looked  like 
a  toy  and  a  miniature  aping  of  the  lines  of  a  big 
ocean  steamer  which  would  have  been  funny  if  it 
hadn't  been  uncomfortable.  The  saloon  was  very 

17  B 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

far  astern — which  meant  eating  our  meals  to  a 
tremolo  screw  accompaniment — and  there  were 
one  or  two  hatchways  that  smelt  as  though  the 
man  who  designed  them  were  decaying  under- 
neath. The  only  passengers  were  a  French 
military  man  and  his  wife,  for  Tahiti  ;  a  genial 
but  sea-sick  French  doctor,  and  a  tall  handsome 
lady  with  gray  hair  and  eyes  to  match,  whom 
Pond  introduced  me  to  last  night  as  Mrs.  Irwin. 

There  was  no  cheering  as  we  moved  off — nor 
would  I  have  been  in  the  mood  to  participate  if 
there  had  been.  Thank  God,  sea-sickness  and 
heart-sickness  don't  go  well  together.  The  latter 
had  the  start,  but  long  before  the  Ovalau  rounded 
the  Barrier  light  Neptune  won  in  a  canter.  I 
crawled  meekly  in  between  the  white  sheets  of 
my  bunk,  and  resigned  myself  to  misery. 

Oct.  2. — On  my  sea-legs  at  last.  I  met  the 
little  French  captain  in  the  companion.  He  was 
affable  and  communicative — full  of  fun,  a  typical 
Parisian.  He  has  served  his  country  succes- 
sively in  Algiers,  Tonkin,  Dahomey,  and  Pondi- 
chery — but  it  is  difficult  to  draw  him  out  on  any 
subject  connected  with  these  countries.  Scenery 
or  natives  don't  interest  him.  They  are  bar- 
barians. They  have  no  monde,  no  blue-book, 
no  opera.  They  have  never  even  heard  of  the 
Prince  de  Sagan.  They  are  not  men,  they  are 

18 


The  Ocean  of  Kiwa 

existences.  And  here — on  the  very  threshold  of 
my  fairy-tale,  I  get  a  preliminary  glimpse  of  the 
greatest  and  most  failure-breeding  weakness  of 
French  colonial  enterprise — officialism. 

To  rule,  to  command,  to  drill  regiments  into 
scurrying  sham-fights  down  tropical  valleys,  to 
dance  attendance  on  mysterious  "  functions " 
beset  with  natives  in  livery,  and  gentlemen 
whose  decorations  might — boiled  down — make 
very  tolerable  bullet-proof  waistcoats,  to  re- 
christen  local  byways  after  Parisian  thorough- 
fares, to  play  "parties"  of  dearie,  to  draw  the 
francs  fresh  and  fresh,  to  return  home  with  the 
glitter  of  outlandish  dignitaryship  clinging  to 
one's  name  and  urging  one  on  to  fresh  social 
dazzle — such  and  no  others  are  the  goals  striven 
for  by  young  France  in  her  policy  of  colonial 
exiledom.  But  of  the  life,  manners,  history  of 
the  country,  not  a  word.  They  are  dead  letters. 
Our  little  captain  is,  on  the  whole,  a  great  deal 
more  intelligent  than  the  average  run  of  epau- 
letted  miscreant  one  meets  in  the  South  Pacific, 
but  even  he  is  mildly  amused  at  my  keeping  a 
diary.  What  can  there  be  to  record  on  a  tramp 
across  an  abominable  ocean  full  of  savages  ?  I 
tell  him  I  never  go  to  bed  without  writing  up  my 
diary. 

"And  I,"  he  retorts,  drawing  himself  up,  but 

19 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

leering  amusedly  at  me  out  of  the  corner  of  his 
eye  to  watch  the  effect  of  his  words,  "  I  never 
go  to  bed  without  praying  for  the  death  of  the 
English." 

The  bloodthirsty  little  mosquito ! 

Oct.  4. — The  ocean  of  Kiwa!  The  name 
is  weird,  barbaric,  full  of  mystery.  And  it  was 
here,  in  these  very  waters  that  the  Ovalaus 
propeller-blades  are  thrashing  so  remorselessly, 
that  the  first  primaeval  canoe — the  Mayflower 
of  the  Maories — struggled  and  toiled  with  its 
starving  freight  of  islanders  to  reach  the  pro- 
mised land,  the  bleak  North  Island  of  New 
Zealand,  with  its  spouting  volcanoes  and  hissing 
lakes  of  sulphur. 

Whence  came  they  ?  No  one  knows  for  cer- 
tain. They  came  from  an  island  where  a  king 
ruled  by  the  name  of  Pomare :  this  naturally 
suggests  Tahiti,  but  just  as  you  get  ready  to  kill 
the  fatted  calf  in  honour  of  your  superior  astute- 
ness, that  disgusting  nuisance,  the  antiquary, 
shivers  your  dream  to  atoms  with  the  news  that 
there  was  no  family  of  that  ilk  in  Tahiti  so  long 
ago.  Queen  Aimata  Pomare  is  a  recent  institu- 
tion entirely. 

And  so  on — and  so  on.  The  more  you  dive 
into  that  fell  legend  the  more  deeply  you  flounder 
in  the  mist  of  contradictions.  Best  leave  it  alone 

20 


The  Ocean  of  Kiwa 

altogether ;  at  least  leave  the  serious  side  of  it 
alone  ;  it  reads  better  as  a  romance  If  you  are 
so  minded  you  can  even  reconstruct  it  as  a 
picture.  The  details  spring  up  only  too  readily. 
You  see  the  long  clumsy  boat  with  its  mildewed 
crust  of  sea-salt,  the  ragged  sail  of  coco-matting, 
the  bowed  line  of  men,  the  haggard  faces  of  the 
women — the  tears,  prayers,  curses  when  each 
succeeding  dawn  showed  no  limit  to  the  merci- 
less waste  of  water.  And  then  that  thrice- 
blessed,  glorious  morning,  when  the  survivors  of 
that  perishing  crew  lifted  their  aching  eyes  to 
see  the  long  grey  mountains  of  Coromandel 
looming  through  the  yellow  sunrise.  Think  of 
it !  The  sailings  of  Columbus  and  Vasco  da 
Gama  must  have  been  a  fool  to  the  cruise  of 
that  tiny  dug-out  canoe.  Two  thousand  two 
hundred  miles  across  a  tropical  sea,  with  a  bunch 
of  rotten  bananas  and  a  few  miserable  calabashes 
of  water  to  prolong  your  agony.  The  bare  idea 
makes  one  shiver. 

But  I  am  alone  in  my  enthusiasm.  Neither 
the  captain  nor  the  doctor  take  much  stock  in 
legends.  Ideals  become  as  brittle  as  glass  on  a 
Union  steamer,  and  hardly  have  you  got  the  roof 
on  your  palace  of  crystal  when — presto  ! — the  real 
steps  in  and  crumbles  everything  to  dust. 

Oct.  5. — The  real  has  stepped  in  at  last.  A 

21 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

shark  has  swallowed  our  log.  The  spinning  vane 
of  metal  trailing  in  the  wake  of  the  ship  attracted 
the  creature's  attention,  and  he  bolted  it,  mis- 
taking it  for  a  fish.  Such  accidents  are  not 
uncommon  about  here,  and  Captain  Pond  tells 
me  this  is  the  second  log  he  has  lost  since  the 
Ovalau  commenced  running. 

Sharks,  both  of  the  land  and  sea  variety,  are 
plentiful  in  the  islands,  and  over  the  Papeete  club 
tables  the  shark-liar  is  as  common  and  as  vener- 
able an  institution  as  the  golf  or  bicycle  liar  is 
with  us.  Cuddy,  the  purser  of  the  Ovalau,  is  a 
man  of  sparkling  resourcefulness.  When  the 
Upolu — Cuddy's  first  ship — was  lying  at  anchor 
in  Levuka  some  years  back,  the  men  used  to 
amuse  themselves  shark-fishing.  It  was  a  tedious 
business  at  first,  for  the  float — an  empty  biscuit- 
tin  soldered  watertight — required  watching,  and 
the  long  spells  of  waiting  ate  into  Cuddy's  soul. 
His  natural  ingenuity  suggested  a  way  out,  how- 
ever. He  undid  the  line  from  the  winch,  and 
knotted  it  to  the  lever  of  the  steam-whistle. 
After  that  the  crew  used  to  be  electrified  by 
blasts  about  once  every  hour,  and  the  whizz  of 
Cuddy's  coat-tails  as  he  bounded  up  the  ladder 
to  answer  the  summons  and  secure  the  prey. 
Sharks  came  plentifully  enough  during  the  next 
twenty-four  hours.  The  Upolu 's  decks  reeked 

22 


The  Ocean  of  Kiwa 

of  fishiness,  and  excitement  flagged.  The  game 
grew  more  wary,  and  bites  were  few  and  far  be- 
tween. Cuddy  began  to  think  he  had  sharked 
the  ocean  dry.  The  captain  of  the  Upolu  was  a 
genial  old  salt  of  pronounced  Irish  extraction. 
There  was  a  long  list  of  invoices  to  be  made  out, 
and  Cuddy  chewed  the  end  of  his  pen-holder 
while  the  captain  sat  on  the  sofa  and  suggested 
amendments.  Presently,  as  the  fifteenth  invoice 
was  being  dated — came  a  triumphant,  screeching 
blast  of  the  whistle.  Cuddy  turned  pale.  He 
would  have  given  his  month's  salary  to  drop  the 
invoices  and  dash  on  deck,  but  the  commander's 
eye  was  on  him  and  he  must  bide  his  time. 

Whoo — oo — oo — up! — this  time  more  viciously. 
"  A  ten-footer ! "  said  Cuddy  to  himself  with  a 
thrill,  and  in  his  excitement  he  mis-spelt  his  name 
on  the  sixteenth  invoice. 

Whoo — whoo — whoo — whoop ! 

"  Tare-an-ouns  ! "  said  the  skipper,  who  knew 
nothing  of  Cuddy's  fishing  tactics,  "  have  they 
struck  the  English  fleet  or  what  ?  Spin  up  on 
deck  and  see  what's  the  matter,  like  a  good 
fellow." 

Off  scrambled  the  purser.  As  he  reached  the 
door  of  the  companion  there  were  three  frantic 
screeches,  a  shock,  and  a  roar  of  angry  steam  as 
the  big  thirty-foot  monster  dragged  whistle,  pipe, 

23 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

and  steel-line  after  him  into  the  ocean.  The 
damage  done  was  sufficient  to  make  a  big  hole 
in  Cuddy's  salary,  but  the  loss  of  the  fish  vexed 
him  more  than  the  money,  and  he  has  nursed  a 
covert  distrust  of  the  shark  tribe  ever  since. 

The  log  has  been  replaced,  and  as  the  sun  sets 
on  our  shark  yarn  we  have  the  satisfaction  of 
knowing  that  we  are  exactly  one  hundred  miles 
from  Rarotonga. 


CHAPTER   III 

THE   ISLE  OF   ORANGES 

"  The  gushing  fruits  that  Nature  gave  untilled, 
The  wood  without  a  path  but  where  they  willed." 

—THE  ISLAND. 

I  WAS  awakened  this  morning  by  some  one 
shouting  my  name  on  deck.  The  doctor  put  his 
head  in  through  the  port-hole,  looking,  in  his  volu- 
minous squash  hat  with  the  pale  light  of  morning 
behind  him,  rather  like  an  etching  by  Vandyck. 

We  have  sighted  Rarotonga.  As  I  scramble 
out  of  my  berth  long  shadows  are  creeping  up 
through  the  grey  mist  to  starboard,  set  off  at 
intervals  by  isolated  lights — natives  fishing  on 
the  reef.  The  screw  slows  down,  and  as  we 
draw  near  the  shallows  the  tall  mountains  start 
out  like  developing  photographs.  Then  the  sun 
comes  out,  and  as  the  luminous  spears  strike  the 
floating  wilderness  of  cloud  overhead,  the  world 
— the  lovely  South  Pacific  world — flashes  on  our 
delighted  eyes  in  a  blaze  of  life  and  colour  that 
sets  feeble  pen  and  ink  at  zero.  This  is  what 
I  see. 

25 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

Three  pointed  mountain -peaks,  their  upper 
saddles  bathed  in  yellow  sunshine,  their  bases 
lost  in  clustering  shadow  save  where  some  strag- 
gling ray  shoots  its  glory  across  a  slope  of 
feathery  palm-tops.  Near  by  the  waters  are 
roaring  on  the  reef,  and  a  layer  of  opal  mist, 
catching  the  light  of  the  distant  dawn -fires, 
flashes  it  back  in  a  myriad  sparkles.  By-and- 
by,  as  the  day  grows  whiter,  the  long  roadstead 
with  its  clusters  of  coral-built  houses  peers  shyly 
from  between  the  palm-fringes,  while  the  hills 
above  broaden  out  into  a  velvety  sea  of  peaks, 
crests,  plateaux — reflecting  and  remodelling  the 
light  in  a  thousand  facets  of  green.  It  is  a 
vision  of  Paradise. 

The  Ovalaus  launch  put  us  ashore  shortly 
before  seven  o'clock,  and  we  went  for  a  peaceful 
walk  along  the  beach-road.  These  same  beach- 
roads  are  in  their  way  an  institution  of  the  South 
Sea  Islands,  and  indeed  are  about  the  only  really 
practicable  roadsteads  these  places  possess.  Even 
in  the  bigger  islands — Tahiti,  for  instance — no 
effort  has  been  made  to  hew  a  path  into  the  in- 
terior, and  the  Broom  Road,  which  tamely  follows 
the  sea,  is  your  only  salvation.  One  disadvan- 
tage is  the  absence  of  bridges.  Rivers  are  not 
supposed  to  be  a  hindrance.  As  long  as  you  are 

within  the  postal  radius  you  are  all  right.     Leave 

26 


The  Isle  of  Oranges 

the  district — and  you  are  forced  to  swim.  To  a 
native,  clad  in  a  crown  of  flowers  and  a  loin-cloth, 
this  comes  merely  in  the  light  of  a  refresher — but 
to  a  European  it  presents  its  inconveniences. 

Rarotonga  is — at  least  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
the  capita],  Avarua — no  longer  the  wilderness 
of  pandanus  and  bamboo  that  it  was  in  the  days 
of  Captain  Cook,  but  enough  of  its  beauties  re- 
main intact  to  render  it  yet  interesting  to  the 
artist  in  search  of  the  beautiful.  The  majority 
of  the  houses — whose  modern-looking  iron  roofs 
are  to  a  certain  extent  mitigated  by  the  gorgeous 
tapestry  of  flowering  creeper — are  surrounded  by 
small  gardens,  and  separated  from  the  road  by 
walls  of  sun-baked  coral,  resembling  the  stone 
fences  of  Galway  or  Armagh  in  their  loose  and 
artistic  irregularity.  Occasionally  a  practical 
shanty  of  corrugated  iron,  its  verandah  disfigured 
by  a  flaming  poster  culled  from  the  poetry-mur- 
dering archives  of  Auckland  or  Sydney,  brings 
you  back  to  the  workaday  world  —  but  on  the 
whole  you  can  dream  your  time  away  in  lovely 
Avarua  without  being  more  disillusioned  than 
anywhere  else  within  the  tropics. 

In  the  post-office — which  is  a  small  ramshackle 
structure  of  shingle,  with  a  score  of  Kanakas  in 
shirts  and  blue  trousers  loafing  on  the  verandah — 
we  were  supplied  with  pens  that  would  not  write 

27 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

and  stamps  that  had  to  be  coaxed  into  position  with 
mucilage.  On  a  small  table  in  the  back  parlour, 
a  young  man  appeared — to  judge  by  sound  and 
action — to  be  mixing  a  cocktail.  "  We  only  get 
ice  once  a  month,"  he  explained  apologetically, 
"so  we  make  the  best  of  it." 

There  was  a  goodly  crowd  of  loafers  to  wel- 
come us  as  we  came  out.  Smiling  apparently 
comes  natural  to  these  children  of  nature — I 
don't  think  I  noticed  a  severe  or  uncheerful  face 
among  the  whole  collection.  "  They  are  per- 
fectly happy,"  quoth  the  doctor,  then— as  a 
logical  afterthought  —  "  they  do  no  kind  of 
work." 

The  first  glimpse  of  a  group  of  Island  ladies  is 
apt  to  give  the  over-modest  bachelor  a  slight 
shock.  The  costume  adopted  is  nothing  more 
than  a  white  peignoir  of  muslin — but  the  impres- 
sion of  deshabille  is  very  emphatic,  and  neither 
the  loose  flowing  hair  nor  the  bare  arms  and  legs 
tend  to  mitigate  it,  I  assure  you.  As  for  the 
men,  they  wear  the  broad  panama,  the  scarlet 
loin  cloth  (pareo),  and  cotton  tunic.  Some  have 
of  late  years  taken  to  wearing  duck  trousers — 
but  the  change  is  in  no  ways  for  the  better,  and 
the  European  garb  doesn't  suit  either  the  Kanaka 
or  the  climate  as  well  as  his  own  airy  costume. 

"  Hullo — well  caught !  "    Two  tiny  boys,  with 

28 


The  Isle  of  Oranges 

grinning  brown  faces,  in  knickerbockers  and  pink 
shirts,  are  engaged  in  a  cricket  match  opposite 
the  gate  leading  to  the  school.  An  original  kind 
of  match  too — with  a  palm-leaf  rib  for  bat  and  a 
green  orange  for  ball.  Meanwhile  a  cluster  of 
girls — scarlet  blossoms  stuck  behind  their  ears — 
look  admiringly  on  from  the  wall.  Presently  one 
of  them  advances  timidly  with  a  sprig  of  white 
tuberose,  which  she  presents  blushingly  to  the 
doctor  amid  clapping  of  hands  from  the  rest — 
naughty,  wasn't  it  ?  But  the  worthy  doctor  has 
worked  many  cures  in  these  islands,  and  is  one 
of  the  most  popular  characters  of  the  Society 
group. 

"  And  now,"  quoth  our  mentor,  "  what  would 
you  like  to  do,  gentlemen  ?  Pay  an  informal 
undress  visit  to  Queen  Makae  or  ramble  up- 
country  and  eat  oranges  ?  Well — um — it  is  only 
seven-thirty,  and  the  dear  old  lady  may  hardly 
be  quit  of  her  royal  slumbers.  We  will  try  the 
valley." 

A  broad  gravel  walk,  flanked  by  bushes  of 
flowering  hibiscus  and  stephanotis,  leads  us 
through  a  maze  of  sunny  villas,  where  brown 
girls  are  sitting  by  their  sewing-machines — mild- 
eyed,  flirtation-provoking  bundles  of  cloth  and 
buzz — away  into  the  mysterious  heart  of  the 

woods.      Almost    before    you    are    aware,    the 

29 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

green  twilight  has  closed  in.  You  are  in  the 
jungle. 

Oh — the  richness,  the  prodigal  luxuriance  of 
those  Rarotongan  forests  !  The  sinful  profusion 
of  fruit  which  a  militant  army  of  black  hogs — 
almost  greater  nature-lovers  than  their  two-footed 
superiors — are  devouring  in  the  shade  of  the 
underbrush.  The  deep  green  of  the  bread-fruit, 
the  mangoes  with  their  strings  of  rosy  bulbs,  the 
avocas  dangling  their  big  heavy  pears  within 
reach  of  your  hand,  the  papaws  like  Chinese 
feather-parasols,  and  over  and  above  all,  the  lovely 
areca-nut  palms,  nodding  their  plumed  heads 
above  the  beds  of  flowering  lantana  like  the 
guardian  spirits  of  the  glade. 

And  oranges — oranges  everywhere  !  Raro- 
tonga  is  essentially  a  country  of  orange-trees. 
Not  the  squat  green-tubbed  European  version, 
but  massive  trees  as  big  as  oaks,  capable  of 
sheltering  a  hundred  fugitive  kings  in  their 
spreading  branches.  I  think  a  nervous  horti- 
culturist from  Sutton  or  Kew  would  go  into  a 
dead  faint  in  five  minutes.  A  scarlet  glare  on 
the  right  attracts  my  attention — I  am  near  a  bed 
of  flowering  canna.  Farther  on  a  sweet  sickly 
perfume  makes  my  head  swim.  It  is  the  blossom 
of  the  wild  ginger,  a  pale  beautiful  flower  tremb- 
ling on  the  end  of  its  long  rushes  like  a  white 

3° 


The  Isle  of  Oranges 

butterfly  stricken  with  catalepsy.  There  is  a 
suspicion  of  pink  lilies  in  the  pools,  and  long 
tracts  of  sensitive  grass  wither  to  folded  inno- 
cence beneath  our  feet  in  mute  rebuke  at  the 
mortal  who  comes  to  invade  the  haunts  of 
Titania. 

But  who  are  these  ?  Three  little  maids  in 
blue  and  pink,  with  bags  of  oranges  and  satchels. 
The  eldest  is  chewing  a  piece  of  ginger-root  and 
staring  us  out  of  countenance  with  the  unblush- 
ingness  of  Eve  before  the  fall.  Now  for  a  photo- 
graph. The  young  ladies  have  seen  a  camera 
before  and  are  not  a  wee  bit  afraid  of  being 
blasted,  but  show  a  tendency  to  giggle  that  is 
annoying. 

The  doctor  bargains  with  the  eldest  for  oranges. 
What  is  the  price  ?  Well,  properly  speaking, 
there  is  no  price.  Oranges  in  Rarotonga,  like 
colonels  in  America,  are  a  drug  in  the  market. 
She  will  take  anything  in  reason,  from  a  kiss  to 
a  fiver.  The  bag  is  opened  and  emptied  on  the 
ground.  Take  your  choice  tan£  farani.  Plenty 
more  where  those  came  from.  Her  sister  Vaitipe 
— the  Cinderella  of  the  party — will  shin  up  and 
get  more.  A  young  lady  climb  a  tree,  and  a  tree 
as  tall  as  a  mosque  !  Who  ever  heard  of  such  an 
outrage  ?  Can't  she  though — she  does — and  sits 
grinning  in  an  un-Pickwickian  manner  on  a  bough, 

31 


The  Log  or  an  Island  Wanderer 

as  indifferent  to  vanity  and  vertigo  as  her  sister 
— the  one  chewing  the  ginger-root — is  to  lucre 
and  lockjaw.  Then  down  she  comes  and  stands 
blushingly  with  a  load  of  fruit  gathered  in  a  loop 
of  her  dress — a  sort  of  South  Sea  parody  of 
Greuze's  "  cruche  cassee,"  though  our  friend  the 
froggy  won't  hear  of  the  simile. 

Yes — money  is  of  little  value  in  Rarotonga. 
The  press  of  competition,  the  "  sturm  und  drang  " 
of  existence,  have  not  yet  fairly  passed  the  reef- 
opening.  It  is  a  moot  point  whether  they  ever 
will.  Nature  has  given  the  Kanaka  an  unlimited 
grant  of  dolce  far  niente,  and  the  requisite  idle 
disposition  to  enjoy  it. 

Staggering  attempts  at  fruit  export  are  made 
occasionally.  Even  now  as  we  return  from  our 
ramble  we  find  the  wharf  piled  with  plaited 
baskets  of  pandanus  containing  bananas  and  cases 
of  green  oranges.  Go  to  D.  &  E.'s  store  in  the 
dusty  loop  to  the  south  of  Avarua.  In  a  shady 
outhouse  you  will  find  several  tons  of  fruit  piled 
for  exportation.  Even  the  little  smelly  sea-sick 
native  schooners  are  loaded  thick  with  odorous 
cargo.  But — bless  you — it  is  only  a  flea-bite  to 
the  vast  productive  forces  of  the  soil,  and  eight- 
tenths  of  the  annual  produce  remain  untouched. 

Very  different  the  case  in  our  own  beloved 
latitudes,  where — in  Folkestone — you  cannot  get 

32 


The  Isle  of  Oranges 

a  mackerel,  in  Skye  you  cannot  get  a  terrier,  in 
Brussels  any  sort  of  velvet  is  pawned  off  on  you 
for  the  right  sort,  and  in  Mechlin  you  are  told 
that  lace  is  shy  that  year.  The  Rarotongan  be- 
lieves in  consuming  his  own  produce,  and  inas- 
much as  an  odd  1800  miles  of  sea  separate  him 
from  the  grasping  feelers  of  monopolists,  it  seems 
likely  that  he  will  continue  to  do  this  to  the  end 
of  the  chapter. 


33 


CHAPTER  IV 

QUEEN  MAKAE— JACKY— OFFICIALISM 

"  The  gentle  island  and  the  genial  soil, 
The  friendly  hearts,  the  feasts  without  a  toil." 

RAROTONGA  is  nominally  governed  by  a  British 
resident — Mr.  Gudgeon — and  a  score  of  petty 
representatives  ;  in  reality  by  the  voces  populi  and 
the  picturesque  machinery  of  chance. 

They  have  a  queen,  of  course ;  as  much  from 
necessity  as  from  choice.  Incidentally  be  it  said 
that  a  queen  is  as  indispensable  to  a  South  Sea 
Island  as  a  tank  to  a  theatrical  company.  The 
Pacific  is  honeycombed  with  kingships — from  one 
to  fifty  people  of  royal  blood  being  considered 
the  proper  share  for  each  island.  The  real  line 
of  monarchs  is,  of  course,  as  extinct  as  the  dodo 
— but  Makae  vahine  (pron.  Macare)  and  her 
august  spouse,  Namaru,  are  left  as  landmarks  in 
the  swamp  to  indicate  the  site  of  former  ancient 
regimes. 

Makae  is  a  dear  old  lady  and  very  sociable. 
She  lives  a  quiet  retiring  life  with  her  husband, 
a  score  of  attendant  maidens,  and  "Jacky" — of 

34 


Queen  Makae 

which  frail  beauty  more  anon.  Namaru  himself 
— oh,  where  are  our  introductions?  The  doctor 
— our  professed  guide  and  protector,  has  gone  off 
to  attend  to  a  case  of  typhoid.  Won't  her  Majesty 
be  offended  ?  Not  a  bit  of  it.  We  are  tourists, 
not  pirates.  And  how  do  we  like  her  island  ? 
Well — amazingly,  and  we  are  sinfully  curious  to 
see  her  husband,  good  King  Namaru.  One  of  the 
damsels  goes  to  fetch  him.  Here  he  comes,  the 
whole  six  feet  of  him.  As  he  grasps  our  hands 
in  his  vast  palm,  that  infidel  maiden  Jacky — who 
is  demurely  plaiting  a  straw  hat  at  one  end  of  the 
verandah — grins  knowingly.  Namaru  is  not  a 
Rarotongan  born,  but  he  is  a  splendid  specimen 
of  Kanaka  manhood,  and  though  really  as  gentle 
as  a  lamb,  somehow  impresses  one  as  ferocious. 

What  will  we  have  to  drink  ?  A  coco-nut,  if 
it  please  your  Majesty.  Jacky — the  demure — 
throws  down  her  hat  and  goes  to  fetch  one.  We 
hear  the  chops  of  the  knife,  and  two  lovely  nuts, 
the  ivory  rim  with  its  crystal  contents  just  visible 
inside  the  smooth  brown  chalice,  are  handed  us 
smilingly.  From  her  seat  in  the  cane-chair 
Makae  catches  the  reigning  merriment,  and 
smiles  too.  We  have  heard  of  her  favourite 
handmaiden  ? 

Indeed,  we  have — for  the  fame  of  Jacky  has 
gone  abroad,  and  made  her  great  with  that 

35 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

peculiar  greatness  which  only  the  completely 
islandised  can  thoroughly  appreciate.  The  girl's 
existence  has  been  a  picturesque  one.  She  was 
originally  a  foundling  whom  Makae — who  was  in 
need  of  a  clever  maid  of  honour — adopted  and 
brought  up  in  the  palace  as  her  own  child. 
Matters  went  along  swimmingly  for  some  years 
till,  with  the  transition  from  child  to  womanhood, 
the  heart-interest  developed  —  and  it  brought 
trouble  to  Makae's  menage. 

Jacky  fell  in  love.  The  object  of  her  affections 
— a  tall,  chocolate-coloured,  lotus-eating  Kanaka, 
with  an  ear  for  music,  and  a  soul  for  hoolas — was 
not  deemed  a  sufficient  match  for  a  member  of 
the  queen's  household,  and,  when  he  came  round 
to  serenade  Jacky  on  the  accordion,  he  was  told 
to  move  on. 

Jacky  wept  and  dreamed  of  stolen  interviews. 
Makae,  profiting  by  the  digested  lore  of  her  own 
youthful  flirtations,  proved  an  effective  chaperon, 
however,  and  poor  Augustus  Fitzgerald — I  do 
not  know  his  other  name — found  himself  check- 
mated at  every  corner. 

The  end  came  one  terrible  day  when  Makae, 
on  brusquely  entering  the  drawing-room,  found 
Jacky  and  her  young  man  measuring  love-ribbon 
in  a  corner.  The  good  queen's  anger  blazed. 
Jacky  was  summoned  before  the  household 

36 


Queen  Makae — Jacky 

tribunal,  and  ignominiously  dismissed  from  office. 
She  was  a  resourceful  girl,  however.  The  Union 
steamer  Richmond  was  in  port  at  the  time,  en 
route  for  Tahiti.  Jacky  dried  her  tears  on  the 
second  mate's  shirt-front,  and  begged  for  a  pas- 
sage— which  was  granted. 

She  reached  Tahiti  in  time  for  the  French 
national/"^,  and,  her  reputation  having  preceded 
her,  was  duly  lionised.  Meanwhile  in  Rarotonga 
things  went  from  bad  to  worse.  Makae  missed 
the  cheerful  buzz  of  Jacky 's  sewing-machine. 
Namaru  couldn't  find  his  shirt-studs.  A  message 
of  pardon  was  sent,  and  Jacky — who  had  been 
experimenting  in  epaulettes  in  Papeete — was 
duly  recalled.  Joy — repentance — floods  of  happy 
tears ! 

Since  then  Jacky  has  had  many  more  flirta- 
tions with  Augustus  Fitzgerald,  but  has  contrived 
to  keep  the  eleventh  commandment  serenely 
through  them  all.  There  is  no  talk  of  her 
moving  now.  She  has  become  an  institution. 

Talk  about  institutions — if  names  go  for  any- 
thing, Rarotonga  has  got  plenty  of  them.  After 
leaving  Makae's  we  visited  the  hospital  —  a 
wooden  structure  buried  deep  in  flowers  at  the 
side  of  a  grassy  creek.  There  is  a  hospital  board 
of  course,  also  a  school  board,  a  town  board,  and 
a  bored  inspector  of  streets. 

37 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

It  is  positively  delicious — this  panoply  of  high- 
sounding  titles  on  a  tiny  coral  reef  in  mid-ocean. 
It  is  lovely  to  see  a  commissioner-general  in 
corduroys  and  braces.  It  is  beautiful  to  see  a 
prince  in  pyjamas — or  a  lady  mayoress  flying 
downhill  on  her  bicycle,  her  solitary  muslin  shift 
well  up  to  her  knees,  and  her  straw  hat  bobbing 
ignominiously  over  her  shoulders.  It  is  exquisite 
to  see  a  host  of  vague  officials  with  titles  as  long 
as  a  cathedral  spire  squabbling  learnedly  over 
questions  which  any  dusty  jam-stealing  lower- 
middle  "fag"  would  effectively  settle  in  the 
corridor  between  "  prep  "  and  beer-fight, 

Ah,  those  blessed  days  of  islandism  !  when, 
with  the  warm  tropic  breezes  caressing  our  senses, 
and  the  chatter  of  sleepy  vahines l  droning  lazily 
through  the  palm-stems,  we  fondly  imagined  our- 
selves the  centre  of  the  universe,  and  our  little 
coral-dab  the  hub  round  which  the  wheel  of 
Destiny  revolved.  Foolish  —  foolish  —  foolish 
dream ! 

On  coming  out  of  the  hospital  I  noticed  what 
seemed  like  clusters  of  amber-coloured  drops 
clinging  to  the  wooden  ceiling.  On  nearer  in- 
spection they  turned  out  to  be  something  as 
beautiful,  but  much  more  terrifying — viz.,  swarm- 
ing masses  of  hornets,  big  enough  and  venomous 

1  Girls. 
38 


Officialism 

enough  to  kill  a  horse  if  one  of  those  ill-used 
quadrupeds  chanced  to  offend  their  dignity. 
They  build  anywhere  and  everywhere,  and  in 
the  winter  months  (June  to  August)  they  become 
a  positive  terror.  Efforts  have  been  made  of  late 
in  some  of  the  larger  islands  to  suppress  them  by 
offering  money  rewards  for  the  nests — but  the 
preliminary  thousand  francs  scared  the  French 
Government,  and  the  plan  was  abandoned.  The 
plague  is  all  the  more  aggravating  for  the  reason 
that  the  hornets  are  Kanaka  hornets,  and  with 
the  exception  of  buzzing  and  stinging,  do  no 
manner  of  work.  I  can  only  unearth  one  solitary 
case  in  which  they  have  been  known  to  play  a 
part  in  the  economy  of  things — and  it  brings  me 
to  the  adventures  of  a  man  whose  name  flares  in 
the  Rarotonga  archives  like  a  magnesium  rocket 
along  a  reef  of  blue-fires — A.  B.  Voss,  Esq. 

A.  B.  Voss  was  a  politician  of  the  old  school. 
He  came  to  Rarotonga  for  the  purpose  of  re- 
forming it  and  saving  it  from  perdition.  He 
held  advanced  views,  and  the  fact  that  the  island 
was  not  big  enough  to  contain  them  in  no  ways 
damped  his  ardour.  He  wanted  to  rinse  the 
Augean  stables.  He  wanted  English  laws — 
compulsory  education.  The  mother-tongue  was 
to  be  taught  in  the  schools,  cane  in  one  hand, 
Bible  in  the  other.  On  paper  this  sounded  mag- 

39 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

nificent,  but  the  Kanakas  didn't  take  kindly  to 
the  new  regime,  and  discontent  grew  apace. 

With  the  election  of  a  new  hospital-board 
trouble  came  to  a  head.  There  had  been  a  vast 
deal  of  fussing  about  "  trusts  "  and  "  committees  " 
in  all  quarters  lately,  and  Voss's  discriminating 
snobbery  had  wakened  the  spectre  of  jealousy 
in  the  hearts  of  the  simple-minded  long-shore 
loafers.  The  meeting  was  to  be  held  in  Osana 
(Hosanna)  Hall — a  ramshackle  structure  of  stone 
and  shingle  close  to  Makae's.  It  was  a  grilling 
day  in  December,  and  the  electors  came  with 
curses  not  loud  but  deep. 

Voss  came  in  his  war-paint.  Two  doctors  had 
recently  been  appointed  without  his  consent,  and 
the  uncertainty  of  which  way  their  professional 
zeal  would  be  directed  filled  him  with  jealous 
dread. 

The  meeting  was  modelled  on  strictly  European 
lines.  The  members  were  ranged  in  a  stuffy 
semicircle.  Voss — drops  of  sweat  gemming  his 
patrician  forehead — glowered  darkly  over  his 
blotting-pad  and  glass  of  water. 

The  balloting  began.  Voss  divined  that  his 
opponents  were  too  strong  for  him.  He  called 
order,  stood  up  and  made  a  bullying  speech. 
Presently — while  in  the  act  of  speaking — a  sight 
met  his  gaze  that  brought  fury  with  it.  The 

40 


Officialism 

opposing  side  had  set  two  scrutineers  to  watch 
the  ballot-boxes.  The  lid  of  Voss's  safety-valve 
blew  off. 

"  Hard !  "  he  said  fiercely  to  the  coloured  wor- 
thies, while  the  members  grinned  audibly.  "  Mr. 
Vice,  I  demand  an  explanation.  Remove  those 
men." 

"Do  nothing  of  the  sort,"  said  the  leader  of 
the  opposite  side  coolly — "stay  where  you  are, 
gentlemen." 

Voss's  shirt-collar  swelled.  He  strode  to  the 
door.  "  Police  ! "  he  shouted. 

Two  half-caste  Kanakas  in  shirts  and  frayed 
knickerbockers  ambled  sleepishly  in. 

"  Arrest  those  men,"  said  Voss  shortly,  indi- 
cating the  scrutineers. 

The  Kanakas  hesitated.  The  scrutineers 
looked  able  to  take  care  of  themselves,  and 
some  of  the  anti-Vossites  were  getting  ready  for 
action.  Voss  stamped.  The  members  laughed 
approvingly. 

Voss  broke  away  into  a  speech,  great  beads  of 
perspiration  rolling  down  his  cheeks.  "  All  those 
in  favour  of  law  and  order  clear  to  side  of  hall," 
he  bawled.  The  members  separated,  leaving 
Voss  standing  by  himself  on  the  side  opposed  to 
law.  What  a  roar  of  vulgar  laughter  there  was ! 
Voss  was  on  the  verge  of  madness. 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

Ha  !  An  idea  !  Inside  the  locker  on  which  he 
was  supposed  to  be  sitting  was  a  rolled-up  Union 
Jack,  destined  for  festival  use.  Even  the  row- 
diest of  Englishmen  is  bound  to  respect  his  flag. 
The  Union  Jack  once  unfurled,  order  would  be 
assured. 

He  pulled  open  the  lid  of  the  locker  and  waved 
the  flag  in  the  air.  Horrors !  From  the  folds 
of  cloth  something  brown  fell  with  a  thud  on  the 
floor — broke — took  wings  and  resolved  itself  into 
the  deadliest  swarm  of  stinging  yellow  hornets 
ever  seen  this  side  of  Purgatory  ! 

That  finished  the  hospital-board  question. 
There  was  a  general  stampede.  With  one 
accord  the  members  made  for  the  door.  Voss 
made  his  exit  last,  flicking  frantically  at  his  irate 
foes  with  the  dishonoured  flag.  The  meeting 
was  adjourned. 

And  now  I  pray,  if  any  one  should  be  disposed 
to  unduly  malign  those  yellow  terrors  of  the  island 
jungle — let  their  charitable  act  in  settling  Voss's 
electoral  hash  be  taken  into  consideration,  and  let 
them  be  judged  leniently. 


42 


CHAPTER   V 

MISSIONARY   LAW— RAHERI'S   DIPLOMA 

"  On  visionary  schemes  debate 
To  snatch  the  Rajahs  from  their  fate, 
So  let  them  ease  their  hearts  with  prate 
Of  equal  rights." 

JUST  lately  an  event  of  some  importance  has 
taken  place  in  Rarotonga — viz.,  the  revision  of 
the  old  missionary  laws  by  Mr.  Gudgeon.  It  is 
with  misgivings  that  I  touch  on  the  subject  at 
all.  If  there  be  anything  I  loathe  more  than 
anything  else  in  a  book  of  travel  it  is  to  come 
across  a  detailed  account  of  law-codes  or  political 
questions.  To  begin  with,  it  has  an  offensively, 
priggishly  learned  appearance  ;  secondly,  it  is  apt 
to  be  very  dry,  and  the  reader  who  wishes  to 
be  merely  amused,  and  who  naturally  makes  a 
point  of  shunning  useful  or  instructive  information 
wherever  it  presents  itself,  simply  skips  it,  with 
or  without  a  malediction. 

Such  were  my  ideas — till  I  landed  in  Raro- 
tonga and  had  the  splendours  of  old  missionary 
law  revealed  to  my  wondering  gaze.  My  inten- 
tions faltered.  My  sense  of  humour  was  wiser 

43 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

than  my  head.  I  decided  to  lay  aside  prejudice 
and  grip  the  matter  by  the  beard.  It  repaid  me 
— for  it  was  very  funny. 

And  who  made  these  fantastic  old  laws? 
Whoever  he  was,  he  had  a  strong  appreciation 
of  the  ridiculous,  a  scant  smattering  of  pathos, 
and  as  much  ordinary  humanity  as  a  mud-dredge. 
Here  are  a  few  culled  at  random  from  the  lot 
Korangi — the  Avarua  weekly  paper. 

The  first  one  breathes  a  stern  puritanical 
morality  worthy  of  Gilbert's  Mikado. 

"  Sec.  V.  Any  one  found  walking  after  dark, 
their  arm  round  a  woman's  waist,  without  a  light 
— five  days'  imprisonment." 

The  lantern  is  the  saving  element  here  you 
see — maidens  take  note. 

"  Sec.  VI.  Any  one  found  weeping  over  the 
grave  of  a  woman  not  related  to  him — five  days' 
imprisonment." 

Sounds  a  bit  apocryphal  at  first,  doesn't  it? 
Oh — I  see — of  course.  No  one  would  be  likely 
to  weep  over  a  dead  black  lady  unless  he  and 
she  had  cherished  immoral  relations.  If  the  lady 
were  your  wife  you  would  be  allowed  to  weep  all 
right,  I  fancy — but  who  would  weep  over  a  mere 
wife  ? 

"  Sec.  VIII.  Consulting  a  sorcerer — three  days' 
imprisonment." 

44 


Missionary  Law 

There  is  a  bit  of  egotism  here,  I  fear.  It  can- 
not be  merely  for  the  purpose  of  discouraging  a 
belief  in  the  supernatural — for  the  latter's  exis- 
tence is  in  a  way  the  best  excuse  for  the  mis- 
sionary's. No — we  shall  have  to  cut  the  matter 
finer.  It  is  a  question  of  monopoly.  There  is 
only  one  rightful  dealer  in  supernatural  stickjaw 
in  the  island — that  is,  the  missionary.  Anything 
else  in  the  same  line  might  mean  cessation  or 
depression  of  business.  Avaunt !  brother  palmist. 
J  uggler  with  beads — vade  retro  Sathanas. 

Now  come  two  delicious  bits  of  humour.  They 
must  be  read  together  : — 

"Sec.  VII.  Illicit  intercourse  with  a  married 
woman — ten  days. 

"  Sec.   XI.    Dynamiting  fish  in  rivers — thirty 

i       i " 
days! 

This  is  utilitarianism  in  its  highest  sense. 
Dynamited  fish  are  no  use  to  any  one,  but  the 
injured  lady,  though  false,  may  still  be  fair,  and 
also  quite  capable  of  doing  her  share  of  work  in 
the  taro-field. 

Etc.,  etc.  With  this  impious  rubbish  staring 
one  out  of  countenance,  can  the  hatred  of  which 
missionaries  have  at  times  been  the  object  be 
wondered  at  ?  Can  the  covert  sneers,  the  coarse 
jokes,  the  ridicule  with  which  the  trader-element 
loves  to  cover  those  who  preach  the  Gospel  in 

45  ' 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

the  Pacific  be  merely  the  outcome  of  envy  or  the 
malice  of  naturally  depraved  imaginations  ?  What 
are  we  to  think  of  the  ancient  blunderbores  who 
framed  these  laws  ?  Were  they  men  or  devils  ? 
To  see  the  faith  of  Christ  inculcated  by  means  of 
bribery  and  money-gifts  is  foolish  and  fantastic 
enough,  but — oh,  it  is  wicked  to  see  it  grafted  on 
savages  with  a  poleaxe ! 

Now,  after  an  indecently  protracted  thirty 
years'  squabble,  missionary  law  has  been  done 
away  with,  and  by  an  Englishman.  May  it 
never  be  revived  ! 

There  are  several  schools  in  the  island,  but 
only  one  really  important  one — the  Catholic 
mission,  superintended  by  the  sisters  of  St. 
Joseph  de  Cluny.  It  is  unpretentious  in  design, 
a  long  low  white-washed  building  fronting  the 
sea,  and  surrounded,  like  every  Rarotongan 
establishment,  with  a  luxuriant  flower-garden. 
It  is  divided  into  two  wings,  one  for  boys,  the 
other  for  girls.  The  majority  of  the  pupils  seem 
to  be  of  native  blood,  but  there  were  a  few  un- 
mistakable half-castes,  and  one  genuine  English 
baby  of  six — a  white  pearl  in  a  necklace  of 
black. 

Just  lately  the  school  has  suffered  a  loss.  One 
of  the  prettiest  and  most  promising  of  the  pupils 
died  of  phthisis,  under  circumstances  so  peculiarly 

46 


Picking  Papa-vas,  Rarotonga. 


IP- 


Raheri's  Diploma 

pathetic  that  I  cannot  refrain  from  giving  them  in 
the  form  of  a  narrative. 

Raheri  was  born  under  an  unlucky  star.  It 
was  a  shameful  case  of  desertion.  For  a  pure- 
blooded  islander  this  might  have  been  a  thing 
of  little  import,  but  Raheri's  mother  was  a 
Marquesan  half-caste,  and  quite  civilised  enough 
to  know  the  sting  of  neglect.  The  child  found 
herself  unloved  from  birth,  and  as  though  the 
mother's  woes  were  working  in  her  blood,  grew 
up  a  wilful,  lonely  little  atom,  with  a  talent  for 
dancing  in  strange  sunbeams,  and  an  obstinate 
dislike  for  human  companionship.  The  neigh- 
bours, on  the  mother's  death,  refused  to  adopt 
her.  Vaerua's  house  had  been  summarily  claimed 
by  the  owners,  and  for  a  few  terrible  weeks  the 
child  led  a  wild  life  in  the  jungle.  Rarotonga  is, 
however,  as  we  have  already  noticed,  not  a  place 
to  starve  in.  As  the  rains  came  down  Raheri 
crept  back  to  the  village,  wilder,  more  savage, 
more  undisciplined  than  ever.  There  was  a  tiny 
shanty  of  rudely  nailed  iron  in  a  banana-clearing 
at  some  little  distance  behind  the  mission-school. 
It  had  really  done  duty  for  an  outhouse,  but  now 
they  let  Raheri  occupy  it,  together  with  her  two 
pets — an  old  yellow  torn  cat  and  a  disreputable- 
looking  sulphur-tailed  cockatoo,  of  both  of  whom 

47 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

she  was  inordinately  fond.  Once  Sister  Lacey, 
the  mild-eyed  Irish  girl  who  taught  the  three  r's 
in  the  long  white-washed  school-building,  chanced 
to  pass  Raheri's  hovel  and  found  the  child — it 
was  during  the  autumn  rains — coughing  on  the 
damp  floor.  She  went  back  for  a  rug,  and 
Raheri's  eyes  lit  with  pleasure  as  she  felt  the 
warm  fur  round  her  chilled  limbs.  Then,  as  the 
sun  drew  the  mists  from  the  low-lying  fields  of 
taro,  her  wild  distrustful  nature  came  back.  She 
balled  up  the  rug  and  threw  it  disdainfully  out 
into  the  mud. 

But  Sister  Lacey  persevered.  In  the  end  she 
not  only  won  the  child's  confidence,  but  actually 
succeeded  in  persuading  her  to  attend  school. 
Raheri  didn't  take  kindly  to  lessons  at  first. 
The  strange  theories  of  the  white  people  bred 
contempt  under  that  tangled  mass  of  hair  with 
its  limp  flower-wreath.  Love  can  do  wonders, 
however,  and  little  by  little  the  child's  aversion 
was  conquered.  Raheri  learned  to  write  in  a 
great  round  hand,  to  spell  after  a  fashion.  She 
ceased  believing  that  the  sun  came  out  of  a  hole 
in  the  sea.  She  likewise  learned  that  England 
was  not  a  den  of  unprincipled  miscreants,  but  a 
great  and  good  country,  where  men  that  kick 
women  are  publicly  pilloried,  and  where  girls  wait 
for  teacher's  permission  before  falling  in  love. 

48 


Raheri's  Diploma 

Her  manners  and  costume,  too,  gained  by  the 
change.  She  learned  to  do  up  her  hair  in  a  ball 
instead  of  allowing  it  to  hang  loose,  to  omit  the 
immodest  flower-wreath,  to  speak  without  shout- 
ing— and  when  a  South  Sea  girl  learns  to  do 
that,  you  may  take  it  from  me  that  she  is  in  a  fair 
way  to  becoming  civilised. 

It  was  about  this  time  that  Raheri's  rough  win- 
someness  won  her  an  admirer.  Harry  "  Porotia" 
was  his  name.  He  was  a  tiny  boy  enough,  and 
the  son  of  a  German  trader  resident  in  Raro- 
tonga  for  his — and  his  country's — health.  One 
evening  he  met  Raheri  in  a  dark  avenue  of  palms. 
She  had  been  spending  her  half-holiday  gather- 
ing oranges  in  a  hot  valley  inland,  and  was  in  no 
mood  for  sentiment.  The  impromptu  declaration 
did  no  manner  of  good.  Raheri  boxed  the  boy's 
ears,  and  left  him  sobbing.  But  this  in  no  way 
cooled  Porotia's  ardour.  He  worshipped  Raheri 
with  all  the  enthusiasm  of  his  ten  summers,  and 
was  not  man  enough  to  conceal  the  fact. 

With  the  new  year  a  change  came  for  the 
island.  Britannia  decreed  that  Rarotonga  must 
have  a  new  Resident.  He  came  from  New  Zea- 
land in  faultless  white  ducks  and  gold  buttons 
galore.  There  followed  a  school-inspection  as  a 
matter  of  course,  and  it  brought  disaster  to  Raheri. 

The  great  man  and  his  two  daughters  came  to 
49  D 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

hear  the  girls  read  their  lessons.  Raheri  was 
absent.  Some  more  than  usually  flagrant  piece 
of  naughtiness  had  led  to  ruptures,  and  she  had 
been  peremptorily  forbidden  to  appear  in  the 
school-house.  The  ordeal  commenced.  The 
girls  were  put  on  reading  one  by  one.  The  Resi- 
dent was  all  attention. 

There  was  a  hurried  step  on  the  verandah,  and 
a  prolonged  ah — h — h  of  admiration  from  the 
scholars  as  something  sailed  serenely  into  the 
class-room  and  dropped  defiantly  on  a  seat. 

It  was  Raheri — and  she  was  decked  in  all  the 
panoply  of  Central-Pacific  savagery — toe-rings, 
forbidden  wreath  of  tiare,  necklace  of  pine-apple 
seeds,  and  rattling  bangles  all  complete,  and — 
horror  of  horrors ! — in  her  arms  yowled  and 
blinked  the  old  cat  Mau.  Miss  Lacey  came  for- 
ward quickly. 

"  Raheri !  What  do  you  mean?  Go  home  at 
once ! " 

"  Oh,  do  let  her  stay,  she's  so  picturesque ! " 
pleaded  the  youngest  daughter,  conscious  of  her 
sketch-book  at  home.  Raheri  might  have  stayed 
but  for  the  next  move.  One  of  the  scholars, 
deeming  the  cat  an  offender,  grabbed  the  animal 
by  the  tail  and  tried  to  pull  it  back.  There  was 
an  angry  snarl  and  a  fuff.  Pussy  turned  and 
struck  smartly  at  the  aggressor's  hand.  Raheri 

50 


Raheri's  Diploma 

bounded  up,  dealt  the  boy  a  ringing  box  on  the 
ear,  seized  the  cat,  and  with  a  shout  of  contempt, 
pitched  the  yellow  brute  right  into  the  sacred  lap 
of  the  British  Resident ! 

The  great  man  started,  and  the  motion  was 
too  much  for  the  rotten  chair.  It  collapsed,  and 
Britain's  honoured  representative  measured  his 
length  on  the  floor. 

"  Oh,  Atua  (God),"  prayed  poor  Raheri  that 
night  in  an  agony  of  contrition,  "make  me  a 
better  girl,  Atua.  As  good  as  Miss  Lacey." 
Then  (as  an  afterthought),  "  Better  than  Miss 
Lacey  if  you  can,  Atua." 

Fearful  of  overtaxing  the  powers  of  the  Deity, 
Raheri  cried  herself  to  sleep.  Pardon  was  many 
days  in  coming ;  but  time  heals  all  things,  and  in 
due  course  Vaerua's  child  was  again  allowed  to 
continue  her  studies. 

The  months  wore  on,  and  Porotia's  boy-love 
ached  in  silence.  He  was  very  small  and  insignifi- 
cant, and  Raheri,  save  when  there  was  any  pilfering 
to  be  done,  hardly  found  time  to  notice  him.  With 
the  speeding  months,  too,  came  the  first  footmarks 
of  the  foe — the  burning  restlessness  of  the  eyes, 
the  aggravated  fits  of  coughing,  the  straining  for 
breath  in  the  hot  windless  nights,  when  the  stars 
quivered  dizzily  between  the  ink-splotched  palms, 
and  the  waves  were  too  weary  to  talk. 

5* 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

Not  so  Raheri.  The  fire  of  work  had  entered 
the  wayward  little  head,  and  the  lithe  fingers 
were  busy  from  morning  till  night.  The  term 
was  drawing  to  a  close,  and  with  it  neared  the 
great  final  examination — the  proudest  moment  of 
an  island-girl's  life— when  the  long  ribboned  certi- 
ficate would  be  handed  her  by  the  teacher,  when 
she  would  step  through  the  school  gates — the 
plaudits  of  her  classmates  in  her  ears,  and  woman- 
hood, with  its  soft  mysteries  and  glorious  pro- 
mises, shining  on  her  path  in  a  cloud-land  of 
rosy  fire. 

Raheri  worked — but  the  Grey  Things  of  the 
wilderness,  the  toupapahus  that  haunt  the  swamp 
and  rice-field,  were  beckoning  with  thin,  wasted 
fingers.  The  child  was  growing  feebler  from 
day  to  day,  and  the  ominous  catching  of  the 
breath  as  she  bent  over  the  long  bench  struck 
terror  to  the  hearts  of  the  teachers. 

A  consultation  was  held,  one  hot  day  on  the 
verandah.  There  was  a  kindly  man  waiting  to 
interview  Raheri  as  she  came  from  the  class-room 
swinging  her  satchel  on  her  arm,  and  the  verdict 
—though  delivered  writh  bated  breath — sent  a  boy 
who  had  been  hiding  behind  the  flower-bushes 
speeding  into  the  twilight  with  a  storm  of  sobs. 

Raheri  wras  moved  from  her  iron  rabbit-hutch 
into  the  vacant  house  of  a  missionary.  She  was 


Raheri's  Diploma 

very  pale  and  thin,  and  preferred  studying  full- 
length  on  a  heap  of  mats  to  sitting  on  those  long 
hard  benches.  They  would  have  stopped  her 
studies  altogether  and  sent  her  to  hospital,  but 
Raheri  had  the  certificate  in  view,  and  —  the 
doctor  knew  it  to  be  a  question  of  days. 

It  only  lacked  a  week  to  the  examination  when 
the  final  warning  came — the  wail  of  a  voice  fight- 
ing for  air  between  the  lattice  and  the  ringing 
darkness.  Miss  Lacey  spent  all  the  night  by  the 
sufferer,  and  next  day 

Next  day  the  school  set  to  work  on  a  labour  of 
love.  The  pretty  page  of  snow-white  vellum  with 
its  border  of  coloured  flowers,  Raheri's  name — 
beautiful  in  its  neat  lettering — and  the  pendant 
ribbons  that  set  off  the  whole  in  a  fluttering 
framework.  They  were  short  of  ribbons  in  Raro- 
tonga  just  then,  so  Miss  Lacey  tore  them  from  a 
favourite  dress  of  hers,  and  cried  as  she  did  so. 
Work  as  they  would,  it  was  midnight  before  the 
trophy  was  finished.  The  certificate  was  signed 
and  dated.  Raheri  had  not  passed  the  exam.,  of 
course — but  there  was  no  time  to  think  of  that 
now,  and  the  hearts  of  the  school  ached  lest  the 
Grey  Things  might  claim  their  own  before  the 
message  of  love  reached  their  playmate. 

It  was  nearly  two  in  the  morning  when  the 
teacher  set  off  for  Raheri's  dwelling.  A  score  of 

53 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

eager  children  were  waiting  to  accompany  her, 
but  Miss  Lacey  thought  it  wiser  to  dismiss  them 
and  go  alone.  As  she  reached  the  steps  of  the 
verandah  something  —  it  might  have  been  an 
animal — rose  and  slunk  away  in  the  underbrush. 
She  entered  the  hot  room  and  felt  about  for  a 
light.  There  was  none  forthcoming.  The  oil  in 
the  lamp  had  given  out,  and  the  match-box  was 
empty.  Failing,  she  fell  on  her  knees  beside  the 
couch,  and  with  a  burst  of  tender  words  put  the 
certificate  into  Raheri's  wasted  hands. 

It  was  some  moments  before  the  child  under- 
stood her  happiness.  When  she  did,  life  returned 
momentarily  in  a  flood  of  joy. 

"  Eha !"  she  said  with  a  quick  gasp  of  delight, 
"  but  it  is  broad  and  decked  with  splendid  ribbons 
— like  Dolly  Mapue's — of  a  truth  I  can  feel  the 
lettering.  Would  it  were  day !  Stay  with  me, 
Sister  Lacey." 

"  I  shall  stay,  Raheri  dear." 

A  paroxysm  of  gasping  and  coughing  inter- 
rupted her.  The  child  struggled  for  breath,  and 
her  thin  fingers  closed  like  a  vice  on  the  teacher's 
hand.  Recovering,  she  took  the  roll  of  paper  and 
pressed  it  again  and  again  to  her  lips. 

"  Would  it  were  light !  "  she  wailed  ;  "  it  is  dark 
here — so  dark,  and  the  night  has  been  so  long. 
Is  the  dawn  coming,  Sister  Lacey  ?  " 

54 


Raheri's  Diploma 

"  It  is  coming,  Raheri  dear — fast."  Fast  in- 
deed. The  howling  waters  have  well-nigh  shat- 
tered the  frail  skiff.  It  is  all  but  sinking.  From 
outside,  the  roar  of  the  sea  came  to  them  faintly 
through  the  inter-crossing  palm  stems.  The  Grey 
Things  were  very  near  now. 

"  Raheri — can  you  say  a  prayer,  do  you  think  ?  " 

The  thin  lips  moved — but  made  no  sound. 
The  teacher  bent  till  her  face  almost  touched  the 
matted,  damp  hair,  and  whispered  some  words  in 
the  child's  ear. 

"  E  tuu  noa  te  tamarii — Raheri,  darling,  speak 
to  me." 

"  E  tuu  noa  te  tamarii " 

"  E  haere  mai " 

"  E  haere  mai " 

And  then,  while  the  strong  woman  knelt  and 
wept,  the  frail  child — clinging  to  those  fair  words  of 
promise  as  a  drowning  man  to  a  spar — glided  out 
into  the  sleep  that  knows  no  waking  till  the  dark- 
ness gives  place  to  everlasting  light. 

When,  on  the  following  morning  the  two 
Kanaka  mutes  came  to  bear  away  the  tiny  body, 
the  foot  of  one  trod  a  draggled  bunch  of  violets 
that  had  been  lying  all  night  on  the  steps — 
where  the  boy-love  of  Porotia  had  breathed  its 
humble  and  last  farewell. 

55 


CHAPTER  VI 

THE  ISLE  OF  FAIR  WOMEN 
"  Where  summer  years  and  summer  women  smile." 

WE  left  Rarotonga  in  a  hurry.  It  is  part  of  a 
Union  skipper's  profession  to  be  in  a  hurry — all 
zeal — as  Mr.  Midshipman  Easy  found  his  superior 
officer's  blasphemy. 

We  are  now  fairly  in  the  tropics.  Whatever 
may  be  the  case  in  other  parts  of  the  world,  the 
change  of  climate  on  this  particular  run  is  sudden 
enough  to  be  very  funny. 

It  is  the  eighteenth  parallel  that  does  the  trick. 
One  goes  to  sleep  dreaming  of  cool  breezes  and  rain 
— one  wakes  to  find  the  crew  in  white  ducks,  and 
the  butter  running  like  paraffin.  The  wind,  too, 
has  taken  on  a  more  sultry  feel,  and  the  violent 
orange  glare  seems  to  have  calmed  the  waves 
down  to  the  consistency  of  oil.  In  the  engine- 
room  the  stokers  are  beginning  to  weep,  and 
when  you  take  your  morning's  constitutional  the 
liquefied  pitch  of  the  deck-seams  sticks  to  the 
soles  of  your  tennis-shoes  and  trips  you  up.  The 
eighteenth  is  the  most  playful  of  parallels. 

56 


The  Isle  of  Fair  Women 

An  odd  300  miles  of  sea  separates  the  Society 
Islands  from  the  Cook  Archipelago.  Moorea  is 
the  first  to  appear — the  shadowiest  of  shadows  on 
the  eastern  horizon — so  vague  and  evanescent  that 
they  might  well  pass  for  clouds.  Union  officers 
make  poor  liars,  however.  As  you  are  girding 
up  your  loins  to  doubt  the  fact  of  any  land  being 
visible,  the  dark  bank  ahead  splits  up  into  a 
collection  of  blue  pinnacles — so  weird  and  un- 
practical-looking as  to  pass  for  the  dream  of  a 
delirious  absintheur  rather  than  the  staid  and 
sober  result  of  natural  laws. 

One  of  the  peaks  has  a  remarkable  defect.  It 
is  perforated  close  to  its  summit — an  undeniable 
tunnel  chiselled  as  neatly  in  the  wind-scoured 
rock  as  though  the  primaeval  architect  had  done 
it  with  dynamite  and  stone-chisel. 

The  tunnel  has  its  legend.  Rumour  says  that 
some  island-hero  threw  his  spear  through  the 
peak  in  a  fit  of — well — boredom.  Si  non  e  vero, 
e  ben  trovato.  History  does  not  relate  what  this 
fellow's  name  was,  nor  to  what  particular  scandal 
he  owed  his  reputation.  One  thing  only  is  certain 
about  him — he  was  a  very  bad  hero  indeed. 
None  but  a  thoroughly  bad  deity  could  ever 
have  done  a  piece  of  work  like  that.  Good 
deities  never  work.  It  takes  them  all  their  time 
to  be  good.  This  is  why,  in  Ireland,  the  Devil 

57 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

claims  all  the  punch-bowls,  in  Germany  the  pol- 
tergeist all  the  historic  villas,  in  Scandinavia  Loki 
all  the  earthquakes,  and  in  India  Shiva  all  the 
brains.  Strange,  but  true. 

And  now  Moorea  is  on  our  beam — a  diabolical 
silhouette  framed  in  the  yellow  of  the  sinking 
sun.  Voices  are  answering  each  other  from  the 
bridge.  There  comes  the  clang  of  hidden  bells. 
Stand  by !  You  rush  to  the  other  side  of  the 
ship  and — lo ! — Tahiti,  the  nouvelle  Cythere  of 
Bougainville,  the  "  island  of  beautiful  women " 
of  the  old  explorer  De  Quiros,  lies  before  us  in 
her  bridal  veil  of  cloud,  reef-girdled,  her  haughty 
diadem  of  mountains  bathed  in  the  magic  of  the 
rising  moon — a  Queen  of  the  Sea,  faint  and 
voluptuous  as  the  breath  from  her  own  flower- 
chalices. 

As  we  near  the  shore  the  isolated  forms  of 
women  are  visible  under  the  dark  trees  —  a 
shadowy  counterpoise  to  the  white  reflections  of 
the  vessels  anchored  in  the  harbour.  The  sound 
of  the  cathedral  bell  mingles  weirdly  with  the 
clank  of  the  capstan,  and  the  faint  twinkle  of  the 
shore-lamps  is  drowned  in  warm  gusts  of  steam 
from  the  winches. 

There  is  no  trace  of  a  pier.  The  Ovalau 
simply  draws  up  along  the  crescent  of  coral, 
whose  grassy  fringe  comes  right  down  to  the 

58 


The  Isle  of  Fair  Women 

water's  edge.  There  was  a  motley  crowd  as- 
sembled on  the  bank,  and  the  adjustment  of  the 
gangway  was  the  signal  for  an  army  of  girls  to 
tumble  on  board.  I  had  long  heard  of  the  pro- 
verbial skittishness  of  Tahitian  ladies,  and  was 
prepared  to  find  a  rampaging  army  of  fiends.  I 
fell  to  scrutinising  them  curiously — much  as  Par- 
sifal might  have  scrutinised  the  flower-maidens. 
I  rubbed  my  eyes.  How  quiet  they  were — how 
demure !  No  noisy  tin-kettly  Americanisms  here 
— no  racy  Austrylian  chaff,  no — not  even  a 
wink  or  a  Society  smile.  Willowy  sedateness, 
the  dignity  of  island-womanhood  haloed  in  its 
own  cigarette  smoke — the  modesty  of  Niobe 
untouched  by  the  censuring  eye  of  the  Lord 
Chamberlain — strolling  to  and  fro  under  the  soft 
electrics,  with  barely  a  look  or  a  gathering-in  of 
the  skirts  to  acknowledge  your  presence — the 
dear  innocents ! 

There,  that  will  do.  Why — why  did  I  not 
vanish  downstairs  before  the  fair  vision  fled  ? 
Why  should  that  extra  five  minutes'  curiosity 
have  brought  about  such  a  fell  awakening  ? 

Alas  !  I  had  still  to  learn  the  truth  of  the  adage, 
Est  modus  in  rebus.  There  was  a  sudden  flash 
of  light  in  the  engine-room  doorway ;  a  brawny 
sailor,  his  bare  arms  streaked  with  coal-dust, 
sprang  out  on  deck,  and  walking  unceremoniously 

59 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

up  to  the  nearest  girl,  caught  that  demure  damsel 

round  the  waist,  and 

Let  us  draw  the  curtain.  After  all  my  poetry 
too !  You  naughty,  treacherous,  deceitful  little 
minx.  Not  a  scream,  not  a  word  of  rebuke,  not 
a  single  solitary  quiver  of  outraged  modesty. 
Alas  for  my  ideals ! 

"  Oh  shame,  oh  sorrow,  and  oh  womankind  ! " 

Papeete  (from  Pape-ete,  a  basket  of  water)  is 
by  no  means  a  representative  South  Sea  capital. 
It  is  second  only  to  Honolulu  in  jumbledom. 
Within  the  few  square  miles  composing  the  dis- 
trict are  stuffed  heterogeneous  colonies  of  China- 
men, Atiu  islanders,  Mangaians,  Marquesans, 
&c.  The  European  element  is  nearly  as  mixed 
as  the  native,  and  the  weird  way  in  which  each 
section  of  the  social  element  has  contrived  to 
absorb  the  nationality  of  the  next  imparts  a 
flavour  of  gummy  fraternity  to  the  whole.  When 
we  come  to  look  into  social  matters  in  detail, 
we  shall  see  how  this  works.  Viewed  from  the 
harbour  the  town  presents  the  appearance  of  a 
straggling  collection  of  villas,  a  row  of  pointed- 
roofed  warehouses,  and  a  sea  of  green  and  red 
foliage,  with  the  white  cathedral  spire  topping 
everything  like  a  toothpick. 

The  following  morning  being  Sunday  I  had 
a  good  opportunity  of  seeing  the  town  in  its  best 

60 


I- 


The  Isle  of  Fair  Women 

dress.  Even  as  London  has  its  Row,  New  York 
its  Fifth  Avenue,  Venice  its  Rialto,  and  Mel- 
bourne its  Block,  so  Papeete  has  its  market. 
The  fashionable  hour  is  a  godless  one — 5  A.M. — 
but  it  is  your  only  chance  of  salvation.  You  must 
make  the  best  of  it.  All  the  islands  are  in  fact 
at  their  loveliest  before  sunrise. 

The  sun  was  fringing  the  top  of  Orofena — 
which  stands  out  above  the  town  like  a  mon- 
strous blue  shark-fin  —  as  I  passed  up  the  lane 
of  sycamores  to  where  instinct  and  the  hum  of 
voices  told  me  the  market  was  placed.  Right 
and  left  were  Chinese  stores,  with  strings  of 
pendant  drapery  and  piled-up  bars  of  soap. 
Farther  on  there  was  an  eating-house,  where 
two  industrious  Chows  were  rattling  their  beads 
(Chinamen  use  the  abacus  to  count  with),  and  a 
score  of  lively  ladies  in  pink  were  absorbing 
coffee  in  an  atmosphere  of  fried  bread  and  coco- 
nut oil.  I  was  in  the  market. 

It  is  an  oblong  square  shaded  by  sycamores 
and  scarlet  flamboyants,  and  set  off  in  the  centre 
by  a  shabby  green  tank  half  filled  with  duck- 
weed. On  one  side  is  the  Mairie,  a  low  building 
of  wood  with  a  fine  display  of  plate-glass  ;  on  the 
other  a  row  of  open  pillared  sheds — an  obvious 
plagiarism  of  the  Paris  Halles — where  fish  are 
being  sold  in  strings. 

61 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

How  paint  the  strange  effects  of  colouring— 
the  scarlet-blossomed  covering  of  trees,  the  rows 
of  gaily  dressed  women  squatting  behind  heaps 
of  exotic  fruits,  the  bunches  of  parti-coloured  fish 
dangling  from  poles,  the  fantastically  painted 
signs  above  the  Chinamen's  stores,  the  rows  of 
tiny  flags  (it  is  some  festival  day),  and  over  all 
the  pale  gold  of  the  early  sun  and  the  dreamy 
blue  of  the  mountains ! 

There  are  about  five  hundred  people  collected, 
I  should  judge.  The  general  scheme  of  the 
costumes  resembles  that  of  Rarotonga — though  a 
trifle  more  elaborate.  The  flowing  skirt  of  pale 
blue  or  pink,  the  dark  trailing  hair,  the  necklace 
of  berries,  and  the  hat  of  thinnest  straw  with  the 
wreath  of  delicately  scented  flowers  twisted  round 
the  brim.  Amiability  is  the  rule  here — especially 
towards  the  stranger.  Three  sailors  in  blue 
calico  with  square  collars  greet  me  good-morning. 
A  pretty  girl  carrying  a  scarlet  fish  by  a  string 
grins  suggestively.  I  am  admiring  the  artificial 
straw  flowers  on  her  hat,  and  she  is  fully  con- 
scious of  the  fact.  A  Kanaka  passes  smiling 
with  a  heavy  basket — marketing  for  his  wife  at 
home  like  a  dutiful  husband.  Then  come  three 
girls  arm  in  arm.  One  of  them  wickedly  jogs 
my  elbow.  "Hallo,  mis' nary"  (missionary),  she 

says. 

62 


The  Isle  of  Fair  Women 

Incidentally  I  learn  that  "missionary"  is  the 
term  of  contempt  or  approval  applied  to  any 
young  man  whose  morals  are  above  listening  to 
the  overtures  of  Tahitian  beauty.  This  argues 
well  for  the  missionaries,  although  some  people 
say — well,  never  mind. 

Here  one  may  get  acquainted  with  a  few  of 
the  local  celebrities.  M.  Cardella,  mayor  of 
Papeete ;  Prince  Hinoi  Pomar£,  the  sole  sur- 
viving something-or-other ;  the  Branders,  univer- 
sity men  and  cousins  of  the  late  queen  ;  M.  Rey, 
the  governor,  in  his  dog-cart — and  a  host  of 
female  celebrities  of  all  shades  of  morality  and 
colour.  A  goodly  percentage  of  the  latter  are 
demurely  bargaining  for  coco-nuts,  while  others, 
leaning  coquettishly  against  the  railings,  appear 
to  be — more  juventutis — simply  flirting.  Every 
township  under  the  sun  has  its  perihelion  of 
giddiness,  but  yours,  O  lovely  Papeete,  begins 
earlier  than  any  of  them. 

And  how  magnificently  the  streets  of  this  same 
Papeete  lend  themselves  to  pictorial  effect !  Verily, 
all  styles  of  art  are  here  represented.  The  scheme 
of  things  lends  itself  to  the  brush  of  all  the  masters. 
The  long  leafy  crypts  belted  with  yellow  shafts  of 
sunlight  might  have  haunted  the  mind  of  a  Rem- 
brandt. Among  the  tiny  cottages  with  their 
broad  flower-decked  verandahs  and  army  of 

63 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

strutting  fowls,  Hokusai  might  find  congenial 
inspiration.  Your  picture  builds  itself  gradually, 
the  product  of  a  new,  ever-changing  impression- 
ism, and  you  dream  of  lacquered  tea-work  till  the 
drifting  smoke  of  a  bonfire  mills  the  colours  in 
transparent  fog,  and  lo  !— you  have  a  Whistler. 

Besides  being  the  most  picturesque,  Papeete  is 
likewise  the  shadiest  capital  extant.  Not  a  street 
is  devoid  of  its  double  row  of  trees,  which  meet 
overhead  to  form  a  sort  of  leafy  cloister  impervious 
to  the  very  hottest  sunshine.  And  who  planted 
these  trees  ?  Certainly  not  the  French.  Nor 
yet  the  Pomares,  whose  disused  and  dishonoured 
palace  in  the  Rue  de  Rivoli  is  now  a  depository 
for  empty  packing-cases  and  decadent  sweetmeat- 
vendors.  Who  then  ?  The  trees  are  manifestly 
old — the  gnarled  giants  of  the  Fautaua  avenue, 
for  instance,  can  count  quite  three  hundred  sum- 
mers—  and  Tahitian  history  (luckily  for  the 
Tahitian  schoolboy)  doesn't  reach  back  as  far. 
Who  built  the  tombs  of  Easter  Island  ?  Who 
built  the  Sphinx,  the  Colossus  of  Rhodes,  the 
pyramids  of  Colhuacan  ?  Ask  of  the  winds.  For 
the  men  that  fought  at  Minden  were  pilgrims 
through  the  unborn  seas  of  time  when  the  ancient 
line  of  kings  sowed  the  foundations  of  those  grand 
avenues.  Their  names  are  lost  to  posterity.  They 
have  died  and  made  no  sign. 

64 


The  Isle  of  Fair  Women 

Shelter  for  the  man,  a  stable  for  the  horse.  We 
must  see  about  housekeeping  details.  Let  us  go 
and  consult  Mr.  Raoulx.  He  is  a  very  amiable 
obliging  old  fellow  and  one  of  the  political  props 
of  Papeete.  Yes,  a  friend  of  his,  Madame  D., 
has  several  houses  on  her  hands.  No  doubt  she 
will  accommodate  us.  But  mind — no  noise  after 
10  P.M.  The  Papeete  police  are  a  bloodthirsty 
lynx-eyed  set  of  miscreants,  and  longing  to  put 
an  Englishman  in  prison. 

We  start  off  along  the  shady  street  to  where, 
behind  the  closed  lattices  of  a  tall  modern-look- 
ing house,  Madame  D.'s  daughter  is  practising 
a  Czerny  exercise  on  her  piano.  Yes,  for  fifty 
francs  a  month  the  house  is  ours.  Madame  D. 
likewise  informs  us  that  she  never  (with  a  capital 
N)  prys  into  or  occupies  herself  with  what  goes 
on  at  people's  houses.  This  means  we  can  be  as 
wicked  as  we  like — which  is  charming. 

House  rent  is  not  dear  in  Tahiti,  you  see,  and 
the  "remittance  man,"  as  Society  so  prettily  terms 
him,  can  live,  for  a  very  small  sum,  monarch  of 
all  he  surveys.  This  usually  includes  a  four- 
roomed  cottage  with  latticed  verandah,  an  out- 
house with  a  water-tap  which  acts  at  intervals, 
and  a  garden  fifteen  yards  square,  with  bastard 
coffee-bushes  and  mangoes.  Plaited  pandanus, 
the  time-honoured  roof-thatch  of  the  Pacific,  has 

65  E 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

gone  out  of  fashion,  and  in  many  houses  the 
abominable  iron  contrivance  has  crept  in  instead. 
Unless  one  is  lucky  enough  to  get  under  the 
shade  of  a  branching  tree  this  simply  means  get- 
ting roasted  out.  Don't  look  too  closely  at  things. 
Tahitian  architecture  is  essentially  slipshod,  and 
the  majority  of  the  doors  won't  shut.  This  doesn't 
matter,  however,  as  money  is  not  very  valuable  in 
the  Societies,  and  no  one  will  bother  to  steal  it. 

In  fact,  money,  as  a  means  of  getting  what  one 
wants,  is  almost  unknown  in  Papeete.  Kanakas 
cannot  be  paid  to  work.  You  will  find  this  out 
soon  enough  when  you  try  to  engage  servants. 
To  any  one  who  has  been  merely  brought  up  in 
the  ordinary  way,  among  the  niggardly,  hardly 
earned  fleshpots  of  Europe,  the  problem  of  living 
entirely  without  an  occupation  of  any  kind  is 
naturally  apt  to  be  a  stickler.  Yet  one  need 
not  go  as  far  as  Tahiti  to  find  such  a  state  of 
things.  I  remember  once  while  touring  through 
Italy  (it  was  in  Naples)  I  tried  to  engage  a  porter 
to  carry  my  trunk  from  the  boat  to  the  hotel.  I 
was  told  porters  were  always  to  be  had  on  the 
landing  for  a  small  sum.  I  went  down  to  -the 
quay.  Sure  enough,  a  dozen  picturesque  raga- 
muffins were  lolling  in  the  sun.  I  timidly  stirred 
one  of  them  up  and  stated  my  requirements.  The 

man  looked  me  over  from  head  to  foot,  grunted, 

66 


The  Isle  of  Fair  Women 

passed  his  hand  weakly  over  his  stomach, 
and — 

"  I  have  eaten,"  he  said  with  a  smile. 

And  as  the  Neapolitans  are,  so  are  the  Kanakas. 
No  Kanaka  will  work  unless  he  is  hungry,  and 
as  bread-fruit  and  faies  are  common  property  in 
this  lovely  island,  the  chance  of  such  a  favourable 
state  of  things  turning  up  is  rare.  Just  suggest 
to  that  lanky  chocolate-coloured  individual  lying 
so  nonchalantly  on  the  grass  with  his  straw  hat 
turned  over  his  eyes,  that  he  should  come  and  be 
your  bond-slave  for  pay  !  He  has  the  Neapolitan 
independence  and  the  pride  of  a  Spaniard  from 
Aragon  balled  together  in  his  fell  carcass.  Try 
a  girl.  Here,  if  you  are  a  young  man  and  a  pro- 
fessional lover  of  the  sex,  you  will  probably  be 
more  successful.  Even  then  she  will  "  size  you 
up  "  before  accepting  your  offer,  as  a  booky  sizes 
a  race-horse,  and  should  the  cut  of  your  coat  or 
the  colour  of  your  eyes  displease  her — woe  !  You 
will  have  to  do  your  sweeping  yourself. 

Kanaka  servants  are  the  most  unsatisfactory 
on  earth.  Time,  place,  the  binding  power  of  a 
promise  are  alike  dead  letters  to  them.  The  only 
thing  that  goes  regularly  about  them  is  their 
tongue.  They  are  the  champion  scandal-mong- 
ers of  creation.  Hardly  have  one's  toes  touched 

the  grass  of  Papeete  quay  than  the  news  of  one's 

67 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

arrival,  and  the  possible  complications  which  may 
or  may  not  have  led  to  it,  become  public  property. 
Good  report  spreads  slowly,  but  bad  flies  like 
wild-fire.  Within  four  hours  of  your  landing  one 
will  be  credited  with  having  deserted  one's  wife, 
conspired  against  the  British  Government,  burned," 
forged,  stolen,  murdered — all  the  horrors  of  a  dis- 
eased savage  imagination.  There  is  no  use  in 
objecting.  It  is  part  of  the  programme. 

When  the  late  British  Consul,  Mr.  Hawes, 
reached  Papeete  for  the  first  time,  he  made  ac- 
quaintance with  this  unpleasant  fact.  The  Con- 
sulate is  a  very  pretty  villa,  with  neat  iron  railings 
and  hanging  creeper-fronds.  Hawes  entered  it 
gaily.  Besides  being  an  English  Consul,  he  had 
a  hobby.  He  was  an  amateur  musician  of  sorts, 
and  loved  playing  on  the  trombone.  That 
evening  a  crowd  collected  outside  the  Consulate, 
and  Hawes's  chromatics  being  misconstrued,  a 
report  became  bruited  about  Papeete  that  her 
Majesty's  representative  was  in  the  habit  of  sacri- 
ficing pigs  to  the  setting  sun — a  very  cannibalistic 
proceeding.  Twenty-four  hours  later  a  friend 
found  Hawes  sitting  thoughtfully  on  an  empty  canoe 
looking  at  the  sea.  Explanation  was  unnecessary. 

"  Come,  come,  my  dear  fellow,"  said  the  friend, 
"  we've  all  got  to  put  up  with  these  little  griev- 
ances." 

68 


The  Isle  of  Fair  Women 

"  I    wont    put    up    with    them,"    contended 
Hawes. 

"  What  are  you  going  to  do  ?  " 

"  Build  a  wall  round  the  Consulate." 

Hawes  was  as  good  as  his  word.  The  trom- 
bone episode  was  explained  away,  and  when  next 
Papeete  sought  a  pretext  for  scandal  it  was  com- 
pelled to  draw  entirely  on  its  imagination. 


CHAPTER  VII 

CHINAMEN— MILITARY— "  VI  ET  ARMIS" 

"  And  in  that  city  every  clime  and  age 
Jumbled  together." 

—  The  Princess. 

Now  we  have  got  our  house.  Food  will  be  the 
next  difficulty.  A  man  who  values  life  and  its 
blessings  should  never  try  housekeeping  in  Tahiti. 
Kanaka  service  makes  people  prematurely  old. 
A  couple  of  restaurants  engineered  by  French- 
men offer  decent  fare.  Should  the  food  in  the 
said  establishments  displease  one,  there  is,  as  last 
resource,  the  Chinaman's. 

There  are  three  hundred  Chinamen  in  Papeete. 
Their  arrival  was  a  romance  in  itself.  Forty 
years  ago,  when  the  great  Atimaono  cotton  plan- 
tation was  in  full  swing,  the  speculators  cast  about 
for  labour,  and,  recognising  the  uselessness  of 
expecting  anything  from  the  Kanaka  population, 
hit  upon  the  plan  of  importing  Chinamen  from 
Tonkin.  The  idea  was  a  luminous  one,  and 
regally  carried  out.  Three  hundred  Chows,  each 
sitting  on  his  own  tea-chest,  were  carted  Tahiti- 

70 


.  f 


Chinamen 

wards  and  dumped  ashore  on  the  quay  to  work, 
sin,  and  suffer  "  allee  same  Clistian." 

For  a  while  things  went  swimmingly.  The 
cotton-trade  forged  ahead,  the  Chows  were  con- 
tent with  their  wages,  and  the  easy  life  was 
congenial  to  them.  Then  came  the  crash.  War 
broke  out  in  America,  and  cotton  fell  to  zero. 
The  Chinamen  were  thrown  out  of  work.  Had 
they  been  Kanakas  they  would  have  solaced 
themselves  playing  accordions,  or  dancing  hoolas. 
But  the  wily  Celestial  is  made  of  more  dogged 
stuff.  The  unemployed  Chinaman  took  matters 
by  the  beard,  built  houses,  washed,  traded,  and 
established  stores.  Among  the  indolent,  lotus- 
eating  crowd  they  rapidly  became  a  power,  and 
at  present  two-thirds  of  the  commerce  of  the 
island  is  directly  or  indirectly  controlled  by  them. 

Where  would  Papeete  be  without  the  Chow  ? 
Whether  it  is  a  scratch  meal,  a  straw  hat,  a 
packet  of  cigarettes,  a  pareo  to  cover  one's  un- 
dress beauty,  or  (for  matrimonial  agencies  are  not 
unknown  even  in  these  flower-girt  isles)  a  wife 
—nine  cases  in  ten,  the  Chinaman  is  one's  best 
friend. 

He  is  gentle,  affable,  scrupulously  honest. 
Nay,  he  even  has  a  trick  of  giving  overweight, 
which,  to  those  who  are  used  to  the  dealings  of 
the  superior  and  cultivated  Eurasian,  is  a  per- 

71 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

petual  source  of  surprise.  As  a  restaurateur  he 
has  qualities  of  his  own.  If  he  were  just  a  little 
more  cleanly  in  his  habits,  a  little  less  addicted  to 
mixing  soot,  dish-rag,  and  chewed  cigar-stumps 
with  his  viands,  John  would  make  a  very  toler- 
able host.  His  temples  are  not  on  a  gorgeous 
scale.  Let  us  enter  one  of  them — Yet  Lee's— 
in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  market.  It  is  a 
damp,  vaulty  place,  set  with  rows  of  ghostly 
tables  and  spotty  table-cloths.  A  pile  of  newly 
baked  loaves  is  reposing  on  a  dresser  among  an 
interesting  assortment  of  bottles  and  dirty  soup- 
plates.  A  score  of  French  sailors  and  longshore- 
men are  noisily  rattling  their  forks  at  the  far  end 
of  the  vault.  Three  Kanakas  are  moodily  loafing 
round  the  door.  What  are  you  going  to  get  to 
eat  ?  The  earthy  smell  pervades  everything. 
You  stare  idly  (it  is  wonderful  how  soon  the 
climate  begins  to  tell  even  on  the  most  energetic) 
at  the  half-filled  bottles  of  claret  —  not  above 
suspicion  of  watering — the  diminutive  cold-cream 
pots  full  of  milk,  the  slices  of  purple  taro,  and  the 
plates  of  water-cress  among  the  chatties  and 
broken-stoppered  vinegar-cruets. 

Hulloa  !  A  vahine  in  pink,  her  hat  coquettishly 
smothered  in  straw  embroidery,  takes  her  seat 
opposite  you,  smiling  sweetly.  You  are  lucky  if 
she  doesn't  ask  you  to  pay  for  her  lunch,  for 

72 


Marketing,  Papeete. 


[A  72. 


Chinamen 

modesty  in  such  trifling  matters  is  a  vice  un- 
known, and  the  timid  man  is  at  a  vast  discount 
in  the  Islands. 

Chinamen  are  a  hard-working  set  of  sufferers. 
Look  at  that  almond-eyed,  lotus-worshipping  son 
of  Confucius  yonder — him  they  call  "  Kitty." 
There  are  few  girlish  suggestions  about  his 
antique,  be-raddled,  cloth-draped,  pig-tailed  home- 
liness— only  the  quavering  cynicism  of  a  mind 
that  has  known  better  days,  and  the  wrinkles  of 
a  thousand  lonely  miseries. 

"  Kitty,  darling — Kitty,  dear  boy — aita  te 
waina  ? "  (lit.  is  there  no  wine  ?)  The  meal 
commences.  A  cool  draught  from  the  dripping 
gutter  outside  mingles  with  the  wavy  motion  of 
the  street  and  the  gleam  of  piled  flour-sacks  in 
the  store  opposite.  Two  cutlets  swimming  in 
grease  make  their  appearance — a  plate  of  salad 
with  the  marks  of  Kitty's  celestial  thumb  festoon- 
ing the  edge  like  lacework,  a  small  soap-dish 
containing  squash  and  a  couple  of  pancakes  made 
from  a  disused  bicycle-tire. 

If  you  are  fastidious  you  can  eke  out  the  meal 
with  rice  and  chili  vinegar — a  cheerful  respite 
from  those  dread  cutlets — anyhow  you  can  con- 
sole yourself  with  the  reflection  that  while  the 
activity  of  sight-seeing  lasts,  indigestion  is  not 
likely  to  set  in. 

73 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

Addio,  Kitty.  The  cost  of  our  visit  is  but 
twenty  cents  (7d.),  and  it  has  given  us  an 
insight  into  the  utility  of  the  Chow,  which  we 
won't  forget  in  a  hurry. 

Besides  his  utilitarian  talents,  the  Chinaman 
also  has  his  romaritic  side.  These  "Tinitos" 
are  confirmed  woman-killers.  The  most  raddled, 
mouldy,  coppery,  elephant- hided,  rat-tailed  of 
them  can  command  his  "  posse "  of  sweethearts. 
They  are  the  policemen  of  Polynesia. 

With  what  ingenuous  presents  of  scraps  of 
silk,  cigarettes,  cakes  of  soap,  and  tiny  paper 
fans  are  they  ready  to  charm  the  heart  of  Terii 
or  Tumata !  The  peculiar  cast  of  mind  of  the 
Tahitian  vahine,  shaping  itself,  as  it  does,  on  the 
existing  circumstances  and  requirements  of  her 
brush-clad  island,  assures  easy  conquest  to  the 
Chow.  Her  ignorance  of  money  is  the  vahine's 
weakness  and  glory.  What  chance  has  a  mere 
Englishman  with  a  rent-roll  of  ,£10,000  a  year 
against  that  urbane  smile  that  advances  to  the 
siege  of  Terii's  heart  with  a  two-dollar  dress  for 
grapnel  and  a  pocketful  of  cigarettes  for  scaling- 
ladder?  None  whatever.  In  fact,  if  you  happen 
to  possess  a  friend  who  imagines  himself  a 
woman-killer  and  needs  taking  down — send  him 
to  Tahiti.  It  doesn't  matter  who  he  is — send 
him  to  Tahiti.  He  will  get  taken  down  all  right. 

74 


Chinamen 

And  the  last  state  of  that  man  will  be  better  than 
the  first. 

Chinamen  in  Papeete  also  play  the  role  of 
barbers.  In  the  Rue  de  Petit-Pologne  (how 
strangely  incongruous  these  idiotic  French  names 
sound !)  there  is  quite  a  colony  of  these  worthies. 
Their  stock-in-trade  is  inexpensive  but  con- 
vincing. Almost  the  sole  furniture  is  a  gaudy 
gold-framed  mirror,  a  rickety  washstand,  and  a 
pile  of  greasy  New  York  papers  to  pass  the  time 
while  your  tormentor  skins  you.  I  once  got 
shaved  at  a  Chinaman's.  I  did  it  for  the  sake 
of  an  experience — which  I  got.  The  price  was 
microscopic,  five  cents  including  doing  your  hair. 
It  was  very  interesting  at  first,  and  there  was  a 
breezy  sans-gene  about  the  rakes  of  High-Kee's 
razor  which  lulled  my  soul  into  sympathetic  non- 
chalance. He  finished  shaving  me,  and  started 
to  do  my  hair.  He  produced  a  comb.  I  eyed 
it  mistrustfully.  It  was  long,  yellow,  with  half 
its  teeth  missing,  and  the  remainder  choked  with 
the  accumulated  sweepings  of  a  million  infidel 
scalps.  A  weird  chuckle  came  from  the  door, 
where  a  committee  of  Kanaka  loafers  were  ap- 
parently enjoying  the  scene.  I  turned  to  rebuke 
one  of  them,  and  as  I  did  so  I  saw  something  on 
his  head  that  made  me  shrink  up  like  a  telescope. 
I  rose  from  my  chair  and  prepared  to  depart. 

75 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

I  told  him  he  needn't  mind  combing  my  hair.  I 
explained  that  I  was  in  the  habit  of  going  about 
untidy — rather  liked  it,  in  fact.  He  said  that 
would  make  two  cents  less.  I  said  I  would  be 
generous  and  overlook  the  fact.  I  paid  him  the 
full  five  cents,  and  from  that  day  to  this  High- 
Kee  doesn't  see  me  passing  his  shop  without 
salaaming.  He  thinks  me  the  noblest  of  beings. 

But — hark! — the  cry  is  "soldiers."  Was  there 
ever  a  country  where  the  military  are  not  adored  ? 
The  curious  faces  of  almond-eyed  ladies  peer 
through  the  lattices.  In  the  eating-houses  the 
vahines  desert  their  plates  of  taro,  wipe  their 
brown  fingers  in  the  table-cloth,  and  hurry  out  to 
get  a  view.  Here  they  come — a  squadron  or  so, 
all  told,  neat  and  tidy  in  their  white  helmets,  but 
with  a  certain  unshavenness  about  the  chin,  and 
a  certain  hang-dog  stoop  in  the  shoulders  that 
our  own  Tommies  would  rise  above.  A  decent, 
orderly  set  of  men  on  the  whole,  with  their  baby 
officer  strutting  in  front  like  a  gamecock.  A 
little  bit  of  France  in  miniature. 

Papeete  is,  in  fact,  a  fortified  city.  The  small 
sluggish  stream  dividing  it  from  its  disreputable 
suburb  Patutoa  is  lined  with  baby  ramparts. 
What  are  they  there  for?  ^sthetically  speak- 
ing, smothered  as  they  are  in  hibiscus  and  flower- 
ing ti-tree,  they  are  very  pretty.  Strategically, 


Military — uVi  et  Armis" 

about  as  effective  as  a  towel-horse.  But  they  are 
only  on  a  par  with  the  rest  of  the  idea.  Not  for 
one  blissful  instant  are  you  permitted  to  forget 
the  atmosphere  of  militarism  that  hangs  over  the 
island.  The  very  landing-stage,  where  old  dis- 
used cannon  take  the  place  of  mooring-posts, 
breathes  mute  remembrance  of  former  conflicts. 
In  the  dim  hours  of  the  morning  it  is  the  call  of 
trumpets,  echoing  with  Wagnerian  suggestions 
across  the  glassy  water,  that  rouses  you  from 
slumber.  In  the  afternoons  there  are  marchings, 
counter -marchings,  bugle -practice  in  the  leafy 
nullahs  where  the  banana-fronds  fight  the  lantana 
as  certain  upright  souls  combat  parasites — hope- 
lessly. Through  the  sunny  vista  of  trees  you 
catch  the  flash  of  gun  wheels  and  the  distant  bark 
of  commando.  At  the  foot  of  the  soft  hills  that 
lead  away  under  their  mantle  of  green  to  the  still 
blue  cloudland  of  Orofena,  loom  two  portentous 
barracks.  The  French  model  has  been  closely 
followed,  and  but  for  tropical  suggestions  of 
foliage  we  might  imagine  ourselves  in  Neuilly 
or  Meudon.  The  same  stiff  railings,  magisterial- 
looking  sentry-boxes,  green  shutters,  scarlet-tiled 
roofs,  and  square  gate-pillars  plastered  with  official 
"annonces."  Yet  Tahiti  is  in  no  danger  of 
assault.  Neither  is  there  anything  to  be  feared 
from  internal  revolution.  The  Kanakas  will 

77 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

never  be  so  foolish  as  to  revolt.  The  very 
meanest  accordion-playing,  wife-beating,  work- 
fearing,  hymn-singing  of  them  could  not  be  so 
blind  to  his  interests  as  all  that.  Is  there  any 
country  on  the  face  of  the  earth  where  the  law  of 
the  usurper  plays  into  the  hands  of  the  natives  in 
such  brotherly  fashion  ?  I  doubt  it.  French  law 
is  as  beautifully  drawn  up  for  the  protection  and 
emolument  of  the  Papeete  market-contingent  as 
it  is  for  the  confusion  and  overthrow  of  the  weird 
industriously  minded  foreigner.  The  Kanaka  is 
required  to  do  anything  but  work.  There  is  no 
species  of  land-tax.  Bread-fruit  and  faies  are 
common  property,  and  people  live  on  tick  to  an  un- 
limited extent.  Lotus-eating  in  any  form  pleases 
the  authorities  amazingly.  As  soon  as  the  Kanaka 
has  got  to  the  end  of  his  pasture  there  will  be  a 
kindly  gendarme  waiting  round  the  corner  to  take 
him  by  the  hand  and  lead  him  to  a  new  one.  It 
is  the  dream  of  a  Watteau  materialised,  a  Sevres- 
china  idyl  in  pareos  and  kharki — it  is  Tahiti. 

No,  there  is  no  danger  to  be  feared  in  Papeete 
from  internal  rioting,  but  from  without  there 
seems  just  the  slenderest  possible  likelihood  of 
its  being  stolen  one  day  or  another.  Not  that 
there  is  any  particular  reason  why  any  one  should 
want  to  steal  it.  On  the  contrary,  it  would  un- 
doubtedly pay  best  to  leave  lovely  Tahiti  alone. 

78 


Military — "Vi  et  Arm  is ': 

But  some  countries  love  stealing  for  fun.  And 
this  brings  us  to  the  history  of  the  most  comical 
military  episode  of  recent  years,  the  Fashoda 
scare.  It  was  brought  under  my  notice  in  the 
following  manner  : — 

I  had  been  lunching  at  the  Louvres  Hotel  with 
a  friend — a  Mr.  De  Smidt — and  had  driven  out 
to  his  country-place,  three  miles  from  Papeete,  to 
bathe  and  spend  the  afternoon.  On  reaching  his 
house  my  host  shouted  for  the  servant  to  take 
charge  of  the  horse.  No  one  appeared.  On 
investigating  matters  we  found  the  man — a  lanky 
Kanaka  named  Tipuna — asleep  under  a  spread- 
ing mango  in  the  garden.  We  stirred  him  up, 
and  persuaded  him  to  take  charge  of  the  horse. 
He  consented  grumblingly,  but  presently  on 
coming  from  our  bathe  we  found  him  asleep 
again — this  time  under  a  rose-bush.  I  was  a  bit 
startled,  but  De  Smidt  was  all  sweetness.  He 
re-issued  his  orders  for  the  horse's  welfare,  and 
escorted  me  into  the  house.  An  hour  later  we 
were  roused  from  our  scientific  and  literary  con- 
versazione by  the  wheezing  sound  of  a  Kanaka 
melody  executed  at  some  little  distance  in  the 
garden.  We  reconnoitred,  and  found  Tipuna 
sitting  on  a  tree-stump  playing  the  concertina  to 
an  audience  of  one  nut-brown  scullery-maid,  three 
cows,  and  a  Brahma  hen. 

79 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

"  Great  Scott !  "  said  I  petrified,  "  do  these  fel- 
lows ever  work  ?  " 

"  Sometimes,"  said  my  host  smiling.  "  Tipuna 
once  worked  for  a  week." 

"Is  that  possible  ?  " 

"It  does  seem  funny — but  there  was  a  girl  con- 
cerned in  it,  and Come  and  have  a  whisky 

and  soda  and  I'll  tell  you  all  about  it." 


80 


CHAPTER  VIII 

A    FASHODA    IDYLL 

"  Tahiti  never  did  and  never  shall 
Lie  at  the  proud  foot  of  a  conqueror." 

— King  John  (French  edition). 

HER  name  was  Terii  Areva,  but  Terii  for  short 
is  all  that  it  is  necessary  to  memorise.  From 
a  strictly  European  point  of  view  she  was  not 
beautiful,  but  to  Tipuna's  eyes  she  appeared 
divine.  His  soul  clave  to  Terii  in  love. 

Terii's  people  objected  to  the  match.  Her 
father  was  the  hard-working  foreman  of  a  vanilla- 
curing  establishment  in  Papara,  and  the  financial 
status  of  his  would-be  son-in-law  was  not  to  his 
liking.  Tipuna  did  not  care  for  work.  He  took 
odd  jobs  when  they  presented  themselves  with 
credentials,  and  deserted  them  in  a  gentlemanly 
manner  on  pay-day  when  the  accumulated  wealth 
of  dollars  offered  prospect  of  a  prolonged  loaf. 
At  night  Tipuna  used  to  issue  forth  like  a  butter- 
fly from  its  chrysalis,  and  a  scarlet  flower  stuck 
behind  his  ear,  play  the  accordion  on  the  stone 
rim  of  the  market  fountain,  while  the  vahines 

81  F 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

wriggled  and  jabbered  approval,  and  the  melon- 
sellers  deserted  their  tables  to  throw  in  an  occa- 
sional chorus. 

But  Terii's  father  had  no  ear  for  music.  Tipuna 
must  work,  or  hang  up  and  quit.  Terii  divined 
this  was  no  mere  jest.  She  slumped  down  on  the 
mat  and  wept. 

Let  Tipuna  prove  himself  capable  of  even  one 
week's  honest  work  and  she  was  his.  Terii 
screamed  and  clawed  the  matting  with  her  nails. 
Her  Eden  seemed  unapproachable.  Nevertheless 
it  came,  as  follows  : — 

It  began  with  the  hoisting  of  the  tricolor  flag 
on  the  Nile  and  Major  Marchand's  refusal  to 
move.  Dame  Rumour  had  exaggerated  things 
with  her  usual  thoughtfulness,  and  in  Papeete 
people's  nerves  had  been  on  a  quiver  for  some 
time  past.  An  awful  prodigy  of  some  kind  was 
expected,  and  it  only  needed  the  ravings  of  a 
couple  of  silver-braided  French  naval  officers  to 
set  matters  by  the  ears. 

Lying  in  the  harbour,  in  all  her  majesty  of 
brass  and  new  paint,  was  the  Republican  steam 
schooner  Aubrevilliers.  One  evening,  an  hour 
after  the  bang  of  the  six  o'clock  gun  had  startled 
the  pigeons  from  the  neighbouring  lumber-yards, 

one  of  the  ship's  lieutenants,  having  ascended  the 

82 


Terii  Areva. 


[/>.  82. 


A   Fashoda  Idyll 

bridge  to  take  an  observation,  reported  lights  on 
the  horizon. 

A  homely  band  of  natives  may  have  been  fish- 
ing by  torchlight,  or  some  naughty  boys  may  have 
kindled  a  fire  on  the  dark  limits  of  Moorea  reef. 
No  matter.  Rumour  had  done  its  work.  Within 
fifteen  minutes  the  whole  town  knew  that  the  long- 
expected  catastrophe  was  at  hand.  The  English 
were  descending  on  Tahiti !  The  whole  island 
was  going  to  be  murdered  in  its  bed  ! 

The  gasoline  launch  panted  hurriedly  ashore. 
The  major  portion  of  the  officials  were  either 
sleeping  under  their  virtuous  mosquito-curtains 
or  shaking  for  drinks  at  the  felt-topped  tables  of 
the  Cercle  Militaire.  The  stampede  commenced. 
Bugles  tooted  at  each  other  along  the  leafy  tunnel 
of  the  Rue  de  Rivoli  ;  from  her  verandah  the 
scared  proprietress  of  the  Louvres  Hotel  saw  the 
gaunt  shapes  of  white-robed  squadrons  defiling 
under  the  sycamores. 

The  Aubrevilliers  was  possessed  of  some 
twenty  guns.  Fronting  the  volcanic  trident  of 
Moorea  lay  the  little  palm-dot  of  Motu-Iti  with 
its  embryo  fort  and  baby  powder-magazine.  The 
long  shingle-roofed  coal  stores  of  Fareute  were 
full  of  precious  combustible.  There  was  also  a 
little  matter  of  ^"70,000  in  the  treasury  which 
needed  attending  to. 

83 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

The  bugles  sounded  again — in  an  ever-increas- 
ing crescendo  of  viciousness.  Under  the  trees 
of  the  market  the  army  of  Papeete  virtue  was 
dancing  the  hoola-hoola.  The  news  came  and 
they  scattered.  Trembling  fingers  dropped  their 
pennies  while  bargaining  for  melons.  The  melon- 
sellers  forgot  themselves,  gave  correct  change, 
and  fled  like  hiving  bees.  Along  the  length  of 
the  beach-road,  from  Taone  to  Papara,  beneath 
the  shade  of  the  Fautaua  avenue,  across  the 
palm-embossed  cane-fields  of  Patutoa,  swept  that 
fell  bugle-signal.  The  startled  forms  of  women, 
crushed  coronets  of  tiard  hemming  their  oily  hair, 
flashed  to  life  under  the  torches  of  the  soldiery. 
The  roads  were  choked.  "  Ua  rohia  tatou  ati " 
(trouble  is  coming)  wailed  the  females.  From 
the  pretty  creeper-clad  villas,  back  of  the  cathedral, 
frightened  mothers  emerged  to  hurry  their  off- 
springs off  to  places  of  safety — to  the  convent 
of  the  Holy  Sisters  in  its  deep  grove  of  palm, 
to  Vienot's  with  its  flaming  Bougainvillia,  to  the 
Carmelites,  choked  in  a  maze  of  dusty  coffee- 
bushes. 

The  Aubrevilliers  was  lying  some  little  dis- 
tance from  the  shore.  Now  her  anchor  was  got 
up  and  two  hawsers  tautened  in  the  moonlight 
as  she  edged  inch  by  inch  up  to  the  line  of  grass 
and  coral.  Her  guns  had  to  be  unshipped  and 

84 


A  Fashoda  Idyll 

disposed  where  they  could  be  worked  to  better 
advantage  against  the  invader  than  from  her  old- 
fashioned  carriages.  A  stone's-throw  behind  the 
artillery  barracks,  on  a  ridge  of  red  ochreous 
soil,  rose  a  long  platform  commanding  the  major 
portion  of  the  town  and  lagoon.  The  guns  were 
to  be  moved  thither.  Rails  of  steel  were  brought 
and  laid  in  position.  The  guns  were  hoisted  and 
made  fast  on  trucks  of  riveted  iron.  As  the  dawn 
yellowed  the  peaks  of  Moorea,  they  looked  out 
from  the  fringe  of  red  earth  like  so  many  bee- 
stings— a  truly  formidable  armament.  The  man 
of  artillery  felt  pleased. 

With  the  day  the  gasoline  launch  returned. 
She  had  been  fussing  outside  the  reef  all  night 
in  the  hope  of  finding  the  English  fleet  and  defy- 
ing it.  The  spray  had  spattered  her  neat  brass 
funnel,  and  the  salt  bitterness  had  eaten  its  way 
into  the  hearts  of  her  crew.  They  were  angry 
and  sea-sick.  The  enemy  had  not  turned  up. 

But  the  captain  of  artillery  worked  on.  Counter- 
feited energy  is  often  as  effective  as  the  genuine 
article.  Should  reports  of  his  valour  reach  Paris 
it  might  mean  the  Legion  of  Honour  and  a  dozen 
other  shadowy  titles.  His  wife  would  drive  a 
"carosse"  in  the  Bois.  She  would  cultivate  a 
society  smile,  and  the  catlike  way  of  saying 
"my  dear"  peculiar  to  petticoated  celebrity.  She 

85 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

would  see  her  afternoons  chronicled  in  the  Figaro, 
and  pretty  fair-haired  debutantes  would  grow  green 
under  their  layer  of  Cr2me  Simon. 

The  bugle  tootled  relentlessly  along  the  Taone 
road  and  up  the  winding  pass  leading  to  the  de- 
nies of  Fautaua,  where  a  rushing  ribbon  of  water 
binds  earth  to  heaven  over  an  eight  hundred  foot 
precipice.  The  summit  of  the  precipice  really 
marks  the  site  of  an  ancient  fort,  for  years  con- 
sidered the  most  impregnable  position  of  the 
island.  The  way  up  is  anything  but  easy,  and 
to  further  unsettle  things  a  roaring  torrent  veins 
the  valley  at  its  deepest  gulf.  The  captain  of 
artillery  decided  that  the  river  must  be  bridged, 
and  at  once. 

Labour  in  Tahiti  is  none  too  easily  secured. 
There  were  a  hundred  and  fifty  soldiers,  it  is 
true,  but  they  were  either  busied  in  the  fortifica- 
tions or  in  stropping  their  swords  for  the  expected 
fray.  The  sergeants  hurried  off  through  the  leafy 
compounds  of  Mangaia-town,  Atiu-town — clear 
away  from  Haapape  to  Faaa.  Labour  must  be 
got  at  any  price,  even  if  they  had  to  whack  it  to 
life  with  the  flat  of  their  swords. 

Tipuna,  the  love-lorn,  had  gone  to  sleep  on 
an  overdose  of  orange  rum  and  was  in  no  mood 
for  parley.  Nevertheless  the  recruiting-sergeant 
had  winning  manners.  A  dollar  a  day  was  not 

86 


Fautcnia  Valley. 


I  p.  86. 


A   Fashoda  Idyll 

to  be  despised,  and  with  luck  he  might  manage 
to  evade  the  really  trying  portion  of  the  work. 

The  seedy  army  of  pink-shirted,  straw-hatted 
men  moved  forward  by  forced  marches  to  where 
the  river  roared  under  its  overhanging  fronds  of 
green.  The  valley  rang  with  the  thumps  of  the 
pile-driver  and  the  execrations  of  the  foremen. 
Shafts  were  sunk  in  the  ooze,  and  logs  of  rimau 
driven  into  the  openings.  In  the  meantime,  from 
higher  up  the  hill  where  the  banana-fronds  thick- 
ened into  a  vertical  sea  of  foliage,  a  girl's  face 
peered  down  over  the  army  of  working  bees. 
Terii,  the  dust  of  the  road  cloying  her  dark  hair, 
was  watching  the  scene  that  was  to  mean  matri- 
mony to  her — matrimony  and  honourable  love. 

The  interstices  of  the  logs  were  filled  in,  and 
by  the  close  of  the  third  day  two  massive  pillars 
defied  the  stream,  but  the  road  leading  up  to  the 
fort  was  still  unkempt,  and  a  body  of  soldiers  were 
sent  forward  with  pickaxe  and  shovel  to  hack  it 
into  something  like  decency. 

Tipuna  excelled  himself.  He  had  been  in  the 
forefront  of  the  pile-driving  crowd,  and  had  worked 
like  a  nigger.  Once,  when  a  heavy  log  came 
down  on  his  thumb  and  nipped  it  into  a  jelly,  he 
felt  very  like  throwing  up  the  job — then  he 
thought  of  Terii,  and  manhood  came  back  in  all 
its  glory.  He  tied  up  the  finger  with  a  piece  of 

87 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

waste,  and  went  on  with  his  work  as  though 
nothing  had  happened.  The  foreman  waxed 
enthusiastic.  "  Quel  homme  !  Quelles  epaules ! " 
he  said. 

In  Papeete,  bellicose  yearnings  had  reached 
their  apogee.  In  fact  they  had  boiled  over.  A 
rumour,  that  had  taken  its  origin  in  the  gasoline 
launch's  disappointment,  now  swelled  to  a  roar 
that  deafened  the  noise  of  the  Fautaua  River.  It 
was  a  sad  blow  for  the  poor  hard-working  French 
officials  to  learn  that  England  had  changed  her 
mind,  and  was  not  coming  after  all.  The  project 
of  choking  the  reef-opening  with  dynamite  tor- 
pedoes fell  through.  In  the  barracks,  infantry 
officers  ceased  stropping  their  sabres  and  took 
to  betting  on  the  Grand  Prix  as  a  substitute. 
The  commander  of  the  Aubrevilliers  wanted  his 
guns  back.  Frivolous  ladies  said  they  were  sick 
of  bugle-practice,  and  merchant  skippers  began 
to  hint  that  the  altered  beacons,  whose  positions 
had  been  changed  for  the  enemy's  benefit,  were 
a  nuisance  to  navigation.  The  irony  of  the 
situation  penetrated  as  far  as  the  Fautaua  Valley. 
The  very  landscape  took  on  an  ironical  colouring. 
The  great  overhanging  comb  of  green  derided 
the  men  by  day,  and  the  stars,  twinkling  mischie- 
vously between  the  Magellanic  clouds,  mocked 

them   by  night.     Long  before   the  first  detach- 

88 


A   Fashoda  Idyll 

ment  of  horse  had  paved  a  way  for  itself  up  to 
the  fort,  people  were  beginning  to  feel  ashamed 
of  themselves.  Officials  were  slinking  back  to 
their  desks.  Women  gave  up  praying,  and 
assaulted  the  schools  to  have  their  children 
back. 

Then  came  the  bill.  The  picnic  had  lasted 
ten  days.  Three  hundred  Kanakas  at  a  dollar  a 
day  run  things  up.  There  were  expenses  to  the 
tune  of  ^5000  against  the  budget,  and  save  for 
the  bridge  and  the  improved  road  up  to  the  fort 
— a  boon  to  future  picnickers — no  one  was  a  whit 
the  better.  There  was  a  general  exodus  from 
the  valley,  and  the  novel  experience  of  being 
drunk  on  the  proceeds  of  real  hard  work  came 
sweetly,  as  the  blush  of  first  love,  to  the  market 
population. 

Tipuna  had  worked  one  whole  week.  Seven 
dollars  were  his  by  right  of  contract,  but  the 
foreman,  taking  the  crushed  finger  into  account, 
increased  the  sum  to  ten.  Tipuna  hired  a  dis- 
used ambulance-waggon,  and  with  Terii  by  his 
side  to  beguile  the  moments  on  a  mouth-organ, 
drove  out  to  Papara  to  exhibit  honourable  scars. 
The  cut  finger  and  the  ten  dollars  were  proof 
positive.  The  old  blunderbore  of  a  father 
scratched  his  head,  wavered,  gave  his  consent. 
Terii  slumped  down  once  again  on  the  mat 

89 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

and  wept — this  time  for  joy  ;  Tipuna  and  she 
were  married. 

Since  his  marriage  Tipuna  has  lived  very 
happily  on  his  reputation.  That  one  fell  week 
during  the  Fashoda  scare  taught  him  what  work 
was,  and  why  it  should  be  avoided.  At  night 
when  the  windows  of  the  Mairie  reflect  the 
smoky  flicker  of  the  market  lamps,  when  the 
tables  glow  under  their  tender  pink  burden  of 
sliced  melons  and  the  vahines  loll  over  the  China- 
men's counters  to  smoke  cigarettes,  you  may  see 
Tipuna — blue  pareo,  pink  shirt,  a  red  flower  stuck 
behind  his  ear — sitting  on  the  edge  of  the  oblong 
slime-choked  tank  that  does  duty  for  fountain, 
while  the  army  of  Papeete  virtue  crowds  to 
listen. 

He  still  plays  the  accordion  beautifully. 

Such  is  the  veracious  history  of  the  Fashoda 
scare,  and  such  the  picturesque  train  of  circum- 
stances that  saved  France's  most  lotus-gorged 
colony  from  the  ill-conditioned  progressiveness 
known  as  Anglo-Saxon  civilisation. 


90 


CHAPTER    IX 

OFFICIALISM— A   STUDY   IN    RESPONSIBILITIES 

"  If  all  be  atoms,  how  then  should  the  gods, 
Being  atomic,  not  be  dissoluble?" 

ONE  of  the  most  touching  soft-heartednesses  of 
the  French  island  administration  is  the  way  in 
which  it  contrives  to  saddle  a  man  with  a  salary 
and  a  nominal  sphere  of  activity  where  any  other 
Government  would  make  him  work  for  a  living. 

It  requires  five  hundred  officials  to  keep  Ta- 
hiti in  harness.  What  they  do  with  their  time 
is  only  known  to  themselves.  Provinces  of 
energy,  which  in  England  would  barely  fill  the 
hands  of  one  man,  here  require  an  army.  There 
is  only  one  road  in  Pomare's  island,  but  it  takes 
a  small  houseful  of  clerks  to  keep  its  ruts  in 
working  order.  The  average  of  crime  is  a 
burglary  once  a  month,  and  a  midnight  assas- 
sination every  ten  years — yet  seven  judges  are 
required  to  effectively  muddle  justice.  There  is 
barely  capital  enough  in  the  entire  island  to  float 
a  liver-pill,  yet  it  takes  a  quarter  of  a  mile  of 
benches  placed  end  to  end  (from  Pomare's  palace 

91 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

to  the  quay  de  Something-or-other)  to  keep  track 
of  financial  matters. 

And  the  elaborateness,  the  complexity  of  it! 
The  dovetailed,  angle-ironed,  water-logged,  steel- 
faced,  time -locked  completeness  of  the  whole 
thing!  A  German  verb  is  nothing  to  it.  It  is 
the  apotheosis  of  protocollardom. 

Try  to  get  something  done  in  this  dear  little 
island,  no  matter  what.  Try  to  bridge  a  river, 
to  muzzle  a  dog,  to  make  a  false  income-tax 
return.  You  will  tackle  it  bravely  at  first,  but 
you  will  give.it  up  in  time.  In  this  paradise 
dignitaries  sprout  like  mushrooms.  You  will  be 
referred,  and  referred,  and  referred.  There  will 
be  papers  to  sign,  and  papers  to  sign,  and  more 
papers  to  sign.  You  will  struggle  through 
wildernesses  of  quill-scratching,  past  gaping 
catacombs  of  pigeon-holes,  till  your  efforts  die 
away  in  that  peopled  solitude  as  the  would-be 
conquerors  of  the  Golden  Fleece  died  before  the 
earth-born  warriors  of  Aietes. 

As  a  general  instance  of  how  things  are 
managed  in  Papeete — what  lawyers  call  a  pre- 
cedent— I  will  narrate  a  story  told  me  by  Captain 
Macduff  of  the  Union  Company.  The  details 
are  scrupulously  correct  in  every  particular. 

It  began  in  the  stoke-hole  of  the  Upolu,  ten 
feet  below  the  water-line,  between  the  glare  of 

92 


Officialism 

the  furnace-mouths  and  the  glimmer  of  the 
bobbing  tail-rods.  "Long"  Allen  and  "Fight- 
ing" Jimmy  had  served  the  company  faithfully 
for  one  calendar  month.  A  prolonged  bondage 
at  sea  sets  an  edge  on  most  things,  and  both 
men  were  spoiling  for  an  orgy.  Moorea  had 
been  sighted  from  the  mast-head  at  8  A.M.,  and 
when,  an  hour  from  sunset,  the  vessel  finished 
tautening  her  cables  opposite  the  tin-roofed 
Customs,  both  men  were  reported  missing.  The 
vahine-haunted  alley-ways  of  Papeete  had  en- 
gulfed them — lank  hair,  dirty  finger-nails,  and  all. 
The  voice  of  discipline  knew  them  no  more. 

The  captain  of  the  Upolu  was  annoyed,  for  the 
Company's  agent  was  hustling  things  on  the  wharf, 
and  steam  was  needed  for  the  winches.  Mutiny, 
at  such  a  time,  could  not  be  tolerated.  Captain 
Macduff  decided  on  appealing  to  the  Consul. 

The  dignitary  in  question,  W.  H.  Milsom, 
Esq.,  was  a  man  of  the  very  mildest  type. 
Socially,  he  was  a  trifle  out  of  place  in  Papeete. 
He  was  distinctly  religious,  had  developed 
seventh-day  adventist  leanings  of  a  pronounced 
kind,  and  systematically  avoided  impact  with  the 
more  godless  amusement-seekers  of  the  island  as 
likely  to  cheapen  or  annul  that  aegis  of  myste- 
rious vastness  which  a  British  Consul  in  southern 
seas  loves  to  claim  for  his  own. 

93 


Milsom's  views  on  politics,  ethics,  art,  history, 
and  sociology  resolved  themselves  in  Milsom's 
mind  into  one  dread  formula — the  dignity  of  the 
British  Consul  must  be  maintained. 

Early  next  morning  Captain  Macduff  called 
and  aired  his  grievance.  The  case  was  not  a 
novel  one  in  Papeete,  but  to  Milsom,  bolstered 
behind  barriers  of  protecting  epigram,  it  pre- 
sented insuperable  difficulties.  "  I  think  you 
had  better  bring  them  here  to  me,"  he  said  in 
his  ladylike  voice,  "and  I'll  see  what  I  can  do." 

The  men  were  found,  and  brought.  They 
were  in  a  state  of  daze,  and  preferred  the  grass 
plot  to  any  other  lounge.  Milsom  in  the  interim 
had  been  thumbing  a  book  of  law.  The  situation 
appeared  to  him  a  delicate  one,  and  the  more  he 
thought  over  it  the  more  delicate  it  became. 

"  Are  you  going  to  have  these  two  fellows 
arrested,  or  are  you  not  ? "  queried  the  captain 
angrily. 

Milsom's  universe  was  splitting  into  chips  and 
wedges.  Had  the  two  stokers  only  managed  to 
break  a  lamp-post  or  maul  a  vahine,  instead  of 
getting  decently  and  systematically  drunk  at 
Lambert's,  all  would  have  been  lovely.  As  it 
was,  a  medley  of  scattered  phrases  from  the 
statute-book — consul  in  foreign  ports — subject 
to  consent  of  authorities — unalienable  rights  of 

94 


Officialism 

British  seamen,  &c.,  swam  luridly  before  his  eyes, 
and  he  quailed. 

"Perhaps  if  I  were  to  speak  to  them"-— he 
suggested. 

"Stuff!"  said  the  skipper,  "might  as  well 
speak  to  a  barrack." 

Milsom  stepped  to  the  door.  An  amused 
audience  of  Kanakas  were  grinning  through  the 
gateway.  Allen  shuffled  to  his  feet.  Jimmy 
contented  himself  with  shifting  his  position  on 
the  grass,  and  eyeing  the  consul  drunkenly. 

Milsom  began  a  harangue.  He  combined  the 
sweetness  of  a  mother  chiding  her  first-born  with 
the  persuasiveness  of  a  Wesleyan  Methodist  in 
his  maiden  sermon.  We  do  not  give  his  speech  in 
full.  "  I  wish  you  to  understand,  &c.,  this  evasion 
of  your  duty,  &c.,  flagrant  breach  of  discipline, 
&c.,  much  trouble  to  your  employers,  &c.,  &c." 

The  demon  of  square-face  here  prompted 
Jimmy  to  attempt  a  say. 

"  What  in  'ell  are  you  gassin'  away  at  us  for  ? " 
he  drawled — "  gassin'  away  like  a  bloomin'  old 
parson  ?  Garn  wid  ye — old  stick-in-the-mud  !  " 

Milsom  looked  sick.  He  popped  back  into  his 
office,  and  closed  the  door.  "  If  they  don't  come 
back  on  board  within  two  hours  and  tackle  to,  let 
me  know  and  we'll  have  them  arrested,"  he  said 
shortly. 

95 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

The  skipper  departed  fuming.  Allen  and 
Jimmy  ambled  down  town  arm  in  arm  to  have 
one  last  farewell  spree  before  braving  the  majesty 
of  the  law. 

A  short  distance  behind  the  cathedral,  in  a 
Mohammedan  paradise  of  accordions  and  clothes- 
lines, lived  Allen's  "  reputed  wife  "  Manou.  She 
received  him  coldly,  for  loafing  eats  up  money, 
and  Manou  wanted  a  new  dress.  "  Maama  oe" 
(silly  fool),  she  said  as  he  joined  her  on  the 
verandah.  Jimmy  drifted  into  a  rabbit-hutch  in 
the  Rue  Vigny,  and  went  to  sleep.  He  had  no 
more  time  to  waste  on  consuls. 

Midday  struck.  Things  on  the  Upolu  were 
going  from  bad  to  worse.  The  engines  needed 
doctoring,  and  the  efforts  of  amateur  stokers  were 
making  inroad  into  the  bunkers.  Milsom's  hand 
was  forced.  He  indited  a  note  to  the  police- 
sergeant  down  the  street,  and  gave  it  to  a  Kanaka 
to  deliver. 

The  then  officiating  sergeant  was  a  musical 
Frenchman  of  twenty-three  with  a  healthy  taste 
for  orchestral  solo-playing — one  of  the  adorn- 
ments of  Vermege's  Saturday  Philharmonics. 
Also,  he  was  conscientious. 

"  Arrest  ?  Certainement,  monsieur.  One  hour, 
two  hour — you  are  not  in  a  hurry,  saire  ?  " 

"Hurry?     Of  course  I'm  in  a  hurry,"  said  the 


A  Study  in  Responsibilities 

bewildered  skipper.     "  I    want  them  taken  and 
brought  on  board  now — at  once." 

The  Frenchman  shrugged  his  shoulders.  "  I 
am  sorry,  saire,  my  supdrieur  he  gone  uphill — 
Fautaua — picnic  vat  you  call." 

The  skipper  wrung  his  hands,  entreated,  tried 
threats.  The  Frenchman  quailed.  He  had 
heard  of  England — and  had  reason  to  believe  her 
an  implacable  foe.  But  island-law,  with  its  dark 
web  of  sinuosities,  was  too  strong  for  him.  Touch 
one  brick  of  that  marvellous  structure,  and  all  the 
others  would  have  to  be  shifted  to  prevent  a 
collapse.  The  skipper  turned  on  his  heel,  and 
left  the  office. 

The  cathedral  clock  had  chimed  eight  and  the 
market  lamps  were  well  advanced  in  smokiness 
before  the  neat  four-horsed  drag  deposited  the 
supdrieur,  happy  and  flushed  with  champagne,  in 
the  hands  of  his  subordinate.  Then  the  order 
was  given,  but  —  oh,  how  warily !  how  dis- 
creetly ! 

The  two  sailors  were  to  be  found  and  brought 
"without  violence."  The  suptrieur  had,  like  his 
subordinates,  a  wholesome  regard  for  England 
and  the  majesty  of  her  navy.  Were  Allen  or 
Jimmy  injured  in  any  way,  M.  Lapeyrouse's  neat 
villa  (which  was  visible  from  the  sea)  might  be 
blown  to  Hades  as  an  opening  sacrifice. 

97  G 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

The  gendarmes  sped  on  their  mission.  The 
day  was  Saturday,  and  a  sprinkling  of  the  stores 
were  closed  in  deference  to  the  prejudices  of 
seventh-day  adventists.  Towards  10  P.M.  they 
reached  Manou's  hut  in  the  Rue  de  la  Cathedrale, 
where  Allen  was  allowing  his  hair  to  be  combed 
on  the  front  verandah,  while  Jimmy  amused  him- 
self with  an  accordion  at  the  back. 

Half-an-hour  later  they  were  escorted,  meek  as 
lambs  in  May,  down  to  where  the  Upolu  lay 
puffing  in  the  crescent  of  sycamores.  The  skipper 
was  overjoyed.  He  hastened  to  congratulate  the 
minions  of  the  law  on  their  success  and  offer  them 
refreshment  in  his  cabin. 

There  is  many  a  slip,  &c.  The  gendarmes 
were  bowing  and  scraping  on  the  afterdeck. 
There  was  a  hurried  chatter  of  natives  on  the 
bank  and  a  shrill  yell  of  laughter  as  the  two  men, 
clambering  over  the  Upolus  gunwale,  slid  like 
lightning  down  the  bow-chains  and  vanished 
among  the  trees. 

The  chase  began  again.  While  Jimmy  scudded 
chuckling  along  the  Taone  road,  Allen  dodged 
down  a  byway  into  the  dwelling-place  of  his 
indignant  wife,  where  he  took  a  fresh  pull  at  the 
rum  bottle  and  entrenched  himself  behind  a 
second-hand  chest  of  drawers  by  way  of  delaying 

retribution. 

98 


A  Study  in  Responsibilities 

The  police  arrived  in  due  course,  heralded  by 
a  guffawing  army  of  Papeete  loafers.  Allen  stood 
at  the  door  and  whirled  a  camp-stool  round  his 
head. 

"Come  on,  you  d — d  Frenchmen,"  he  howled 
— "  come  on,  the  whole  (carmine)  lot  of  you." 

The  policemen  paled.  They  had  express  orders 
not  to  use  violence.  Should  a  gill  of  Allen's 
sacred  blood  be  spilt,  outraged  Britain  would 
land  in  her  war-paint  and  eat  Tahiti  raw.  Allen 
swung  the  chair  through  the  air  till  it  hissed  and 
shouted  defiance.  He  was  very  far  gone  in 
liquor. 

Then,  as  the  moment  drew  near  which  was  to 
usher  in  a  third  period  of  official  helplessness,  up 
stalked  the  only  real  power  in  the  ballad — Allen's 
redoubtable  wife  Manou.  She  pulled  the  chair 
unceremoniously  from  the  bully's  grasp  and  took 
him  by  the  ear. 

"  Hare — maama,"  she  said  as  she  pushed  him 
into  the  arms  of  the  astonished  constable. 

Jimmy  came  home  next  morning  in  the  arms 
of  two  Kanakas.  He  had  been  found  under  a 
hedge  in  Mangaia-town  senseless  and  incapable  of 
resistance.  The  Upolu  was  a  day  late  in  starting, 
but  Captain  Macduff  made  light  of  the  matter. 
He  was  well  pleased  at  having  escaped  so  easily. 

And  now,  comes  the  moral.  It  is  mightily 

99 


The  Log  of  an   Island  Wanderer 

difficult  to  point  properly.  There  are  too  many 
factors  in  the  equation  altogether.  For  Milsom 
is  afraid  of  the  Foreign  Office,  Tahiti  is  afraid  of 
Milsom,  the  police  are  afraid  of  English  sailors, 
and  Long  Allen  is  afraid  of  nothing,  unless  it  be 
his  wife.  Furthermore  each  functionary  in  the 
height,  depth,  and  breadth  of  the  Island- Adminis- 
tration is  afraid  of  the  next  man  above  him,  and 
the  lot  of  them  are  afraid  of  England. 

And  this  is  why,  when  pretty  Auckland  ladies 
call  at  the  big  brown  stone  office  of  the  Union 
Company  for  news  of  absent  island-cousins,  the 
sleek  formula  "delayed  by  stress  of  weather" 
should  be  more  rightly  worded  "salivated  by 
excess  of  responsibility." 


100 


CHAPTER  X 

TOUR  OF  THE  ISLAND— A  CHRISTENING- 
DRIVING  PECULIAR 

"  A  populous  solitude  of  bees  and  birds. 
And  fairy-formed  and  many-coloured  things ; 
Nothing  to  mar  the  sober  majesties 
Of  settled,  sweet,  epicurean  life." 

TAHITI  measures  some  150  miles  in  circumfer- 
ence. About  one-third  of  this,  between  Papeete 
and  the  commencement  of  the  Taiarapu  Peninsula, 
is  decent  roadstead  ;  the  rest  is  virgin  jungle. 
Tahitian  driving,  be  it  said,  is  of  the  most  reck- 
less kind,  Jehu-ism  of  the  deepest  dye.  Also  the 
great  thing  in  the  eyes  of  Papeete  youth  in  going 
round  the  island  is  to  break  the  record.  Break 
the  record  and  come  back  alive,  if  possible,  but 
break  it  anyhow. 

There  are  two  so  -  called  livery  -  stables  in 
Papeete,  with  a  varied  collection  of  uncouth 
vehicles  for  hire  that  would  do  honour  to  a 
Mayfair  surgical  museum.  We  visited  the  first 
of  these  establishments,  one  kept  by  a  noble 
Frenchman  whose  ancestor  was  beheaded  in  the 
Revolution.  A  lanky  Kanaka — a  variant  on  the 

101 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

obelisque  of  Luxor — was  sleeping  on  a  bed  of 
straw.  We  stirred  him  up.  He  smiled  faintly, 
blinked  at  the  sun,  blew  his  nose  in  workman 
fashion,  adjusted  his  pareo,  walked  leisurely  up 
to  the  nearest  tree,  plucked  a  flower  for  an  ear- 
piece, looked  us  over,  yawned,  smiled  again,  and 
announced  himself  ready  to  help. 

De  Smidt,  my  co-mate  in  the  enterprise,  and 
a  regular  patron  of  the  noble  Frenchman,  ex- 
plained. The  Kanaka  kindly  feigned  under- 
standing. He  ambled  towards  the  shed,  and, 
his  red  drapery  flapping  prettily  round  his  heels, 
drew  out  a  thing  that  looked  like  a  disused  Black 
Maria.  It  was  boxed  up  like  a  hencoop,  and 
painted  in  funereal  green,  with  a  solitary  square 
window  in  the  back.  I  tapped  one  of  the  springs. 
It  was  undoubtedly  cracked  ;  in  fact,  both  were. 
The  right  pole  was  intact,  the  left  had  been 
mended  with  string.  We  backed  the  Kanaka 
up  against  the  wall  of  the  hay-loft  and  put  him 
to  the  question.  He  admitted  the  waggon  had 
been  used  on  Government  service  once,  but  had 
been  shelved  on  account  of  the  scarcity  of  crimi- 
nals. I  felt  my  visit  to  the  island  to  be  distinctly 
an  event  in  history,  but  judged  it  unnecessary 
to  advertise  on  such  an  alarming  scale.  We 
passed. 

The    Kanaka   drew  out   another  conveyance. 
102 


Tour  of  the  Island 

It  had  once  been  a  noble  ship's  locker,  but  some 
barbarian  had  added  wheels  and  spoiled  it.  It 
was  innocent  of  springs,  seats,  or  cover.  We 
couldn't  hope  to  cram  ourselves  in,  luggage  and 
all,  and  even  had  we  been  able  to,  we  should 
have  got  sunstroke  and  perished  miserably. 
Nothing  was  left  but  to  pass  again. 

The  Kanaka  then  exhibited  a  C-spring  buggy 
with  one  wheel  off,  two  perambulators,  a  milk- 
van  with  divisions  for  bottles,  and  a  hay-waggon 
with  the  front  knocked  out.  I  began  to  look 
sick.  De  Smidt  was  serenity  itself.  The 
Kanaka  banged  and  shuffled  about,  and  pre- 
sently dragged  out  his  masterpiece — a  sticky- 
looking  char-a-banc  with  three  lovely  seats,  a 
roof,  and  two  solid  poles.  A  few  of  the  wheel- 
spokes  were  snapped  here  and  there,  but  they 
were  nealtly  mended  with  bits  of  old  biscuit-tin 
and  copper  nails ;  a  creditable  vehicle  on  the 
whole — very  creditable  indeed. 

De  Smidt  said,  "  You  jump  in  and  drive  out 
to  my  house  while  I  go  and  order  provisions." 
I  said  I  knew  little  of  Papeete  streets,  and  still 
less  of  Papeete  horses.  "  That's  all  right — 
whack  'em  and  pray,"  was  the  answer. 

The  plugs  were  produced  and  harnessed. 
One,  "Quinze  Piastres" — named  after  the  price 
paid  for  him  (about  305.) — was  a  drowsy  beast 

103 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

with  triangular  suggestions  of  starvation  about 
his  hocks  and  withers.  The  other,  "Prince," 
probably  called  after  Hinoe,  looked  as  though 
the  springiness  which  ought  to  have  been  under- 
neath the  waggon  floor  had  crept  along  the  shafts 
and  lodged  in  his  legs.  He  was  a  lively  repro- 
bate of  a  horse,  and,  as  we  found  out  later,  a  bit 
of  a  humorist. 

Allez !  The  start  was  a  glorious  one.  I 
rattled  along  at  a  cheerful  fifteen  -  mile  gait 
through  a  double  cordon  of  women  and  scurry- 
ing infants.  An  aged  Chinaman  bearing  two 
heavy  tins  of  food  crossed  my  path.  The  pole 
struck  him  in  the  middle  of  the  back  and  sent 
him  and  his  dinner  rolling  in  the  mud.  It  was 
a  royal  disaster,  and  executed  with  the  precision 
of  a  Wilson- Barrett  murder-scene.  I  consoled 
the  weeping  Chow  with  a  dollar  and  fled,  for 
through  the  vista  of  roof-thatches  I  caught  the 
gleam  of  distant  epaulettes,  and  knew  a  gendarme 
was  coming  up  to  inquire. 

We  spent  the  night  at  Taone  and  rose  at 
3  A.M.  Quinze  Piastres  and  Prince  had  passed 
the  night  tethered  in  the  scrub,  and  had  eaten 
everything  within  reach.  They  were  in  fine 
healthy  condition.  The  morning  was  one  of 
misty  light  and  shade.  On  the  one  side  the  sea, 
and  the  salt  smell  of  the  reef;  on  the  other,  the 

104 


Tour  of  the  Island 

lightening  fringe  of  mountains  and  the  aromatic 
breath  of  the  jungle.  At  a  Chinaman's,  a  mile 
along  the  road,  the  gleam  of  kettles  through  the 
window  attracted  us.  Half-a-score  of  Kanakas 
in  shirts  and  pareos  were  imbibing  coffee  at 
wooden  benches.  What  would  life  in  South  Seas 
be  without  Chinamen?  And  they  tell  me  the 
Government  are  girding  up  their  loins  to  expel 
them.  Egad — 'tis  a  wicked,  wicked  sin  ! 

The  long  thin  arm  of  Point  Venus  passed  like 
a  flash,  and  at  the  foot  of  the  red-clay  hill  the 
jungle  swallowed  us  pour  le  bon.  The  road  dis- 
appeared, leaving  two  picturesque  yellow  ruts 
enclosing  a  long  strip  of  velvety  green.  Some- 
times the  gloom  of  the  wood  envelops  you, 
sometimes  the  curtain  of  leaves  parts  to  allow  a 
free  view  of  the  landscape — that  smiling  careless 
Tahitian  landscape  where  the  weeds  laugh  at  the 
idea  of  road  boundaries  ;  where  the  sea,  disdaining 
regular  shore-line,  straggles  prettily  among  its 
hundred  islets ;  where  the  mountains  flout  all 
known  laws  of  natural  architecture,  the  wind 
disdains  regular  blasts  ;  the  sun,  as  careless  as 
the  rest,  shining  above  the  palms  clear  as  frosted 
silver,  anon  permitting — 

"  The  basest  clouds  to  ride 
With  ugly  rack  on  his  celestial  face  "- 

it  is  a  kingdom  of  laissez-faire. 

105 


The  Log  of  an  Island   Wanderer 

Island  driving,  in  the  present  state  of  the  roads, 
is  a  breakneck  performance.  If  one  could  manage 
to  keep  in  the  ruts  it  might  be  all  right.  The 
cart  would  slide  along  like  a  train  on  rails.  But 
this  is  impossible.  The  banana  roots  straggle 
over  the  ground  in  such  fashion  as  to  throw  the 
boasted  Virginia  corduroy  roads  into  the  shade. 
Also  the  work  has  to  be  done  in  semi-darkness, 
a  dim  cloistered  twilight  being  all  one  has  to 
work  by.  This  makes  it  thrilling.  Tahitian 
driving  is  not  a  good  thing  to  bet  on — no  matter 
how  good  a  driver  one  is.  The  road  is  never 
alike  for  two  weeks  at  a  time.  Just  as  you  get  to 
what  you  fondly  remember  as  a  soft  level  stretch, 
a  murderous  banana  root  pushes  its  nose  out  and 
you  fetch  up  with  a  hiccup  that  loosens  every 
tooth  in  your  head,  and  snaps  everything  within 
reach. 

Tahiti  is  one  of  the  wettest  places  of  its  size 
extant.  In  its  circumference  of  150  miles,  at 
least,  a  hundred  odd  streams,  some  half-dozen  of 
them  respectable-sized  rivers,  carry  their  burden 
of  flower-dust  seaward.  Needless  to  say,  once 
clear  of  Papeete  postal  radius  there  is  no  trace  of 
a  bridge  anywhere.  There  are  various  ways  of 
getting  across.  The  best  plan,  in  the  case  of  the 
smaller  ones,  is  to  give  a  piercing  yell,  loose  the 
reins,  and  make  the  horses  take  them  at  a  rush. 

1 06 


Tour  of  the  Island 

If  all  goes  well  there  is  a  splash,  a  halo  of  flying 
water,  and  you  dive  back  into  the  foliage  at  the 
other  side  like  into  a  railway-tunnel.  If  all 
doesn't,  you  either  miss  the  path  and  crash  into 
a  tree,  or  else  get  bodily  overturned.  Then  it 
takes  half  a  day  to  get  her  back  on  the  track, 
and  another  half  to  repair  the  damage. 

Hiteaea,  a  village  situated  half-way  between 
Papeete  and  Teravao,  is  a  Paradise  in  miniature. 
One-half  of  the  settlement  is  smothered  in  giant 
bamboos,  the  remainder  dotted  among  the  palms 
at  the  water's  edge.  The  houses  are  in  true  Tahi- 
tian  style — oval  tents  of  bamboo  with  thatches  of 
woven  pandanus  and  hanging  curtains  of  "  tappa." 
There  is  a  broad  lawn  with  copses  of  stephanotis 
and  tiart,  a  warm  wide  loop  of  coral,  a  flashing 
necklace  of  reef,  and  the  blue  hills  of  Taiarapu 
thinning  in  the  noonday  haze — such  is  Hiteaea. 

In  the  interim  of  awaiting  a  scratch  meal  at  the 
Chinaman's,  we  get  a  bath  in  the  river.  Tahitian 
streams  come  from  a  great  height,  and,  flowing 
through  deep,  shady  canons,  the  sun  has  little 
chance  to  strike  them.  As  a  result  the  pools  are 
cold  as  ice,  and  sudden  immersion  gives  one  a 
shock.  There  are  no  crocodiles,  no  salamanders, 
no  vipers,  no  water-snakes.  Nothing  but  clusters 
of  floating  blossoms  and  buzzing  wasps.  The 
latter  are  the  only  nuisance.  They  can  be  over- 

107 


The  Log  of  an   Island  Wanderer 

come  by  diving.  For  the  rest  the  borders  are  set 
with  thick  carpets  of  blue  hyacinths,  vigorous  and 
prolific  enough  to  positively  dam  the  river  in 
places  and  cause  overflows. 

A  goodly  party  was  assembled  at  the  chiefs 
house  (an  offensively  modern  shanty  of  wood  by 
the  way) ;  knots  of  girls  were  parading  the  lawn, 
matrons  crowned  with  flowers  presiding — 'twas  a 
christening !  The  proud  mother,  arrayed  in  a  sort 
of  balloon  of  crushed  yellow  silk,  did  us  the  honour 
to  shake  hands.  The  baby  was  invisible.  Pre- 
sently out  she  came — a  tiny  wee  brown  dot,  like  a 
piece  of  chocolate  confectionery.  And  the  name? 
Oh  yes,  the  name !  Mary  Martha  Elisabeth  Isa- 
bella Cleopatra  Terii  Mapue — or  words  to  that 
effect.  She  fingered  De  Smidt's  watch-chain  and 
said  goo-goo  in  English,  but  burst  into  tears  at 
the  sight  of  the  camera,  and  had  to  be  taken  back 
to  bed. 

We  were  thirsty,  and  the  papaw  trees  were 
thick  with  fruit.  After  some  ineffective  attempts 
at  dislodging  the  nuts  with  stones  the  old  chiefess 
got  a  pole  and  mended  matters.  Some  one  then 
thoughtfully  suggested  a  hoola.  Three  of  the 
young  ladies  got  out  their  instruments — guitars, 
if  you  please,  not  concertinas — and  sluddered 
down  amicably  on  mats.  Three  more  took  up 
their  position  in  front  of  the  players  and  com- 

108 


A  Christening 

menced  to  wriggle  in  danse  du  venire  fashion. 
The  performance  was  hardly  graceful  and  did  not 
look  difficult.  I  suggested,  in  fun,  that  the  old 
chiefess  should  teach  me.  To  my  unutterable 
surprise  and  confusion,  she  consented.  I  was 
compelled  to  stand  by  my  offer.  Half  the  vil- 
lage looked  on  and  laughed  while  the  old  lady, 
a  broad  grin  on  her  good-natured  face,  tried  to 
teach  me  the  steps,  and  De  Smidt — lest  the  price- 
less record  be  lost  to  the  world — officiated  behind 
the  camera. 

We  left  Hiteaea  late  in  the  afternoon.  As 
De  Smidt  gave  the  preliminary  flourish  of  the 
whip,  three  beauties,  one  of  whom  had  officiated 
in  the  hoola,  edged  forward  and  clamoured  to  be 
taken.  They  had  come  all  the  way  from  Teravao 
and  wanted  to  ride  home.  They  would  be  good 
— oh,  so  good — "  mitinaries  "  every  one  of  them. 
"  Very  well,  jump  in,"  I  said.  "  Where  are  they 
going  to  sit  ? "  for  the  place  was  stuffed  with 
baggage  like  a  gipsy  caravan.  The  girls  climbed 
in.  The  eldest  commenced  by  sitting  on  my 
camera  case.  As  soon  as  she  was  rebuked  and 
settled,  a  fourth  girl  appeared,  chewing  liquorice, 
and  clamoured  for  admittance. 

De  Smidt  said,  "  Hang  it  all — it's  not  fair  on 
the  horses."  But  the  girl  had  her  way,  and  was 
allowed  to  clamber  in.  Four  Kanaka  boys  then 

109 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

ran  after  us  and  howled  to  be  taken.  De  Smidt 
cut  at  them  with  the  whip,  but  presently,  at  my 
entreaty,  relented  and  permitted  two  of  them  to 
hang  on  behind. 

We  moved  off  amid  cheers.  De  Smidt  said 
"If  this  gets  round  Papeete  the  Government'll 
tax  me  for  starting  a  private  lunatic  asylum." 

The  jungle  closed  in.  The  girls  and  their 
cavaliers  had  imbibed  freely  before  starting,  and 
evinced  a  disposition  to  sing.  It  was  an  awful 
ride.  The  road  was  the  worst  we  had  struck  yet 
The  twigs  and  creepers  slapped  and  scratched  our 
faces  till  we  looked  like  Brigham  Young  after  a 
family  jar.  And  the  more  we  swore  and  suffered, 
the  more  that  giddy  sextet  of  Kanakas  howled 
and  sang. 

The  bushes  thinned.  A  broad  river  con- 
fronted us,  rushing  through  a  bed  of  scrub  from 
a  deep  purple  cleft  in  the  mountains.  How  to 
get  across?  The  stream  was  too  wide  to  be 
"rushed,"  and  indications  of  a  ford  there  were 
none. 

"  Let's  make  'em  get  out  and  swim,"  I  sug- 
gested. De  Smidt  cracked  the  whip  valiantly. 
"  I'm  not  going  to  allow  myself  to  be  beaten  by 
such  a  trifle,"  he  said — "we'll  show  these  dar- 
lings what  a  European  can  do.  Hold  tight!" 

A  soft  black  sandspit  led  out  into  midstream. 


no 


Driving  Peculiar 

As  the  wheels  sank  in  the  ooze  the  girls  stopped 
their  song.  We  entered  the  water,  and  as  we 
did  so  we  felt  the  char-a-banc  tipping  from  right 
to  left.  The  water  came  higher,  gurgling  prettily 
round  the  spokes.  The  horses  whinnied,  and 
two  of  the  girls  began  to  chatter  nervously. 
The  cart  tilted  till  its  contents  showed  a  tendency 
to  topple.  The  girls  screamed.  One  yard  more, 
only  one  yard — then  something  slid  away  beneath 
our  left  wheel  and  over  we  went  into  the  water ! 

When  I  rose  three  girls  were  standing  im- 
mersed to  their  waist,  shrieking  and  wiping  mud 
out  of  their  eyes.  The  char-a-banc  had  righted 
herself,  the  packages  were  floating  tranquilly 
about.  De  Smidt,  hatless,  water  running  down 
his  face,  waded  to  the  nearest  sandbank  and 
laughed.  We  cursed  each  other  freely. 

"  This  comes  from  trying  to  show  off.  You 
know  as  much  about  driving  as  a  cat  about  conic 
sections." 

"  My  driving's  all  right !  It's  your  chock- 
headed  imbecility  in  wanting  to  take  these 
savages.  If  they  hear  of  this  in  Papeete  my 
reputation's  ruined." 

"Anyway,  you  got  us  into  the  mess,  and 
you've  got  to  get  us  out  of  it — look  slippy, 
there's  one  girl  beginning  to  cry." 

We  waded  about  collecting  our  property  and 


in 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

piled  it  into  the  cart.  Then  we  took  the  horses 
by  the  head  and,  up  to  our  shoulders  in  water, 
piloted  them  across  the  stream.  The  girls  found 
a  ford  higher  up  the  river  and  joined  us  presently, 
but  not  all  the  gold  of  Arabia  could  tempt  them 
to  take  a  seat  in  the  cart  again.  They  had  seen 
enough  of  European  driving,  and,  willy-nilly,  we 
had  to  travel  on  to  Teravao  alone. 


112 


CHAPTER   XI 

TOUR   OF   THE    ISLAND  (continued)— INDUSTRIES 
"  Drones  suck  not  eagles'  blood,  but  rob  bee-hives." 

TERAVAO — a  straggling  settlement  of  Kanaka 
huts  and  iron-roofed  planter-villas — lies  on  the 
side  of  the  island  diametrically  opposite  Papeete, 
at  the  commencement  of  the  Taiarapu  Isthmus. 
We  put  up  at  the  usual  Chinaman's,  and  foolishly 
allowed  ourselves  to  be  persuaded  into  playing 
poker  with  him.  The  wily  Chow  chiselled  us  out 
of  twenty  dollars,  and,  seeing  that  the  gambling 
debt  was  punctually  paid  (a  rare  circumstance  in 
Tahiti),  proceeded  to  villainously  overcharge  us 
on  the  plea  that  we  were  millionaires.  "  For 
ways  that  are  dark  and  tricks  that  are  vain,"  &c. 

The  road  leading  round  the  south  side  of  the 
island  to  Papeete  crosses  a  series  of  lovely  palm- 
fringed  bays,  warm,  sheltered  and  fragrant  as  a 
Kentish  conservatory.  For  miles  across  the  un- 
dulating hills  the  forest  of  scrub  rolls  on — not  as 
thick  jungle  or  tangled  brake — but  in  fold  after  fold 
of  luminous  thin-foliaged  trees  dense  enough  to 
grant  a  sort  of  half-shade,  and  sparse  enough  to 

113  H 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

let  the  breeze  through.  Most  of  this  is  what 
is  called  vanilla  country,  the  vanilla-bean  having 
become,  thanks  to  its  easy  mode  of  cultivation, 
a  lucrative  field  for  native  energy. 

In  fact,  the  Kanaka,  try  hard  though  he  may, 
cannot  very  well  remain  completely  idle.  It  has 
never  yet  been  definitely  ascertained  what  \\ill 
not  grow  in  Tahiti.  Tobacco,  coffee,  cotton, 
vanilla,  hemp,  sugar,  rice,  indigo,  opium,  copra, 
pepper,  cinnamon — all  the  tropical  fruits  and  two- 
thirds  of  the  temperate  vegetables  flourish  with 
an  ease  that  has  something  of  the  supernatural 
about  it. 

I  once  consulted  an  authority  on  the  subject — 
an  American,  a  Mr.  Kennedy — owner  of  the 
largest  and  most  prosperous  sugar  plantation  the 
island  possesses.  It  was  impossible  to  mention 
a  substance  that  Kennedy  could  not  theoretically 
produce  from  the  raw  material  of  the  soil.  Soap, 
sugar,  hair-oil,  silk,  champagne,  railway  grease, 
rice  pudding,  lightning  rods,  antibilious  pills— 
anything,  from  a  wife  to  a  weather  prophet  I 
am  not  sure  whether  these  last  two  items  were 
warranted  to  give  satisfaction,  but  I  don't  mind 
taking  shares  in  the  others  if  somebody  will 
help. 

Let  us  examine  things  in  detail.     Fifty  or  sixty 

years  ago   cotton    used    to   be   the  mainstay  of 

114 


Industries 

Tahiti,  Raiatea,  and  the  Marquesas  group.  It 
has  now  been  dropped  altogether.  The  plants 
were  rapidly  becoming  hybridised,  and  the  quality 
of  the  yield  has  deteriorated.  This  might  have 
been  combated  by  the  introduction  of  fresh  seed 
and  the  partial  destruction  of  existing  plants. 
The  American  Civil  War,  however,  brought  the 
price  of  cotton  so  low  that  it  was  hardly  thought 
advisable  to  risk  the  expense.  Cotton  is  now  a 
thing  of  the  past. 

Vanilla — thanks  to  the  increased  demand  for 
the  article  during  the  last  seven  years — has  now 
taken  its  place,  and  indeed  has  become,  together 
with  copra  (the  dried  kernel  of  the  coco-nut), 
the  principal  resource  of  the  Tahitian  peasantry. 
The  work  involved  is  of  the  simplest  The 
vanilla-bean,  being  an  orchid  proper,  requires 
both  damp  and  shade,  and  a  partial  clearing  of 
the  land  only  is  necessary.  Within  from  eighteen 
months  to  two  years  of  planting  it  commences  to 
bear,  and  continues  to  do  so  during  a  period  of 
from  ten  to  fifteen  years  without  replanting.  A 
few  days'  labour  in  each  year  devoted  to  pulling 
down  shoots  that  climb  too  high,  or  replacing 
broken  supports,  are  all  that  is  needed. 

A  strange  feature  of  the  culture  is  that,  owing 
to  the  entire  absence  in  these  islands  of  humming- 
birds, moths,  or  lizards,  which  in  other  countries 

"5 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

serve  to  fertilise  the  flowers,  each  blossom  (which 
is  hermaphrodite)  must  be  artificially  fertilised  by 
hand,  by  transferring  the  pollen  from  one  portion 
of  the  flower  to  the  other.  This  is,  however,  no 
great  task,  one  person  unaided  being  able  to  fer- 
tilise a  thousand  or  more  flowers  a  day.  The 
bean  hangs  for  six  months  or  so  on  the  tree,  at 
the  end  of  which  time  it  is  plucked,  dried  in  the 
sun,  and  packed  in  tinfoil  for  shipment 

Copra — the  shrivelled  inside  of  the  coco-nut — 
is  perhaps  the  most  popularly  accepted  industry 
of  the  South  Seas.  There  is  hardly  an  island 
in  the  Pacific  which  does  not  harbour  the  coco- 
palm.  The  tree  itself  is  the  most  hardy  known 
to  natural  science.  It  needs  neither  earth,  mould, 
sand,  nor  manure,  and  will  sprout  on  bare  rock  if 
nothing  better  offers.  The  result  is  that  the 
process  of  copra-making  essentially  belongs  to 
the  smaller,  more  insignificant  islands  of  the 
group,  for  in  the  larger  islands  whatever  labour 
is  available  can  be  more  profitably  expended  on 
vanilla  culture. 

A  copra  plantation  is  simply  a  palm  forest  on 
an  ordered  scale.  The  amount  of  land  actually 
available  in  each  island  for  coco-planting  is  rela- 
tively small.  The  coco-palm  is  indifferent  as  to 
soil,  but  it  requires  sea  air  and  a  certain  per- 
centage of  salt,  also  a  fairly  level  stretch  of 

116 


Industries 

ground  and  the  ozone  of  the  trade-wind,  to 
flourish  properly.  The  long  stretch  of  alluvial 
soil,  strewn  with  boulders  of  coral,  lying  between 
the  base  of  the  mountains  and  the  sea  is  in  all 
the  islands  eminently  the  site  elected  by  and  for 
the  coco-palm.  The  labour  of  clearing  brush- 
wood for  a  new  plantation  is  not  a  difficult  under- 
taking. The  nuts  are  planted  methodically  in 
rows — about  thirty  feet  apart  being  the  pre- 
ferred distance  to  ensure  maximum  bearing-power. 
With  the  first  appearance  of  the  feathery  tuft  of 
green  at  the  top  of  each  nut  the  work  of  the 
planter  begins.  Domestic  animals  and  robber 
crabs  are  not  the  only  nuisances.  The  tender 
shoots  are  looked  on  as  a  tit-bit  by  the  Kanakas, 
and  a  single  night's  depredation  in  quest  of  "  coco- 
nut salad "  may  mean  several  thousand  pounds 
gone  to  Jericho.  Unceasing  vigilance  and  a 
shot-gun  are  the  most  approved  remedies.  At 
the  end  of  the  first  year  your  tree  is  able  to 
take  care  of  itself.  It  is  slowly  developing  into 
a  stately  palm.  Your  labour  in  the  immediate 
present  is  done ;  there  only  remains  for  you  to 
sit  down  and  wait.  From  eight  to  ten  years  are 
required  to  bring  the  trees  to  maturity.  The 
yield  naturally  varies.  From  seventy  to  eighty 
nuts  per  tree  is  looked  on  as  a  good  annual 
average,  though  cases  of  a  hundred  are  frequent, 

117 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

and  with  care,  it  seems  even  a  higher  record 
might  be  attained. 

The  process  of  converting  the  ripened  nut  into 
copra  is  puerile  in  its  simplicity.  Every  step  too 
is  characteristic  of  the  far  niente  island-life.  No 
need  to  bother  picking  up  the  nuts.  They  are 
allowed  to  drop  on  the  sward  of  themselves,  two 
boys  being  daily  sent  round  with  a  handcart  to 
pick  up  what  has  fallen  during  the  night.  The 
fruit  is  then  split  open  with  an  axe  or  machete 
and  left  lying  in  the  sun,  its  white  inside  exposed 
to  the  glare.  When  the  kernel  has  finally 
shrivelled  to  the  consistency  of  shoe-leather  it 
is  detached,  shovelled  into  a  bag  and  packed 
for  shipment.  The  profits  are  certain,  the  de- 
mand regular,  the  scheduled  market  value  subject 
to  no  kind  of  fluctuation  whatever.  Copra- 
planting  is  the  champion  lazy-man  trade. 

And  pray  what  is  copra  used  for?  Well, 
principally  for  making  railway-grease  —  though 
its  other  less  legitimate  uses  are  legion.  Copra 
is  a  most  convenient  substance,  and  lends  itself 
to  endless  adulterations.  It  is  the  sheet-anchor 
of  the  oil-merchant.  Once  get  rid  of  its  villainous 
smell  and  you  can  turn  it  into  any  kind  of  oil  you 
choose.  Hair-oil,  machine-oil,  cod-liver  oil,  salad- 
oil — a  bushel  of  labels  and  an  elastic  con- 
science are  all  that  is  required.  Both  articles 

118 


Industries 

can  be  procured  within  two  thousand  miles  of 
Tahiti. 

This  chapter  is  becoming  horribly  technical. 
Sugar,  as  a  staple  export  of  the  South  Seas,  is 
as  yet  comparatively  a  dead  letter,  partly  owing 
to  the  natural  laziness  of  the  natives,  partly  to 
the  contradictory  vacillations  of  the  Government. 
Land  for  sugar  requires  clearing,  real  systematic 
clearing,  not  the  desultory  amateur  axemanship 
that  suffices  for  vanilla.  Sugar  also  needs  plough- 
ing, triennial  planting  and  weeding.  It  is  too 
much  like  hard  work.  Yet  the  productive  powers 
of  the  soil  when  finally  under  way  border  on  the 
sublime.  Those  genial  Americans,  Kennedy  and 
Fritch,  have  hardly  a  mile  under  cultivation,  yet 
the  output  of  their  baby  sugar-refinery  suffices  for 
the  local  consumption  of  the  main  island  and  some 
twenty  other  islands  in  the  Cook,  Paumotu,  and 
Marquesas  groups.  Their  establishment  is  well 
worth  a  visit,  if  only  to  see  what  the  dogged 
Anglo-Saxon  can  do  when  he  is  allowed  to  tackle 
to  "on  his  own." 

The  mill,  which  is  worked  by  steam,  is  situated 
on  the  north  side  of  Papeete  on  the  edge  of  a 
waving  cane-field  midway  between  Mangaia-town 
and  the  historic  Fautaua  avenue.  The  building 
is  divided  into  a  basement  and  two  storeys,  the 
former  containing  the  boilers  and  engines,  the 

119 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

latter  the  refineries  and  residue-pans.  A  pon- 
derous structure  of  iron,  twenty  tons  or  more  in 
weight,  occupies  the  centre  of  the  hall.  Engineers 
are  scarce  in  these  latitudes.  I  am  not  surprised 
when  my  host  informs  me  with  some  pride  that 
he  was  compelled  to  superintend  the  setting  up 
of  the  machinery  himself. 

The  place  is  a  whirl  of  life  and  buzz.  A  tiny 
toy  railway  brings  in  the  trucks  loaded  with 
odorous  green  stalks.  In  the  dark  under  the 
shed  the  great  rollers  are  clanking  sullenly.  The 
cane  is  thrown  into  the  shoots  and  you  catch  the 
complaining  screech  of  the  torn  fibres  as  the  cane 
squirts  its  treasures  into  the  reservoir.  A  pump 
raises  the  liquid  to  the  second  storey,  where  it  is 
allowed  to  trickle  through  a  series  of  vats  arranged 
stepwise  in  paddy-field  fashion.  Here  your 
attention  is  turned  to  the  ponderous  iron  struc- 
ture before  mentioned.  A  Kanaka  in  blue  ducks, 
but  minus  the  ear-flower  (no  fripperies  allowed 
here)  opens  a  tap.  A  horrible  sticky  substance, 
molasses,  sand,  and  bilge-water,  oozes  out.  It  is 
not  nice  to  look  at.  But  put  a  bucketful  in  the 
centrifugals  and  watch  the  result.  With  the 
expulsion  of  the  moisture  the  stuff  changes  colour. 
It  becomes  pale  chocolate,  maroon,  coffee,  cafe 
au  lait,  mulatto,  Spaniard,  Eurasian,  consumptive 
American,  Grecian  nymph.  Kennedy  stops  the 

120 


Industries 

machine,  bends,  takes  out  a  handful  of  pure  white 
table-sugar  and  offers  it  you  with  a  "  How  do  you 
like  that,  my  buck  ? "  twinkling  from  the  corner  of 
his  eye. 

Indeed,  the  more  the  intricacies  of  the  process 
are  explained,  the  more  the  wonders  of  this  un- 
seen mill  in  the  desert  confound  and  delight  you. 
The  Kanaka  workmen  are  as  marvellous  as  the 
rest.  A  Kanaka  paddling  a  war-canoe,  a  Kanaka 
among  roses,  a  Kanaka  carving  a  missionary — 
these  are  pictures  that  have  grown  with  us  from 
childhood.  But  a  Kanaka  civilised,  a  Kanaka 
industrious,  a  Kanaka  minding  a  steam-engine, 
these  are  things  to  be  considered  with  bated 
breath.  The  sun  of  their  philosophy  has  not  yet 
risen. 

With  all  the  acres  of  land  devoted  to  coco-nut, 
sugar,  and  vanilla,  the  existing  trade  of  the  Socie- 
ties is,  as  in  the  case  of  Rarotonga,  a  mere  pin- 
prick to  what  might  be  done  under  another 
administration.  The  French  island-policy  is  of 
course  at  the  bottom  of  the  mischief.  Here  are 
a  few  of  the  minor  aches,  briefly  considered  : 

There  is  no  land-tax.  Nine-tenths  of  the 
arable  land  belongs  to  the  natives,  who,  as  they 
have  no  rent  to  pay,  naturally  refuse  to  till  it. 
Kanaka  families  want  but  little  here  below.  A 
weekly  supply  of  faies  (plantains)  from  the  bush 

121 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

will  keep  the  best  of  them  in  opulence.  Why 
should  the  Kanaka  sell  his  land  ?  It  costs  him 
nothing  to  live  on,  and  it  gives  him  facilities  for 
lying  on  his  back  and  studying  the  habits  of 
clouds  which  he  could  never  hope  to  enjoy  else- 
where. So  he  stays  on  his  land  and  loafs  and 
growls,  and  the  French  officials  loaf  and  growl, 
and  the  English  settler  follows  suit,  and  loafs  and 
growls  too,  and  everybody  is  busy  and  nothing  is 
done. 

I  doubt  if  (with  the  exception  of  Kennedy's 
cane-fields)  its  maximum  yield  be  drawn  from  a 
single  square  mile  of  Tahitian  soil.  Even  the 
coco-plantations  hardly  pay  the  way  they  ought 
to.  A  coco-tree  is  not  a  jealous  vegetable.  Most 
kinds  of  fruit,  particularly  the  pine-apple,  can  be 
grown  to  advantage  in  its  shade.  What  is  to 
prevent  an  enterprising  Yankee  or  Briton  setting 
up  a  canning  factory  on  a  large  scale  and  supply- 
ing the  Australian  or  American  market  ?  De 
Smidt  and  I  once  began  a  calculation  of  the  pro- 
bable profits  derivable  from  a  combined  copra  and 
pine-apple  plantation.  We  paid  off  the  national 
debt  in  half-an-hour.  Then,  as  we  were  pre- 
paring to  finance  the  Nicaragua  Canal,  the  French 
Government  stepped  in,  cracked  on  a  rattling 
impost,  and  spoiled  our  game.  It  is  a  little  way 

they  have. 

122 


1 


Industries 

As  it  is  with  the  harvest  of  the  land,  so  is  it 
with  that  of  the  sea.  The  waters  literally  swarm 
with  fish,  from  the  stately  patui  which  could  swal- 
low Sandow  at  a  gulp,  to  the  microscopic  sap- 
phire-blue minnow  whom  nature  seems  to  have 
designed  to  grace  a  lady's  bonnet-pin,  so  pretty 
and  wee  is  he.  Papeete  market  ought  to  be  a 
perfect  museum.  Alas !  A  few  pitiful  strings  of 
scarlet  bonitos  (flying-fish),  and  an  occasional 
baby  shark,  are  all  you  can  find,  and  unless  you 
or  your  cook  are  particularly  early  risers,  you  run 
the  risk  of  being  obliged  to  do  without  either. 

Verily,  verily,  such  arrogance  of  inaction  pre- 
cedes a  fall.  Despite  the  retrograde  efforts  of 
the  French,  the  dollar  is  moving  onwards,  steadily, 
remorselessly,  as  the  car  of  Juggernaut.  And  the 
time  is  not  far  off,  nay,  it  is  even  now  at  hand, 
when,  under  the  aegis  of  a  newer  and  more 
materialistic  administration,  the  cable-car  shall 
buzz,  the  telephone  squeak,  and  the  book-agent 
lie  in  the  leafy  avenues  of  Papeete. 

Till  then,  brother  Kanaka,  enjoy  your  paradise. 


123 


CHAPTER  XII 

THE   OCEAN    OF    MARAMA 

"  I  could  say  more,  but  do  not  choose  to  encroach 
Upon  the  privileges  of  the  guide-book." 

TAHITI  is  the  largest  of  five  islands — stars  in 
Pomare's  lost  crown — of  which  the  other  four 
bear  the  names  of  Moorea,  Huahine,  Raiatea, 
and  Bora- Bora  respectively.  The  geographical 
grouping  of  the  lot  is  very  simple.  The  five 
islands  follow  each  other  from  east  to  west,  be- 
ginning at  Moorea,  twelves  miles  from  Tahiti ; 
Huahine,  sixty  miles  farther  on ;  Raiatea  with 
its  sister-island  Tahaa ;  and  Bora-Bora,  the  last 
and  most  westerly  of  the  group.  If  you  are 
particular  you  may  add  to  these  the  little  motus 
(island-dots)  of  Tubai,  Bellingshausen,  Maupiti, 
Mapetia,  and  Scilly.  These  latter  are  negligeable, 
however.  It  is  true  that  the  tern  and  the  tropic 
bird  (the  big  black  one  with  the  scarlet  feathers 
in  his  tail)  find  them  admirable  for  roosting  pur- 
poses, but  as  they  will  roost  on  floating  hencoops, 
old  barrels,  &c.,  their  testimony  is  valueless.  It 

124 


The  Ocean  of  Marama 

is  with  the  five  larger  islands  we  are  mainly 
concerned. 

Were  the  French  entrusted  with  the  sole 
navigation  of  the  Archipelago  I  fear  the  islands 
would  remain  unvisited  for  the  greater  part  of 
the  time  :  even  to-day  there  is  but  one  vessel, 
the  humble  Southern  Cross,  and  she  belongs  to 
hated  England.  Nay,  even  of  late  years  there 
have  been  serious  cabals  got  up  in  Papeete  for 
the  purpose  of  suppressing  her.  What  right 
have  Englishmen  to  intrude  on  waters  sacred  to 
the  tricolor?  The  question  has  been  argued 
over  and  over  again  in  the  Tahiti  parliament 
with  all  the  viciousness  of  island  tape-pulling. 
But  no  French  boat  is  forthcoming,  and  as  M. 
Goupil,  one  of  the  oldest  and  wisest  of  the 
residents,  says,  "  We  prefer  an  English  boat  to  no 
boat  at  all." 

The  Croix  du  Sud  starts  at  two,  and  the  grassy 
lawn,  which  the  name  wharf  obviously  libels,  is  a 
blaze  of  colour.  The  vahines  are  assembled  in 
full  force  under  the  trees.  The  starting  of  a  ship 
is  the  signal  for  the  darlings  to  put  on  their  best 
dresses.  Orofena  has  donned  her  nightcap  of 
cloud — she  is  a  sleepy  mountain  at  all  times — and 
the  tiny  American  flag  floating  over  the  Con- 
sulate cuts  the  blue  precipice  neatly  in  half.  It 

is  2.30  P.M.     Gazing  at  the  cathedral  clock,  just 

125 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

visible  above  its  grove  of  flamboyants,  by  way  of 
setting  my  watch,  I  notice  that  the  hands  point 
to  11.15.  M-  Goupil  is  on  deck  and  I  ask  him 
the  reason. 

"  Ah,"  he  replies  grimly,  "  that  clock  is  a  repre- 
sentative clock,  and  (with  a  sigh)  it  is  wound  by 
a  representative  man  !  " 

A  clanging  of  engine-bells.  Kedge  hauled  in. 
We  are  off. 

Moorea — to  a  traveller  with  that  most  dire  of 
all  gifts,  the  bump  of  poesy — is  in  a  sense  the 
artistic  complement  of  Tahiti.  If  God  made 
Tahiti,  the  devil  made  Moorea.  And  he  made 
it  well.  Such  grim  fortresses,  such  a  frowning 
desolation  of  stone  has  surely  never  been  seen 
or  heard  of  outside  the  nightmares  of  Dante  or 
Edgar  Allan  Poe. 

At  all  times  of  the  day  the  spectacle  is  an  im- 
pressive one,  and  this  whether  seen  through  the 
blue  haze  of  distance  or  from  the  nearness  of  its 
own  breaker- fringed  shore.  Its  tall  needles  are 
the  first  to  greet  the  light  of  day,  hanging  above 
the  shadows  of  the  nether  world  like  luminous 
cones  set  in  space.  Then  the  light  shifts,  and  as 
the  sun  creeps  up  to  noon  the  ruggednesses  don 
their  midday  dress  of  green.  The  island  knows 

you  are  watching  it.     It  tries  to  smile.     But  it 

126 


The  Ocean  of  Marama 

is  the  smile  of  a  sycophant.  No  light  that  ever 
played  on  sea  or  land  can  bring  kindliness  to  those 
cruel  lances  of  stone,  to  those  unhealthy  fefe1- 
haunted  valleys.  The  afternoon  wears  on,  and  as 
the  sun  goes  to  his  grave  in  the  cold  scent  of  the 
furze,  you  see  Moorea  once  more  in  her  true  char- 
acter— as  a  world  of  titans  and  monsters.  Great 
fan-shaped  sheaves  of  light  stab  the  zenith  from 
behind  the  dark  monstrosities.  The  peaks  appear 
cut  out  in  silhouettes  against  the  fierce  fires.  The 
bastions  shaped  themselves  into  heads,  and  the 
timeless  things  of  the  wilderness  wake  as  beneath 
the  touch  of  a  fiend.  Small  wonder  that  Tahitian 
mythology  placed  the  abode  of  departed  souls  on 
the  highest  summit,  the  peak  of  Rootia.  Then, 
even  as  you  look,  the  grim  glow  wavers,  flickers, 
dies,  and  gaunt  Moorea  sinks  into  the  shadows 
of  the  night,  monstrous  even  in  death. 

The  Croix  du  Sud  was  not  a  sumptuously  fitted 
boat,  but  quite  good  enough  for  the  service  re- 
quired of  her.  Among  the  passengers  we  counted 
an  American  doctor,  commissioned  to  investigate 
the  mysteries  of  elephantiasis,  three  missionaries 
and  their  wives,  a  French  official  of  vague  and 
indeterminable  importance,  a  dozen  Papara  pigs 
and  as  many  Taiohae  mules,  the  period  of  whose 
durance  had  not  yet  begun. 

1  Elephantiasis. 
I27 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

We  reached  the  Moorea  landing-place  after  a 
couple  of  hours'  tossing.  Several  officials  armed 
with  ponderous  bags  of  Chile  dollars  chose  to  land 
here.  On  being  asked  what  their  particular  line 
of  business  was  I  was  told  "electioneering."  The 
rain  came  down  presently,  and  the  tall  needles  of 
Papetoai  Bay  were  blotted  out  behind  a  ground- 
glass  curtain  of  mist.  The  evening  was  cold  and 
windy. 

On  the  forward  deck  a  score  of  natives  attired 
in  all  colours  of  the  rainbow  were  entrenched 
behind  odorous  heaps  of  pine-apple.  It  was  my 
fate  to  share  one  of  the  larger  cabins  with  the 
French  official,  who  turned  out  to  be  none  other 
than  the  governor  of  Raiatea  in  person.  As  I 
crept  into  my  bunk,  luckily  a  top  one,  the  natives, 
whose  Mark  Tapleyism  dictated  happiness  under 
all  circumstances,  set  up  a  himent  to  pass  the 
time.  I  thought  the  music  pretty.  One  of  the 
women  would  begin  by  pitching  on  a  high  note, 
then  working  her  way  down  into  the  medium 
register,  when  the  chorus  joined  in,  and  the  origi- 
nal tune  was  lost  sight  of  in  a  maze  of  ebbing, 
pulsating  harmony.  I  thought  I  recognised  one 
of  the  Tahitian  national  love-songs — 

"  Terii  tie  tepaa  ehau." 

My  visits  to  the  Papeete  market  had  made  me 
familiar  with  the  refrain,  but  the  novelty  of  the 

128 


The  Ocean  of  Marama 

situation  lent  it  a  new  charm.  The  general  tone 
of  the  music  was  plaintive — almost  painfully  so — 
and  the  exotic,  semi-Chinese  colouring  of  the  har- 
mony took  away  nothing  from  its  pathos.  Indeed 
it  seemed  to  add  to  it.  The  wind,  too,  and  the 
sleepy  wash  of  the  sea  played  their  part  in  the 
general  effect.  I  felt  strangely  stirred,  and  hoped 
the  song  would  continue  indefinitely.  Not  so  the 
great  man  beneath  me. 

"  Cre  nom  d'un  chien  !  Jamais  j'ai  vu  un  bateau 
ou  Ton  menait  un  chahut  pareil." 

I  feigned  sympathy.  The  light  from  the  saloon 
was  wobbling  unpleasantly  over  the  white  ceiling. 
We  were  fairly  out  into  the  current  that  runs 
between  Moorea  and  Huahine,  the  legendary  sea 
of  Marama  (the  moon),  where  native  tradition 
cradled  the  ark  of  Toa  (Noah  ?).  I  closed  my 
eyes  and  fell  asleep. 

Huahine  came  in  due  course  the  following 
morning.  A  long  line  of  undulating  hills  shut- 
ting out  the  yellow  sunrise,  palm-splotches,  a 
smell  of  guava-scrub,  and  a  deep-green  line  of 
water  where  the  coral  grows  hard  enough  and 
spikily  enough  to  do  for  the  keels  of  a  million 
ironclads.  It  was  very  early,  and  the  strings  of 
girls  sitting  along  the  tiny  pier,  like  rows  of 
parrots,  rubbed  their  eyes  languidly,  as  becomes 

ladies  of  fashion  startled  from  their  slumbers. 

129  I 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

Huahine,  as  usual,  has  its  little  nucleus  of 
intrigue.  It  is  still  squabbling  over  the  claims  of 
two  rival  queens,  and  inasmuch  as  facilities  for 
marriage  in  this  charming  country  are  truly 
Edenic,  why — you  cannot  very  well  throw  a  brick 
in  any  given  direction  without  hitting  a  princess, 
or  a  girl  related  to  one. 

The  island  also  has  its  picturesque  and  histori- 
cal sides.  The  roads  are  even  more  densely 
wooded  than  those  of  Tahiti,  and  the  coast-line 
is  a  medley  of  little  blue  bays  overhung  with 
snaky  palms  and  fringed  with  scarlet  and  yellow 
lines  of  hibiscus  and  gardenia  bushes  (tiare 
Tahiti). 

At  the  south  end  of  Huahine  rises  a  singular 
structure  of  stone,  a  marae  (temple)  sacred  to 
Hiro  —  the  redoubtable  Hi-Yu-Muckamuck  of 
Leeward  doxology.  Artistically  speaking,  the 
marae  is  not  much  to  look  at — a  badly  cemented 
platform  of  limestone  blocks  half-hidden  in  ti-tree 
scrub.  Historically  it  is  very  interesting.  Hiro 
was  a  curious  kind  of  god.  Morally,  he  was  a 
sort  of  cross  between  the  Scandinavian  Loki  and 
the  Indian  Hanuman.  His  speciality  was  high- 
way robbery  and  the  subtler  varieties  of  brigand- 
age. He  was  no  snob,  however,  and  when  the 
supply  of  brigands  failed  even  the  humble  house- 
breaker found  favour  in  his  sight.  When  Captain 

130 


The  Ocean  of  Marama 

Cook  landed  here  in  1760  he  made  practical  ac- 
quaintance with  Hire's  sphere  of  activity  under 
circumstances  which  deserve  detailed  narration. 

The  natives  at  that  time  were  leading  a  cheer- 
ful open-air  Kneipp-cure  existence  in  houses  of 
woven  pandanus,  and  Cook — with  that  overdone 
charity  that  characterises  the  old-time  explorer  in 
his  dealings  with  savages  who  merely  want  to  be 
left  alone — determined  to  initiate  them  into  the 
mysteries  of  European  carpentry,  free,  gratis,  and 
for  nothing.  A  house  was  designed  for  the  chief 
on  approved  English  sanitary  principles,  and  the 
ship's  carpenter  was  sent  on  shore  to  execute  it. 
Among  the  crowd  of  onlookers  there  chanced  to 
be  a  priest  of  Hiro,  a  pious,  simple-minded  rascal, 
and  presently,  while  the  worthy  carpenter's  back 
was  turned,  his  saw  vanished. 

The  carpenter  said  a  bad  word — and  went  on 
with  his  work.  Presently  the  adze  followed  the 
saw — a  keg  of  nails  followed  the  adze,  and  the 
despoiled  knight  of  labour  returned  to  his  ship  to 
mourn  the  loss  of  his  tools  and  cuff  his  subordi- 
nates. 

Cook  complained — in  vain.  The  tools  had 
disappeared  for  good  and  all.  The  house  of  the 
chief  had  to  be  left  unfinished. 

A  few  weeks  later  Cook  departed.  Great  were 
the  rejoicings  in  Huahine.  From  the  secret  re- 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

cesses  of  the  marae  the  stolen  implements  were 
brought  to  life  and  examined.  A  solemn  con- 
clave was  held.  The  powers  of  these  magical 
weapons  must  not  be  lost.  They  must  be  pre- 
served, duplicated  if  possible  for  the  island's 
benefit.  A  field  was  selected  and  blessed.  The 
tools  were  wrapped  in  odorous  leaves  and  solemnly 
planted.  It  was  expected  that  a  crop  of  saws  and 
adzes  would  result.  Hire's  blessing  was  invoked. 
The  island  sat  down  to  wait. 

For  three  months  floods  of  happy  tears 
washed  the  steps  of  the  marae.  Hiro's  altar 
was  smothered  in  flowers,  his  high  priest  ex- 
tolled to  the  skies.  People  waited — at  first 
meekly,  then  cynically,  and  at  last  angrily.  The 
harvest  had  miscarried.  Women  began  to  regret 
having  slobbered  over  Hiro's  marae.  Some  went 
as  far  as  hinting  that  the  god  was  an  impostor, 
and  suggesting  the  cutting  down  of  the  high 
priest's  salary.  The  reigning  queen  caught  the 
blasphemers,  and  had  their  ears  cut  off.  In  vain 
— disbelievers  were  springing  up  on  every  side. 
The  queen,  after  a  decent  period  of  obstinacy, 
ended  by  going  over  to  the  majority. 

Hiro  was  dishonoured,  his  temple  given  over 
to  the  creatures  of  the  wilderness,  his  high  priest 
compelled  to  shovel  coal  for  a  living. 

This  was  why,  when,  a  year  or  so  later,  the 
132 


The  Ocean  of  Marama 

body  of  missionaries  came  with  Bible  and  rum- 
barrel  to  save  these  erring  children  of  nature,  they 
found  to  their  surprise  that  circumstances  had 
paved  the  way  for  their  sophisms.  Huahine  had 
lost  faith  in  its  old  gods,  and  was  ready  to  try  a 
new  one. 

Thus — ushered  in  through  the  mediumship  of 
an  humble  burglary — was  Christianity,  with  its 
mystic  symbolisms,  its  consolations  and  glorious 
promises,  first  introduced  and  consolidated  among 
the  races  of  the  Eastern  Pacific. 

Raiatea,  the  next  island  to  Huahine,  and  the 
third  on  the  list,  is  visible  at  a  distance  of  thirty 
miles  as  a  long  low  shadow  hemming  the  western 
sea-rim.  It  is,  taking  it  all  round,  by  far  the 
most  important  island  of  the  group — as  well  from 
a  social  as  from  a  commercial  standpoint. 

As  usual  in  these  seas  it  is  girdled  by  a  vast 
coral-reef,  and  this  reef  also  includes  the  twin 
island  of  Tahaa,  separated  from  Raiatea  by  a  six- 
mile  channel.  Navigation  is  very  dangerous,  as 
the  reefs  cross  and  recross  in  mazy  confusion,  and 
the  French  charts  are  said  to — need  polish. 
.  The  landing  is  not  nearly  so  pretty  as  at 
Huahine.  A  great  corrugated-iron  shed  dis- 
figures it,  flanked  by  unsightly  whitewashed 
railings  and  piles  of  packing-cases.  The  next 

133 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

thing  you  sight  is  a  silver-braided  French  police- 
man, who  looms  up  as  we  have  seen  a  beggar 
loom  up  on  reaching  Italy,  a  cabman  with  a 
crushed  top-hat  in  Ireland,  or  a  brass  spittoon  in 
New  York.  It  is  the  little  touch  of  local  colour 
— there  is  no  fault  to  find. 

A  genial  lot  these  Raiateans !  We  are  greeted 
by  a  hail  of  ioranas.  And  what  is  the  latest 
Papeete  scandal,  pray?  Has  Miss  Thing-um- 
bob  got  tired  of  her  What 's-h is- name  yet  ? 
Bless  us — these  pensive-eyed,  thoughtful  young 
ladies  who  eye  us  so  abstractedly  from  the 
shade  of  the  buraos  are  quite  as  fond  of  having 
two  strings  to  their  bow  as  anything  on  the 
sunny  side  of  Belgrave  Square. 

Also  they  are  expecting  a  distinguished  visitor. 
As  I  walk  along  the  flat,  sunny  road,  with  its 
gardens  of  hollyhock  and  rhododendron,  a  pretty 
lady,  gorgeously  attired  in  gala,  sleepy  as  an 
odalisque,  fan  and  all  complete,  bounces  out  of 
a  rose-covered  doll's -house  and  electrifies  me 
with  the  question — 

"  Is  the  prince  on  board  ?  " 

The  prince !  Were  we  in  England  this  might 
mean  H.R.H. ;  here  it  means  Hinoe  Pomare. 

Alas!  Hinoe  Pomar£  has  other  fish  to  fry. 
The  Papeete  world  of  naughtiness  has  him  in  its 
clutches.  Raiatea  will  have  to  wait. 


The  Ocean  of  Marama 

"  That's  a  shame,"  quoth  the  odalisque.  "  Here 
we  are,  killing  pigs  and  roasting  taro  to  do  him 
honour,  and  he  doesn't  turn  up,  the  villain ! " 

Shades  of  disappointed  hostesses  !  Through 
the  verbena  trellis-work  pretty  faces  peer  shyly. 

"Couldn't  he  be  replaced  by  proxy?"  sug- 
gested the  doctor  wickedly.  A  pout  and  a 
giggle.  Bashfulness  has  struck  the  doll's-house. 
The  flowers  swallow  them. 

Yes,  indeed.  Raiatea  has  its  own  little  social 
importances.  It  is  the  cradle  of  island  royalty, 
the  birthplace  of  the  Pomares,  the  Mecca  of  the 
Polynesians.  Besides  this  it  has  the  reputation 
of  being  the  second  stage  of  the  Tahitian  pur- 
gatory, of  which  the  first,  it  will  be  remembered, 
was  situated  on  the  summit  of  Mount  Rootia  in 
Moorea.  A  Tahitian's  soul  is  a  restless  kind  of 
organism.  It  is  first  compelled  to  make  a  twelve- 
mile  jump  across  to  Moorea,  then  a  sixty-mile 
one  to  Raiatea,  and  a  thirty-mile  skip  to  Tubai, 
a  tiny  island-dot  in  the  far  west  of  the  group,  to 
finish  with. 

Here,  too — in  Raiatea — ruled  the  Napoleon  of 
the  Society  Group,  the  great  Tamatoa,  a  man 
whose  name  is  so  shivered  into  the  traditions  of 
the  islands  as  to  cause  even  now  those  whom  the 
Raiatea  Blue- Book  accuses  of  propinquity  to  be 
regarded  with  superstitious  awe. 

135 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

Fine  fellows  these  old  savages  were.  Fine, 
manly,  skull-cracking  old  warriors,  whose  names 
recall  those  of  the  North-American  Indians  in 
arrogant  and  tooth-loosening  hyperbole.  Here 
are  a  few  : — 

Tamatoa — tree  of  iron. 

Teriitaria — man  of  big  ears  (lit.  man-who-can-hear-the- 
grass-grow). 

Tetuanuieaaiteatiea  —  adornment  of  God  (hereditary 
title  of  the  Pomares). 

Last,  but  not  least — 
Teriinuihohonumahana — biter-of-the-sun. 

He  ought  to  be  able  to  reach  it,  anyway. 

As  may  be  guessed,  viewed  by  the  light  of 
such  stupendous  ancestry,  Raiatea  has  had  its 
aches.  It  has  even  had  its  revolutions.  The 
last  of  these  occurred  in  1895,  and  was  headed 
by  a  pertinacious  old  vagabond  named  Teraupo 
—now  abiding  in  Noumea  for  the  benefit  of  his 
chilblains.  As  the  British  Foreign  Office  and 
the  angel  that  watches  over  the  subtleties  of 
island-administration  both  played  a  part  in  it, 
my  readers  may  find  a  detailed  account  inte- 
resting. 

We  will  entitle  our  story — 


CHAPTER  XIII 

TERAUPO   AND   THE   UNION   JACK 

NONE  knew  how  the  discontent  started.  Per- 
haps in  a  dollar-bred  trader-tiff,  perhaps  in  a 
case  of  lese  -  majesty  perhaps  in  the  dilatory 
squabbling  of  French  officialdom.  Anyway,  start 
it  did,  and  one  bright  morning  in  December  1895 
all  Papeete  was  electrified  by  the  news  that  the 
inhabitants  of  Raiatea — at  Opoa — had  hoisted 
British  flags,  and  were  prepared  to  defy  the 
accumulated  force  of  the  earth  in  general  and 
France  in  particular. 

The  French  authorities  were  annoyed.  When 
you  have  been  vegetating  for  years  in  a  palm-girt 
island  at  the  back  of  nowhere,  the  prospect  of 
righting — real  bullets  in  flesh  and  blood— is  not 
pleasant. 

The  quills  of  the  administration  began  to  rustle 
and  the  music  of  their  rustlings  struck  the  British 
consul  as  he  lay  on  his  trellised  verandah,  fatigued 
from  the  exertions  of  that  morning's  bicycle  ride. 

The  consul — W.  H.  Milsom,  Esq. — was,  as  we 
have  stated  elsewhere,  a  man  of  the  mildest  type. 

137 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

The  Commissaire-General  had  indited  a  winning 
epistle,  and  Milsom  nearly  wept  as  he  read  it. 

"  It  is  supposed,"  wrote  the  man  of  red-tape 
ingenuously,  "  that  the  inhabitants  of  Raiatea  will 
recognise  the  unreasonableness  of  their  attitude 
as  far  as  help  from  England  is  concerned,  that 
they  will  respect  your  authority  and  haul  down 
the  flag." 

Milsom  thumbed  his  law-book,  fitted  a  new 
J-pen  into  the  well-chewed  holder,  and  exploded, 
as  gunpowder  explodes,  along  the  line  of  the 
least  resistance.  He  wrote  a  motherly  note  to 
Teraupo.  It  is  not  necessary  to  give  the 
contents  in  full.  It  was  a  variant  on  the 
pedagogic  "If  you  go  on  like  this,  you  know, 
you'll  get  yourself  into  trouble."  Teraupo 
got  the  note  a  week  later  and  used  it — as  a 
celebrated  historical  snob  once  used  a  bank-note 
— to  light  his  pipe  with. 

The  British  flag  made  a  picturesque  red  splotch 
over  the  palms  of  Opoa,  and  the  natives  of  Tahaa 
across  the  strait,  recognising  the  prettiness  of  such 
a  landmark,  followed  Teraupo's  example  and 
likewise  hoisted  a  flag. 

The  French  Government  growled.  Teraupo 
had  organised  a  regiment  of  native  desperadoes 
in  red  shirts — red  being  the  nearest  approach  to 
British  colours — and  armed  them  with  scythes 

•38 


Teraupo  and  the  Union  Jack 

and  battle-axes.  In  out-of-the-way  villages  people 
were  boiling  down  lead  in  frying-pans  and 
sharpening  up  old  fish-spears.  The  girls  took  to 
singing  "  God  Save  the  Queen  "  as  a  himend,  and 
their  ever-increasing  taunts  incommoded  the  white 
ladies  of  the  island.  There  was  a  hurried  flight 
of  settlers.  Some  found  refuge  in  Bora- Bora  or 
Huahine ;  the  copra-schooners  landed  others, 
angry  and  rumpled,  in  Papeete. 

Across  the  hissing  network  of  reefs  the  two 
flags  still  fluttered.  Opoa  and  Tevaitoa  were 
English — quite  English.  Teraupo  had  dropped 
his  French  garb  like  a  mask.  He  took  to  wash- 
ing regularly,  and  his  wife's  five-o'clock  teas  were 
the  talk  of  the  Broom-road.  The  French 
Government  lost  patience.  Milsom  was  again 
bombarded,  and  this  time  he  found  himself 
compelled  to  put  a  little  more  ginger  into  his 
remonstrance. 

"The  forbearance  of  the  authorities  having 
become  exhausted,"  he  wrote,  "the  local  adminis- 
trator has  been  instructed  to  take  such  measures 
as  may  be  necessary  for  definitely  subjugating 
the  rebellious  natives  of  Raiatea  and  Tahaa." 

Teraupo  and  his  regiment  danced.  The  great 
moment  was  at  hand !  They  were  to  meet  the 
French  face  to  face  and  eat  them. 

The  Aubrevilliers  left  Papeete  with  a  flourish, 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

and  dropped  anchor  before  Opoa.  Milsom  was 
on  board.  The  mightiness  of  his  mission  had 
infused  a  warlike  spirit  into  his  nature.  He 
forgot  to  be  sea-sick  and  kicked  off  his  bedclothes 
slaying  imaginary  Gorgons.  Teraupo  must  haul 
down  the  flag  or  be  smashed.  There  was  no 
other  alternative. 

Next  morning  as  the  long-boat's  keel  grated 
on  the  coral  there  were  forty  bloodthirsty  Kanakas 
with  muskets  and  flower-wreaths  assembled  on 
the  beach  to  welcome  her.  Teraupo's  ultimatum 
was  short  and  decisive. 

"  Let  the  English  consul  come  to  see  me,"  the 
message  ran  ;  "all  others  I  will  kill." 

The  officer  in  charge  of  the  boat  paled  and 
hesitated.  He  had  barely  twenty  men  with  him, 
and  the  forty  Kanakas  looked  horribly  as  though 
they  meant  business.  The  commander  of  the 
Aubrevilliers  hugged  himself.  Matters  were 
falling  out  exactly  as  he  wished.  Milsom  would 
go  on  shore,  get  himself  converted  into  long  pig, 
and  then — 

Then  the  village  could  be  shelled,  and  from  a 
safe  distance.  The  guns  of  the  Aubrevilliers 
were  getting  rusty  from  disuse,  and  a  gallant 
avenging  of  Queen  Victoria's  representative 
would  look  lovely  in  print. 

Milsom  saw  matters  in  a  different  light.  He 
140 


Teraupo  and  the  Union  Jack 

had  no  wish  to  be  converted  into  long  pig. 
The  French  officer  in  charge  of  the  boat  too  was 
visibly  affected.  He  embraced  Milsom,  whom 
he  loved  as  a  brother,  and  besought  him  to  run 
no  needless  risks.  But  Britannia's  work  must  be 
done,  and  the  consul  was  the  man  to  do  it.  He 
left  his  watch  with  the  officer,  dashed  away  a 
tear,  and  started  off  to  face  the  enemy. 

The  meeting-house  was  a  fair  type  of  native 
dwelling — an  oval  structure  of  bamboo  with  a 
pandanus  roof.  The  parliament,  a  dozen  stal- 
wart Kanakas  with  scarlet  flowers  twisted  into 
their  snaky  locks,  squatted  contentedly  on  mats. 
There  was  a  squeaking  of  women  from  the 
clearing  behind  where  Teraupo's  favourite  pig 
was  guzzling  the  remains  of  last  night's  feast. 

Milsom  began  a  harangue.  He  besought 
Teraupo  to  reconsider  his  evil  ways — to  haul 
down  the  flag.  Teraupo  snorted. 

Let  him  give  up  trying  to  be  English,  hand 
his  fish-spear  to  the  commander  in  token  of 
submission,  and  become  once  again  a  great  and 
loyal  Frenchman. 

Teraupo  laughed  and  spat.  He  had  hoisted 
the  flag  as  a  means  of  protection  against 
French  aggressiveness,  and  preferred  to  let  it 
stay. 

"  I  warn  you,"  said  Milsom  brokenly,  "if  you 
141 


The  Log  of  an  Island   Wanderer 

refuse  I  shall  be  compelled  to  haul  down  the  flag 
myself." 

Teraupo  spat  again  and  laughed — this  time 
more  derisively.  At  his  nod  two  Kanakas 
armed  with  clubs  came  from  a  dark  recess  and 
stood  behind  Milsom,  chuckling. 

Milsom's  blood  froze.  British  consuls  are  only 
human — sometimes  very  human.  He  was  very 
much  alone  in  that  vast  place,  and  the  clubs  were 
very  near,  Teraupo,  the  anglified,  grinned — and 
it  seemed  to  Milsom  that  the  grin  carried  canni- 
balistic suggestions.  He  rose,  and  backed  to- 
wards the  door. 

The  commander  of  the  Aubrevilliers  had  been 
following  the  movements  of  the  shore-party 
through  his  binocular,  and  had  been  anxiously 
awaiting  Milsom's  dying  yell  as  a  preliminary 
formality  to  shelling  Teraupo's  chicken-coops. 
To  say  he  was  disappointed  at  the  consul's  re- 
appearance would  be  to  put  things  mildly.  He 
swore  hideously. 

Milsom,  urbane  but  shaken,  clambered  on 
board  and  explained.  Affairs  were  indeed  at  an 
alarming  crisis.  Teraupo  had  got  his  war-paint 
on.  To  talk  of  hauling  down  the  flag  was 
absurd.  It  was  nailed  up  there  as  solid  as  a 
rock.  There  was  only  one  resource  left — to 
shoot  it  down. 

142 


Teraupo  and  the  Union  Jack 

The  commander  would  have  preferred  to  shoot 
something  else — but  justice  is  justice,  and  it  was 
clearly  the  flag-staff  that  was  at  fault.  The  six- 
pounder  was  loaded  and  slewed  round.  Milsom 
stopped  his  ears. 

Bang !  Teraupo's  women  screamed  and  an 
army  of  pigs  fled  shrieking.  Missed.  Sacrt 
bleu  ! 

Bang  again — ditto.  Five  bangs.  The  flag- 
staff topples  and  falls.  Vive  la  France !  Vive 
la  Republi-i-iq2ie ! 

And  now,  what  Papeete  (the  French  portion 
of  it)  wants  to  know  is  why  their  brave  sailors 
didn't  land  and  fight  the  barbarians,  man  to  beast. 
What  the  English  traders  want  to  know  is  why 
Milsom  allowed  their  flag  to  be  fired  on.  What 
the  Aubrevilliers  commander  wants  to  know  is 
why  Milsom  didn't  shin  up  the  pole  and  get 
himself  converted  into  long  pig  on  reaching  the 
bottom.  What  Milsom  wants  to  know — 

Well,  dash  it  all !  He  gets  ^800  a  year  for 
doing  it,  anyhow. 


CHAPTER   XIV 

BORA-BORA  AND   THE   HOOLA-HOOLA 

"  Strike  up  the  dance  !     The  kava-bowl  fill  high 
Drain  every  drop — to-morrow  we  may  die  ; 
In  summer  garments  be  our  limbs  arrayed, 
Around  our  waists  the  Tappa's  white  displayed." 

THE  Croix  du  Sud  left  Raiatea  the  same  after- 
noon. Not  without  interruption  though.  As  the 
vessel  neared  the  green  strip  of  shallows  mark- 
ing the  reef  there  was  a  halloo  from  shore  and 
the  flash  of  a  red  blanket  among  the  palms.  A 
tiny  canoe,  its  outrigger  almost  under  water,  was 
skirting  the  reef  with  a  view  to  intercepting  us 
before  we  reached  deep  water  and  liberty.  One 
of  the  men,  the  second  mate  I  believe,  shouted 
something  from  the  bridge  in  native,  and  Captain 
Pond,  the  very  slightest  tinge  of  impatience  in 
his  manner — for  he  was  the  most  amiable  of  men 
—grabbed  the  handles  of  the  telegraph.  As  the 
canoe  drew  near  we  could  see  it  contained  a  girl 
and  a  boy. 

"Wants   to   go   to    Bora- Bora,"   grunted    the 
mate — "why    couldn't   she   have   made   up    her 

144 


Bora-Bora  and  the  Hoola-Hoola 

blooming  mind  before?  Tapeka,  by  all  that's 
lively ! " 

"Has  she  money  to  pay  her  passage  ?  "  queried 
the  captain  cautiously — "if  not,  she  can  jolly  well 
stay  behind.  We've  had  enough  of  these  stow- 
aways." 

The  ladder-chains  rattled  and  the  girl  climbed 
on  deck,  the  boy  handing  her  up  sundry  bundles 
tied  up  in  pareos.  One  of  the  bundles  squeaked. 
It  was  very  much  alive.  The  others  might  have 
contained  clothes,  and,  to  judge  by  angular  ex- 
crescences, tins  of  food.  As  Tapeka's  bare  feet 
trod  the  dust  of  the  after-deck  I  caught  sight  of 
her  face.  She  was  still  very  young  and  pretty, 
with  that  savage  style  of  prettiness  only  found 
in  the  smaller  and  more  unmolested  islands 
of  the  group — a  prettiness  consisting  of  round 
puffed-out  cheeks,  woolly  hair,  and  lips  that  seem 
made  for  anything  rather  than  kissing. 

She  looked  very  ill,  very  fagged,  and  worn. 
She  was  not  unknown  to  the  men  of  the  Croix 
du  Sud  either.  Her  record  in  Papeete  had  been 
brilliant — and  bad.  Also  fate  had  dealt  hardly 
with  her. 

Now  she  paused,  drew  from  her  bundle  three 
isolated  Chile  dollars,  passed  them  to  the  mate, 
and  with  a  grin  which  the  malpractice  of  years 
had  worn  into  a  scowl,  climbed  the  bridge  and 

145  K 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

descended  with  her  baby  into  the  forecastle. 
Had  she  been  of  a  sensitive  nature  she  might 
possibly  have  jibbed  at  the  way  in  which  the 
two  missionaries'  wives,  anaemic-looking  ladies  in 
loose  white  gowns,  drew  their  virtuous  skirts 
aside  as  her  red  robe  threatened  to  brush  the 
fringe.  As  it  was,  she  merely  said  "iorana"  and 
vanished  down  the  ladder.  A  moment  later  she 
was  waving  a  draggled  handkerchief  to  the  boy 
over  the  lee  bulwarks.  We  were  under  way 
again  as  though  nothing  had  happened. 

"  That's  the  way  with  these  creatures,"  solilo- 
quised the  doctor  cynically  as  the  roar  of  Raiatea 
reef  sounded  behind  us — "they  make  a  bee-line 
for  Papeete  as  soon  as  they're  able  to  toddle,  and 
go  cruising  round  till  some  fellow  leaves  them  in 
the  lurch,  then  back  they  go  to  their  blooming 
island  and  ship  off  a  cargo  of  their  relations  to 
follow  their  example.  I  hate  the  whole  lot  of 
them,  by  G —  I  do.  Beasts — that's  what  they 
are,  beasts ! " 

I  cannot  pretend  (a  fact  for  which  I  had  reason 
to  be  thankful  later)  to  having  precisely  echoed 
my  worthy  companion's  sentiments,  but  then  I 
was  new  to  the  islands  and  he  was  not.  Here 
too — alas  ! — familiarity  sometimes  breeds  con- 
tempt. 

The  mate  of  the  Croix  du  Sud  was  a  smart 
146 


Bora-Bora  and  the  Hoola-Hoola 

fellow,  with  curly  hair  and  dancing  black  eyes — 
fhomme  afemmes  to  the  tips  of  his  fingers.  The 
captain  met  him  in  the  companion. 

"No  nonsense  this  trip,  Jessop,  eh?  We've 
ladies  on  board,  mind." 

"Ay  ay,  sir.     She  paid  her  fare  all  right,  sir." 

"  I  know.  Wouldn't  have  let  her  on  board 
otherwise.  Had  enough  of  that  game,  savvy  ?  " 

The  mate  grinned.  At  2  P.M.  the  twin  peak 
of  Bora-Bora  peered  shyly  from  behind  the 
palms  of  Tahaa.  Chancing  to  pass  the  cabin  of 
the  second  mate,  a  man  named  Lakin,  the  cur- 
tains parted  and  I  caught  the  white  fire  of  a 
double  row  of  teeth  in  the  opening.  Tapeka 
had  found  friends. 

At  4.30  we  dropped  anchor  in  the  harbour  of 
Bora- Bora,  before  the  long  whitewashed  abomi- 
nation that  does  duty  for  schoolhouse.  Right 
overhead  towered  Mount  Pahua,  its  yellow, 
velvety  buttresses  falling  sheer  into  the  sea  of 
palms  and  yellow  -  blossomed  buraos.  Farther 
along  the  undulating  coast-line  tiny  bouquets  of 
shrubbery  rose  from  patches  of  shallow,  leading 
away  to  where,  dim  on  the  southern  sky-line, 
rose  the  blue  triangle  of  the  Tubai-Manou,  the 
last  and  loneliest  soul-asylum  in  the  Tahitian 
Hereafter. 

The  boat  put  us  ashore  at  the  rough  jetty  of 
H7 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

stone,  where  a  few  half-naked  boys  were  amusing 
themselves  fishing  with  sticks  of  bamboo  and 
bent  pins.  Tapeka  was  one  of  the  party.  Un- 
like what  we  had  experienced  in  Huahine,  there 
was  no  welcoming  crowd  to  receive  us.  The 
place  looked  singularly  deserted.  The  long  lines 
of  burao-trees  fringing  the  beach-road  melted  im- 
perceptibly into  the  tangled  sea  of  undergrowth 
whence  the  tall  palms  shot  skywards  at  intervals 
like  rockets.  Not  a  sound,  not  a  native,  not  a 
single  solitary  flower-crowned  lady  to  welcome  us. 

Indeed,  there  was  an  all-sufficient  reason  for 
this.  We  had  landed  on  an  awkward  day,  at  an 
awkward  hour. 

Bora- Bora  was  at  Sunday-school. 

Very  proper  too !  What  a  pity,  like  many 
beautiful  things,  the  goodness  of  these  dear 
innocents  didn't  bear  a  little  more  looking  into. 
Vanitas  vanitatum.  And  yet  the  outward  signs 
were  pretty  enough.  The  sobbing  cadence  of 
voices  through  the  bread-fruit,  the  gleaming  white 
walls,  and  scattered  dots  of  children  sitting  or 
lying  outside  the  school-door. 

Shall  I  tell  it  ?  There  are  some  things  about 
these  paradises  which  one  shrinks  from  relating, 
but  it  often  happens  that  these  are  just  the  very 
things  one  ought  to  lay  particular  stress  on. 
They  are  so  thoroughly,  so  very  thoroughly 

148 


Bora-Bora  and  the  Hoola-Hoola 

Society-islandese.  Here  it  is — and  don't  tell 
Exeter  Hall. 

We  were  waiting,  oh,  so  demurely,  so  patiently, 
on  the  grass  plot  outside  that  school  while  the 
army  of  young  ladies  inside  warbled  himent  after 
himene  and  the  native  teacher  talked  and  talked. 
It  seemed  to  me  he  must  be  trying  to  talk  the 
ocean  dry.  And  so  good  his  flock  were  too ! 
Jessop  tried  to  ogle  the  nearest  one  through  the 
door,  but  the  venture  fell  as  flat  as  Koko  in  the 
"  Mikado."  Not  a  smile,  not  a  wink.  Only  a 
drooping  of  the  long  lashes  and  a  renewed  study 
of  the  lesson-book. 

We  were  desperate.  "What  are  you  fellows 
waiting  for  ? "  queried  a  gallant  trader  of  the 
devil  -  may  -  care  sort,  slouching  up,  hands  in 
pockets,  his  broad  hat  tilted  comfortably  over  his 
eyes. 

We  explained,  in  all  modesty.  We  wished  to 
see  the  sweetness  of  the  land  and  pay  our 
respects  to  it.  Also  take  snapshots.  But  not 
on  any  account  would  we  interrupt 

The  trader  scratched  his  head.  "If  you'll 
swear  not  to  tell  my  wife,"  he  said,  "I'll  engage 
to  fetch  'em  out." 

We  thrilled.  The  proposition  looked  wonder- 
fully, deliciously  wicked.  A  second  later  we 
blushed.  The  trader  threw  his  hat  on  the 

149 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

ground,  walked  unceremoniously  into  the  school- 
house,  grabbed  that  innocent  maundering  native 
teacher  by  the  arm  and — shook  him ! 

So  violent  was  the  shake  that  the  poor  gentle- 
man's book  (I  believe  he  was  a  "reverend"  too) 
flew  one  way  and  his  spectacles  the  other.  When 
he  recovered,  he  turned  to  his  flock  and  shouted 
out  something  which  I  suppose  was  a  dismissal. 
Anyway,  up  jumped  those  young  ladies  with  an 
alacrity  which  either  argued  ill  for  their  piety  or 
the  teacher's  eloquence — I  don't  know  which. 
And  once  outside  !  What  winks  !  What  antics  ! 
Wha-a-at  frolics  on  the  green !  Who  would  have 
recognised  a  bevy  of  converted  South  Sea 
proselytes  interrupted  on  the  road  to  Parnassus 
and  Paradise ! 

Bora-Bora,  being  on  the  uttermost  fringe  of 
the  eastern  Pacific  island-world,  makes  a  rather 
good  place  for  a  short  stay.  It  is  perhaps  more 
truly  native  than  any  of  the  others  of  the  group, 
and  here,  thank  Heaven,  there  is  only  a  slender 
sprinkling  of  those  poetry-destroying  iron  roofs 
to  make  the  landscape  hideous.  Once  clear  of 
the  village  and  fairly  out  in  the  woods,  all  is 
typically  Robinson  Crusoe.  The  long  bamboo- 
walled  huts,  the  parties  of  fishermen  mending 
their  nets  on  the  white  coral  curves,  the  naked 
brown  babies  sprawling  on  mats,  the  women  with 

150 


Bora-Bora  and  the  Hoola-Hoola 

baskets  of  taro,  the  long  clumsy  canoes  and 
curiously  shaped  paddles — it  is  an  exotic  doll's- 
house  which  the  story-books  of  our  infancy  have 
taught  us  to  wander  in,  the  pretty  savagery  of 
nature  beside  which  the  workaday  realities  of  our 
modern  world  seem  impertinent  and  de  trop. 

And  this — our  blameless  worship  at  the  shrine 
of  the  eternally -natural — brought  us  to  the 
threshold  of  our  evening's  entertainment,  a 
hoola-hoola. 

The  trader  beguiled  us  of  course.  Dances  of 
a  really  typical  kind  are  none  too  easily  arranged, 
and  the  searcher  after  knowledge  is  ofttimes 
obliged  to  have  recourse  to  diplomacy.  The 
saintly  brotherhood  of  missionaries  don't  exactly 
encourage  this  kind  of  devilment.  Worse  than 
that — on  some  islands  the  hoola-hoola  is  sternly 
repressed  by  law — and  in  Papeete  the  sight  of  a 
parcel  of  sorrowful  beauties  elbowed  along  by  a 
majestic  half-caste  policeman  is  one  of  the  most 
touching  the  market  has  to  show.  Here,  how- 
ever, island-law  is  at  its  thinnest,  and  Bora-Bora 
morality  is  (shades  of  Bernardin  de  Saint  Pierre !) 
at  least  the  equivalent  of  the  French. 

We  had  our  hoola  all  right.  It  was  placarded 
to  begin  at  midnight  and  we  spent  the  preliminary 
hours  fortifying  ourselves  with  gin  and  bitters  in 
the  cabin  of  the  Croix  du  Sud.  Gin  and  bitters 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

help  scenery  wonderfully.  The  row  ashore  was 
an  impressive  experience.  Nowhere  are  nights 
so  exquisite  as  in  the  Pacific.  By  way  of  en- 
hancing the  magic  of  drifting  flower-scents  and 
twinkling  shore-lights  it  was  full  moon,  and  the 
water  where  the  oars  struck  it  blazed  with  silver 
fire.  This  time  at  all  events  there  was  nothing 
ambiguous  about  our  reception.  The  jetty  was 
lined  with  vahines  in  all  stages  of  gala-attire. 
On  the  lawn  before  the  Chinaman's  (it  is  the 
only  establishment  of  the  kind  Bora-Bora  has  to 
show,  butcher's  shop,  draper's,  and  furniture- 
emporium  rolled  into  one)  wicks  of  paraffin  were 
burning.  Benches  for  the  spectators  had  been 
stolen  from  the  schoolhouse.  Among  the  more 
eager  ones  were  the  captain,  the  doctor,  and  the 
two  missionaries'  wives.  The  presence  of  the 
latter  at  this  ultra-mundane  entertainment  shook 
me  up  a  bit  at  first,  but  they  explained  that  they 
were  new  to  the  islands  and  bent  on  following  the 
native  character  to  ground  at  any  cost — so  I  let 
it  go  at  that  and  apologised. 

A  dull  booming  sound  came  from  the  darkness 
of  the  palms.  There  is  nothing  peculiarly  musical 
about  the  tone  of  the  native  drum,  but  on  this 
unique  occasion  the  surroundings  lent  it  a  weird 
mystery.  The  tall  forms  of  white- robed  women 
crept  noiselessly  into  the  outer  rim  of  lamplight. 

152 


>! 


Bora-Bora  and  the  Hoola-Hoola 

There  were  sheeted-ghost  suggestions  about  their 
slender  wrappings  that  jarred  disagreeably  at 
first,  but  a  nearer  inspection  presently  showed 
them  in  a  livelier  light.  The  costumes  were  much 
the  same  as  those  worn  by  the  Papeete  market- 
contingent,  an  extra  allowance  of  bangles  and  a 
floating  plume  of  riva-riva  being  the  only  notice- 
able additions.  The  latter  is  a  preparation  of 
coco-nut  fibre  and  the  nearest  thing  in  the  world 
to  homely  tissue-paper,  though  the  name  lends  it 
originality.  Two  Kanakas  armed  with  mouth- 
organs  came  forward  and  saluted.  The  dance 
began. 

The  men  and  women  were  drawn  up  facing 
each  other.  Through  her  disguise  of  drapery 
I  recognised  Tapeka,  whose  failing  health  didn't 
apparently  suffice  to  damp  her  spirits.  The  dance 
is  difficult  to  do  justice  to  in  print.  It  begins 
demurely  enough  —  a  slow  undulating  swaying 
movement,  left  to  right  and  back  again,  a  jelly- 
fish waving  of  the  arms  and  a  sideward  gathering- 
in  of  the  long  skirts  to  exhibit  the  lissome  figure— 

"  Strait-laced,  but  all  too  full  in  blood 
For  puritanic  stays  "- 

as  far  as  propriety  permits.  The  men  respond, 
making  corresponding  gestures — far  less  grace- 
fully, however,  and  looking  abominably  prosaic 

153 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

in  their  blue  overalls  and  straw  hats.  The  falling 
coloured  pareo,  where  worn,  is  more  endurable. 
Thank  Heaven !  the  moonlight  redeems  things. 
Presently  the  mouth-organs  strike  a  livelier  tune. 
The  dance  begins  to  animate.  Isolated  girls 
spring  out  from  the  group  and  begin  improvising 
al  fresco,  each  trying  to  outdo  her  neighbour  in 
the  complexity  or  audacity  of  her  figures.  There 
is  a  kind  of  shake — a  triple-expansion  quiver 
beginning  at  the  head  and  ending  at  the  heels — 
which  conies  in  very  effectively  here.  Also  it  is 
an  excuse  for  innuendo.  A  neat  compliment, 
according  to  Bora-Borian  ideas,  is  for  a  girl  to 
get  in  front  of  you,  cross  her  arms,  stare  you 
straight  in  the  face,  and  shake  till  her  floating 
cloud  of  riva-riva  rustles  like  aspen,  and  her 
whole  form  seems  wrapped  in  a  luminous  halo  of 
quivering,  flashing  drapery.  Our  worthy  Captain 
Pond — a  bit  of  a  lady-killer  on  the  quiet,  though 
his  wife  doesn't  know  it — was  among  the  more 
favoured  ones.  Girl  after  girl  took  up  her  station 
in  front  of  him,  smiled  winningly,  and  shook  her- 
self till  the  rest  of  us  jealously  hoped  and  prayed 
she  would  shake  herself  to  pieces.  This  sort  of 
thing  ends  in  two  ways.  Either  the  beauty 
retires  warm,  blushing,  and  exhausted,  amid 
plaudits  from  the  crowd,  or  else  she  loses  her 
head  completely  and,  tearing  off  some  portion 

154 


Bora-Bora  and  the  Hoola-Hoola 

of  her  floral  caparison,  flings  it  shyly  into  your 
lap  in  token  of  her  deep  and  innocent  affection. 

Have  the  Bora-Borians  acquired  the  language 
of  flowers  ?  I  don't  know.  They  have  certainly 
invented  one.  But  does  the  pale  island-gardenia 
with  its  lily-like  suggestions  serve  as  emblem  of 
a  passion  which  the  glowing  hibiscus,  the  rose, 
the  carnation,  might  surely  expound  more  aptly  ? 

Those  lovely  tiare-flowers !  One  attribute  at 
least  is  theirs  which  to  the  cynically  minded 
might  appear  truthful  enough.  They  fade  quickly. 
One  short  half-hour  in  your  button-hole  will  kill 
off  the  most  exuberant  bloom  that  ever  embalmed 
the  air.  At  least,  it  will  kill  the  outward  form. 
The  aroma,  the  soul  of  the  flower,  remains,  and 
with  the  magic  of  memory  to  aid  it,  may  possibly 
cause  heart-ache.  Better  not  keep  them.  Latet 
anguis  in  floribus — there  is  a  latent  anguish  in 
flowers.  What  need  to  wait  till  your  dream 
wither  in  the  breath  of  the  smoke-girt  city  ? 
Drop  them  in  the  cool  sea.  Peace  will  come  to 
heart  and  fireside  alike. 

No — save  to  hyper-aesthetic  missionarydom — 
there  is  nothing  especially  improper  about  the 
hoola  if  carried  out  under  classical  island  rules. 
But  then  there  is  the  by-play.  The  impromptu 
present  of  a  bunch  of  flowers  of  doubtful  import 
is  embarrassing  enough  no  doubt,  but  to  feel, 

155 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

while  you  sit  bolt  upright  by  the  virtuous  side 
of  a  European  duenna,  the  slender  fingers  of  a 
vahine  tangling  your  back  hair,  is  truly  mad- 
dening. On  these  occasions  it  is  the  height  of 
bad  policy  to  turn  and  rebuke  the  nymph. 
She  won't  take  the  snub,  and  it  only  advertises 
matters.  No,  you  must  grin  and  bear  it.  When 
the  dance  is  over  shake  her  off — if  you  can. 

And  here  the  inevitable  trader  steps  in  and 
takes  me  down  from  fairyland  by  informing  me 
that  what  we  were  witnessing  was  not  the 
genuine  hoola,  only  a  base  and  civilised  counter- 
feit. The  real  thing,  it  appears,  is  not  permitted 
to  be  performed  on  any  account.  "  But  what 
does  that  matter?"  genially,  "you've  seen  the 
girls.  That's  all  you  want" 

A  consoling  philosophy,  in  sooth !  Like  the 
supposed  talking  parrot  who  couldn't  talk,  but 
"was  a  beggar  to  think."  Blow  high,  blow  low, 
there  is  generally  a  fairy  of  consolation  waiting 
round  the  corner  for  him  who  seeks.  I  am  glad 
we  saw  the  hoola,  and  in  default  of  the  wicked 
original  am  well  pleased  to  put  up  with  the  harm- 
less civilised  version  as  a  substitute. 


CHAPTER    XV 

"PAKE   RAA  TAI"  (THE   EBBING   OF   THE   TIDE) 

"  The  palm  waxes,  the  coral  grows — 
But  man  departs." 

—  Tahitian  saying. 

OUR  trip,  the  doctor's  and  mine,  ended  in  Bora- 
Bora  for  the  present.  A  month  would  elapse 
before  the  Croix  du  Sud  would  come  to  restore 
me  to  the  civilities  of  French  infantry  officers  in 
Papeete.  I  knew  nothing  of  the  island,  but  had 
letters  of  introduction  to  several  settlers,  one  of 
them  —  a  Yankee  named  Morgan  —  being  the 
champion  copra-fiend  of  the  district,  and  a  noted 
authority  on  vanilla.  The  population  of  Bora- 
Bora  is  Kanaka  to  the  backbone,  i.e.  neither 
rich  nor  poor,  unenterprising,  unambitious,  and 
lazy.  There  is  a  queen  of  course — a  descendant 
of  Tetanui — who  doesn't  live  in  the  island,  and 
who  couldn't  do  much  harm  if  she  did.  The 
principal  export  is  copra,  and,  as  in  Tahiti,  no 
attempt  has  been  made  to  modernise  or  perfect 
the  manner  of  its  preparation.  Here,  too,  the 
major  portion  of  the  available  land  is  allowed  to 
go  naturally  and  beautifully  to  seed.  There  is, 

157 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

as  at  Huahine,  a  marae,  founded  by  Orotefa, 
a  historical  swell  with  religious  leanings  d  la 
Torquemada.  The  social  element  is  composed 
of  some  half-a-dozen  traders  and  an  equal  number 
of  Celestials,  and  to  them  the  beauty  and  fashion 
of  the  island  turn  for  consolation  as  Kensington 
does  to  the  "inner  set,"  or  midland  villages  to 
the  curate  and  master  of  the  hounds  in  our  own 
country. 

The  great  twin-peak  of  Pahua  dominates  every- 
thing, an  idol  for  heathenism,  a  landmark  for 
wandering  sailors — once  seen,  never  forgotten. 
Pahua  has  its  story.  It  is  said  in  former  ages  to 
have  been  the  residence  of  the  first  and  brightest 
of  Bora-Bora  landlords,  the  Sun-god  Raa  (how 
about  Ra  of  the  Egyptians,  Messrs.  Haggard  and 
Lang?).  Raa's  ideas,  unlike  those  of  his  descend- 
ants, were  essentially  progressive.  This  brought 
about  his  ruin.  A  jealousy  on  some  minor  point 
of  celestial  etiquette  put  a  term  to  his  lease.  Raa 
hurled  himself  from  the  peak  of  Pahua  and  van- 
ished. His  present  residence  is  unknown  to 
authorities. 

While  reflecting  on  the  providential  beauty  of 
these  occurrences  I  was  wandering  undecidedly 
along  the  Broom-road  between  the  glare  of 
the  beach  and  the  deep  shade  of  the  forest.  I 
had  no  idea  where  Morgan  lived,  but  trusted  to 

158 


Pahe  raa  tai 

chance,  or  the  willingness  of  kindly  minded 
natives  to  enlighten  me.  Passing  a  house  buried 
deep  in  shade,  my  eye  caught  the  well-known 
gleam  of  a  scarlet  dress.  A  girl  stepped  into  the 
light.  It  was  Tapeka.  The  ragged  silhouettes 
of  the  bread-fruit  leaves  pricked  out  her  thin  form 
in  mottled  patches  of  light.  She  looked  even 
paler,  more  emaciated,  than  on  the  previous  day. 
A  native  boy  of  ten  or  twelve,  shreds  of  fern 
woven  into  his  unkempt  locks,  followed  at  her 
heels. 

I  showed  her  the  letter.  She  tried  to  decipher 
the  address,  sliding  one  arm  lovingly  around  the 
boy's  neck  as  she  did  so.  The  youngster  was 
clearly  a  relation  of  hers.  She  was  in  her  native 
island — a  sort  of  returning  princess,  no  less. 

She  handed  me  back  the  letter  and  tried  a 
smile,  but  a  dreadful  fit  of  coughing  took  her  and 
forced  her  to  lean  against  the  wall  of  the  hut  for 
support.  In  these  lost  atolls  of  the  Pacific,  the 
old  Arab  maxims  of  hospitality  hold  good.  The 
stranger  comes  from  God.  She  said  something 
in  broken  gasps  to  the  boy,  who  dived  into  the 
house  like  a  rabbit,  and  returned  with  a  snowy 
crown  of  dare- flowers.  Tapeka  smiled. 

"  Coulonne  Bola-Bola,  ^a  va  bien,"  she  said 
with  indiscriminate  massacration  of  the  r  as  she 
handed  me  the  crown. 


The  Log  of  an   Island  Wanderer 

I  put  the  thing  round  the  brim  of  my  straw  hat, 
albeit  with  some  misgivings,  for  I  had  no  desire 
to  pose  as  a  lunatic  should  we  be  unlucky  enough 
to  get  pounced  upon  by  Morgan  or  any  other 
settler. 

The  girl  was  coughing  on  a  bole.  Now  she 
rose,  balanced  herself  playfully  on  her  heel,  and 
started  off  along  the  path,  motioning  me  to  follow. 
Considering  her  poor  state  it  was  kind  of  her  to 
volunteer  as  guide.  We  strolled  along  under  the 
dark  covering  of  leaves  which  glistened  here  and 
there  from  the  reflected  glare  of  the  beach.  At 
the  mouth  of  a  shallow  valley,  under  some  spread- 
ing willows,  a  handful  of  men  were  squatting  on 
mats  sorting  newly  -  dredged  shells.  Tapeka 
stopped  to  exchange  salutations,  while  the  small 
boy  slashed  with  his  stick  at  a  bush  of  flowering 
hibiscus,  and  grinned  like  a  cannibal. 

It  struck  me  to  wonder  what  Tapeka  had  done 
with  her  baby.  Left  it  in  some  hut  along  the 
road,  perhaps.  Certainly  she  was  too  weak  to 
carry  it.  We  said  good-bye  to  the  men,  and 
stumbled  on  over  the  spreading  banyan  roots 
which  covered  the  ground  everywhere  like  mam- 
moth spiders'  webs.  Tapeka's  hair  was  wet  and 
draggled.  On  her  forehead  the  drops  of  perspi- 
ration stood  out  like  beads. 

There  was  the  glint  of  a  pandanus  roof  between 
1 60 


Pahe  raa  tai 

the  trees,  and  the  shrill  squeals  of  a  litter  of  pigs 
scampering  into  the  underbrush.  An  old  woman, 
her  front  teeth  disfigured  by  unsightly  gaps, 
came  to  meet  us,  followed  by  a  demure  child 
chewing  a  piece  of  water-melon.  As  Tapeka 
turned  to  me  I  could  see  her  eyes  were  shining. 
The  long  lashes  drooped. 

"  Ma  mere,"  she  said  in  French.  The  old 
dame  shook  hands  while  Tapeka  panted  on  a 
seat.  Then  she  muttered  something,  went  into 
the  house  and  brought  out  a  coco-nut,  which  I 
drank  more  for  amiability's  sake  than  thirst.  I 
was  loth  to  bother  the  girl  further,  but  as  I  made  a 
move  to  continue  my  way  she  jumped  up,  ran  after 
me,  and  took  my  arm.  Clearly  she  was  deter- 
mined to  see  me  through,  if  it  cost  her  her  life. 

At  the  deepest  recess  of  the  bay,  under  the 
shadow  of  a  wooded  hill,  was  something  that 
looked  like  the  promise  of  an  avenue.  As  I 
turned  up  to  Morgan's  I  saw  the  last  I  was  ever 
fated  to  see  of  Tapeka  in  health  and  strength — 
the  flourish  of  red  between  the  dark  leaves,  the 
glimmer  of  sunlight  on  the  white  hat  with  its  halo 
of  enveloping  flowers,  and,  at  the  very  moment 
the  trees  swallowed  her,  that  terrible  paroxysm  of 
coughing  that  winged  its  way  through  the  flower- 
scented  air  like  a  death-warning. 

Morgan  received  me  kindly.       He  made  ar- 
161  L 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

rangements  for  lodging  me  at  a  creeper-clad 
villa  opposite  the  Vaitape  wharf,  belonging  to 
an  absent  trader-cousin,  and  took  me  through 
some  phases  of  his  private  life  as  a  copra-planter. 
The  open  hospitality  of  these  men  is  almost 
embarrassing  to  the  new-comer.  It  takes  some 
weeks  for  you  to  realise  that  it  is  the  outer  world, 
not  yourself,  that  your  host  is  saluting.  You  are 
the  solitary  link  that  binds  him  to  home,  family, 
and  the  blessings  of  civilisation,  and  he  worships 
you  accordingly.  No  use  rhapsodising  over  the 
pictorial  possibilities  of  his  island.  He  is  long 
dead  to  them,  and  won't  sympathise. 

Three  days  later,  coming  back  to  Vaitape 
through  the  bread-fruit,  I  chanced  to  pass 
Tapeka's  hut.  She  was  lying  on  a  mat  in  the 
shade,  her  younger  sister  bending  over  her  with 
a  fan  of  plaited  palm-leaf.  Inside  the  hut  the  old 
woman  was  preparing  food.  They  were  all  very 
silent,  and  the  customary  greeting  came  from  un- 
willing lips.  Tapeka's  cheeks  were  hollower  than 
usual,  and  this  time  she  dared  not  smile. 

On  the  following  afternoon  I  met  the  doctor. 
Perhaps  he  guessed  what  was  uppermost  in  my 
mind,  for  he  began  without  preamble. 

"  These  people's  constitutions  are  wretched," 
he  said;  "if  it  was  a  civilised  Anglo-Saxon 
woman  I  might  have  pulled  her  through,  but  it's 

162 


Pahe  raa  tai 

the  natural  cussedness  of  these  natives  that  out- 
wits me.  She's  simply  letting  herself  slide.  It's 
my  opinion  the  girl  doesn't  want  to  live." 

I  found  nothing  to  say.  The  rude  winsome- 
ness  of  Tapeka's  manner  had  done  its  work.  I 
choked  and  felt  silly.  "  Have  you  been  to  see 
her?"  I  said. 

"  I  have.  Father  Bonnefin's  with  her  now. 
He's  the  priest  that  brought  her  up.  I'm  afraid 
it's  all  u-p." 

There  was  no  sleep  for  me  that  night.  The 
heat  under  that  roof  was  like  a  foretaste  of  the 
Inferno.  To  soften  matters  there  were  no  cur- 
tains to  my  bed  and  the  z — z — zp  !  of  a  mosquito 
brought  me  to  life  whenever  I  thought  of  drop- 
ping off.  Towards  one  in  the  morning  some- 
thing stumbled  into  the  room,  barking  their  shins 
against  my  trunk  and  swearing  hoarsely. 

"  I  say,  P ,  are  you  awake,  old  man  ? 

There's  trouble  up  yonder.  You  haven't  got  such 
a  thing  as  a  hypodermic  syringe  in  your  kit  ? 
No,  of  course  not.  Why  should  you?  Mine's 
broke.  Hi !  Johnny — hold  on  a  bit." 

The  Kanaka  dropped  on  the  grass  in  a  heap. 
The  doctor  threw  himself  into  the  solitary  easy- 
chair,  and  wiped  his  face.  There  was  a  thrill  of 
tragedy  in  the  wind.  "Is  the  girl  dying?"  I 
said. 

163 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

"  By  inches,"  was  the  reply.  "  I  had  intended 
to  let  her  go  easy  with  morphine,  but  the  point  of 
my  syringe  is  nipped  off,  and  she'll  have  to  do 
without.  What  she  wants  now  is  a  decent 
burial." 

Still  with  that  grimness  of  tragedy  gnawing  at 
my  vitals,  I  dressed  and  lit  a  cigar.  My  hand 
shook  a  bit,  and  as  I  handed  a  light  to  the  doctor 

he  noticed  it.     "You'd  better  not  come,  P ," 

he  said,  "if  you're  not  proof." 

What  element  of  conceit  makes  a  man  believe 
himself  of  use  in  all  cases  and  under  all  circum- 
stances? We  plunged  off  into  the  night,  the 
gaunt  shadow  of  the  mountain  above  us  and  the 
scattered  mist  of  star-jewellery  seeming  to  dwarf 
everything  in  grandeur  and  purity.  It  was  as 
dark  as  a  wolfs  mouth,  but  the  flicker  of  light  on 
the  Kanaka's  bundle  as  he  stepped  across  the 
bands  of  moonlight  guided  us.  There  were  lights 
in  Tapeka's  hut  and  rows  of  pareos  squatting 
under  the  trees.  On  a  long  bed  of  matting  lay 
something — and  over  it  bent  an  old  woman, 
weeping.  As  she  saw  the  doctor  she  threw  up 
her  hands  and  over  her  face  crept  a  glory  of  hope. 
A  short  squat  man,  his  angular  features  bathed  in 
the  smoky  glare  of  the  lamp,  knelt  at  the  foot  of 
the  couch.  It  was  Father  Bonnefin.  Tapeka's 
sister  and  two  other  children  crouched  in  a  corner, 

164 


Pahe  raa  tai 

and  in  their  midst  something  small  stirred  under 
a  heap  of  blankets. 

"Pack  all  that  crowd  out  of  here,"  said  the 
man  of  medicine  unceremoniously,  and  in  a  second 
the  hut  was  cleared.  The  old  woman  ceased 
weeping.  No  sound  broke  the  silence  but  the 
muttered  words  of  the  priest  and  the  buzzing 
of  flies  under  the  roof-thatch.  The  doctor  had 
intended  to  administer  morphine,  but  to  judge 
from  the  quiet  helplessness  of  the  sufferer  there 
was  no  longer  any  need  for  that,  However,  he 
did  what  he  could.  He  cut  the  thin  arms  with  a 
lancet  and  poured  morphine  into  the  cuts.  The 
mother  clasped  her  hands  in  adoration.  How 
could  she  know  the  act  meant  kindly  annihilation? 

The  poison  had  a  contrary  effect  to  what  might 
have  been  expected.  Tapeka's  eyes  opened. 
The  light  from  one  of  the  torches  without  struck 
through  an  interstice  in  the  bamboo,  and  as  it  did 
so  a  tiny  wail  rose  from  the  bundle  in  the  corner. 
Tapeka's  head  turned  and  an  eager  look  came 
into  her  eyes.  The  baby  was  brought  and  held 
out  to  her.  One  of  the  weak  hands  caught  the 
trailing  fringe  of  the  blanket,  and  the  ghost  of  a 
smile  broke  over  the  girl's  face  as  she  tried  to 
draw  the  child  towards  her. 

I  saw  the  doctor's  arm  slide  out  warningly. 
There  were  reasons — and  reasons,  why  Tapeka 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

could  not  be  allowed  to  kiss  her  baby.  The 
cruelty  was  humanity  in  its  widest  and  purest 
sense.  The  expression  in  the  eyes  changed  from 
longing  to  a  wild  terrified  vindictiveness.  The 
lips  moved,  but  the  priest  closed  them  with  the 
crucifix  and  the  sleep  of  eternity  brought  relief  to 
the  tortured  heart. 

Tapeka  died. 

The  first  rays  of  dawn  were  fringing  the  hill 
above  us  as  we  passed  home  through  the  wood. 
Far  out  to  sea  the  peaks  of  distant  islands  flashed 
to  life  one  by  one  as  the  light  kissed  their 
summits.  Groups  of  natives  were  loitering 
before  the  Chinaman's  or  talking  in  knots  on  the 
lawn  in  front  of  the  schoolhouse.  The  doctor 
turned  to  me  abruptly  and — 

"  Do  you  think  these  people  have  a  soul?"  he 
said. 

From  the  little  whitewashed  building  buried  in 
its  clump  of  odorous  frangipani  the  strokes  of  a 
bell  came  to  our  ears.  It  was  Sunday  morning. 
In  a  short  hour  the  people  would  be  crowding 
like  little  children  to  sing  the  praises  of  Him  who, 
pure  as  the  waters  of  this  fairy  sea,  has  mercy  in 
His  heart  for  every  creature  that  breathes. 


166 


CHAPTER  XVI 

AN    INTERLUDE 

"  And  yet  they  came  unsought,  and  with  me  grew 
And  made  me  all  that  they  can  make — a  name." 

THE  Croix  du  Sud  reached  Papeete,  December  2. 
A  new  vessel  was  in  port,  the  American  war-ship 
Albatross,  chartered  by  Professor  Agassiz  for  the 
purpose  of  investigating  the  mysteries  of  South 
Sea  Island  coral  formations. 

The  authorities  were  in  a  state  of  dance.  The 
Albatross  had,  with  a  confidence  bred  from  purity 
of  motive,  dropped  anchor  opposite  the  post- 
office,  on  a  spot  unluckily  sacred  to  the  presence 
of  a  certain  French  cruiser,  then  on  circuit  in  the 
Marquesas. 

The  round  of  moustache-tugging  began.  This 
pretended  investigation  of  coral  reefs  looked 
singularly  dark  and  murderous.  Before  the 
Albatross  had  well  finished  tightening  her 
hawsers  no  one  in  the  army  of  red-tape  had  any 
doubts  but  that  her  sole  purpose  in  visiting  the 
island  was  to  spy  out  the  weakness  of  the  land 

167 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

and  prepare  for  a  future  sweeping  of  inky-fingered 
officials  into  the  Pacific  dust-bin. 

Explanations  were  demanded.  The  com- 
mander went  on  shore  to  interview  the  governor, 
and  the  latter — somewhat  nervously — returned 
the  compliment  by  allowing  Mr.  Agassiz's  neat 
Herreshoff  launch  to  spirit  him  on  board  the 
Albatross.  They  showed  him  the  guns  and  he 
shuddered,  a  shudder  that  not  even  the  fact  that 
there  were  no  cartridges  on  board  to  load  them 
had  hostilities  been  intended  could  properly 
dispel.  He  was  shown  the  museum,  the  tank  of 
fishes,  the  sounding  apparatus.  Americans  are 
people  of  dreadful  ways.  The  governor  went  on 
shore  in  a  hurry,  a  fact  that  annoyed  the  com- 
mander, who  had  gone  to  the  trouble  of  getting 
special  cocktails  mixed  for  the  interview. 

Things  were  further  complicated  by  several  of 
the  Albatross  s  officers  going  ashore  on  the  follow- 
ing day  to  take  declination  measurements.  There 
was  a  silver-flashing  policeman  waiting  for  them 
under  the  sycamores.  The  dipping-needle,  in  its 
case  of  polished  mahogany  with  brass  binding, 
looked  singularly  dangerous.  There  was  a  polite 
interview,  punctuated  with  bows  and  scrapes. 
The  officers,  rather  rumpled,  fizzed  their  way 
back  on  board.  Surveying  was  declared  off  for 
the  time  being. 

168 


An  Interlude 

Meanwhile  the  English  colony  of  Papeete  had 
got  their  enthusiasm  up  to  concert-pitch.  The 
Yankee  savants  were  feted  like  heroes.  A  splendid 
picnic  was  organised  in  Mr.  Atwater's  residence 
at  the  entrance  to  the  Fantaua  Valley.  A  tent 
fifty  yards  long,  flashing  in  all  the  colours  of  the 
rainbow,  was  hung  between  the  stems  of  the 
mango  trees.  The  American  officers  found  out 
what  it  is  like  to  sit  cross-legged  on  a  mat  before 
a  table  a  foot  high,  while  discreet  servant-girls 
in  flowing  blue  robes  crowned  their  republican 
brows  with  wreaths  of  tiare  or  jasmine.  They 
learned  to  appreciate  sea-scorpions  boiled  in  coco- 
nut milk,  and  fish  served  raw  with  the  addition  of 
a  little  vinegar.  The  French  officials  ceased  to 
scowl.  Clearly  there  was  not  much  harm  in  these 
men.  Papeete  decided  to  take  Agassiz  to  its 
bosom. 

From  the  higher  tiers  of  Society  hospitality 
settled  groundwards.  The  long  -  shore  men 
chummed  in  with  the  Albatrosss  foc'sle  hands. 
One  of  these  chummings  terminated  serio-comic- 
ally.  "Dodger"  Raynes,  a  man  of  many  shifts, 
invited  four  engine-room  hands  to  dine  with  him 
at  Yet  Lee's — the  long-suffering  Chow  whose 
dyspepsia  -  breeding  establishment  fronts  the 
market. 

Raynes,  among  other  things,  was  not  in  the 
169 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

habit  of  paying  for  the  food  he  ate,  and  being  a 
regular  man,  had  no  intention  of  doing  so  now. 
In  the  midst  of  wine,  victuals,  and  anecdotes  the 
formality  of  the  bill  became  overlooked.  Raynes 
put  his  hat  on  his  head  and,  a  look  of  blank  inno- 
cence on  his  face,  sidled  thoughtfully  into  the 
street.  Three  of  the  guests  immediately  fol- 
lowed. There  are  limits  even  to  a  Chinaman's 
patience.  Grabbing  hold  of  the  last  remaining 
sailor,  Yet  Lee  demanded,  in  an  excited  voice  and 
manner,  who  was  going  to  pay  the  piper.  The 
flashing  eyes  and  weird  cigarette-box  gestures  of 
the  Celestial  were  too  much  for  the  Yankee.  His 
fist  struck  the  bridge  of  Yet  Lee's  nose  and  the 
Chow  went  over  like  a  shot  rabbit.  Yet  Lee's 
assistant  "  Kitty  "  went  for  an  axe,  and  the  fun 
began  in  real  earnest.  The  street  was  choked 
with  an  army  of  struggling,  rioting  humanity. 
Kitty's  axe  did  wonders,  and  within  a  very  few 
minutes  several  of  the  Albatross's  sailors  were 
bleeding  like  stuck  pigs.  Next  morning  on 
reaching  the  American  vessel  I  found  Rodman, 
the  chief  officer,  shaving  in  his  cabin  and  very 
perplexed.  There  was  a  neat  pile  of  papers  lying 
on  the  table,  which  told  me  the  authorities  had 
not  been  idle. 

"  What  am  I  to  do  ?  "  said  the  chief  comically 
as  the  steward  brought  in  the  inevitable  tray  of 

170 


-1' 


An  Interlude 

cocktails.  "  Each  one  of  these  fellows  tells  a 
different  story."  Then,  with  a  sudden  burst  of 
inspiration — "  I  tell  you  how  we'll  manage  it. 
You've  got  a  blue  coat  on  your  back.  We'll 
have  'em  in  one  by  one  and  I'll  play  you  off  for 
a  French  official.  All  you've  got  to  do  is  to  mind 
your  cue  and — look  important." 

And  so,  for  the  first  and  last  time  in  my  life,  I 
obtained,  by  proxy,  a  situation  under  the  wing  of 
that  great  and  free  Republic. 


171 


CHAPTER  XVII 

THE  ISLES  OF  THIRST— A  RUN  IN  A  NATIVE 
SCHOONER 

"  Her  flag  ?     I  had  no  glass,  but  fore  and  aft, 
Egad  !     She  looked  a  wicked-looking  craft." 

THE  Pacific  !  It  is  a  sublime  word  to  describe  a 
sublime  sea,  and  yet  it  doesn't  seem  to  fit,  some- 
how. It  was  during  one  of  the  Ovalaus  fly-away 
visits  to  Papeete  that  Captain  Macduff  took  me 
to  his  cabin  and  showed  me  the  chart. 

It  looked  horribly  complicated.  Every  inch  of 
the  paper  was  crammed  with  figures  and  arrows 
and  crosses  till  you  began  to  wonder  whatever 
could  induce  any  reasoning  being  to  try  navigation 
in  such  a  devil  of  a  sea. 

"  Pooh  !  That's  nothing  !  "  laughed  the  captain. 
"  Wait  till  you  see  the  Paumotus." 

The  Paumotus !  I  had  seen  them  in  my  mind's 
eye  already,  scores  of  times.  The  name  had 
branded  itself  on  my  imagination  in  a  hundred 
tales  of  wreck  and  loneliness.  Then,  as  rumour 
shaped  itself  to  fact,  I  learned  that  the  Paumotus 
are  a  crescent-shaped  group  of  islands  some  two 

hundred  miles  to  the  east  of  Tahiti,  an  embryo 

172 


The  Isles  of  Thirst 

French  protectorate,  dangerous  enough  to  wreck 
the  fleets  of  the  earth  and  lonely  enough  to  drive 
isolated  settlers  to  suicide. 

The  group  is  all  the  more  striking  owing  to 
the  contrast  its  scenery  presents  with  that  of  the 
lovely  Society  Islands.  Here  there  are  no  lofty 
mountains  to  frame  a  sylvan  paradise  of  fruit 
and  flowers.  Here  you  find  no  shady,  flirtation- 
provoking  alleys,  no  streams,  no  milky  cascades 
or  cold  pools — not  even  a  pond  or  a  solitary 
puddle.  Everything  is  dry,  waterless,  forbid- 
ding, and  lonely.  The  land  is  so  low  as  to  be 
quite  invisible,  even  at  a  few  miles'  distance. 
The  slender  line  of  green  formed  by  the  serrated 
tops  of  the  coco-palms  is  the  first  to  appear,  then 
the  long  line  of  white  sand  and  the  reef  with  its 
rolling  breakers. 

One  of  the  most  exasperating  facts  connected 
with  the  group  is  the  nomenclature.  Each 
island  has  a  bushel  of  names,  and  few  charts 
agree  as  to  which  is  the  right  one.  The  very 
designation  of  the  archipelago  is  open  to  argu- 
ment. It  is  variously  called  the  Low  Archipelago, 
rArchipel  Dangereux,  the  Paumotu,  and  the 
Tuamotu  Islands.  The  latter  two  titles  are  the 
most  used,  and  even  here  there  is  an  antiquarian 
squabble  for  preferment.  It  is  connected  with  a 
native  conceit,  of  course.  When,  in  the  year 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

one,  these  islands  were  first  conquered  by  the 
Tahitian  pioneers,  their  humiliation  was  branded 
on  posterity  under  the  title  Po-motu  (conquered 
islands).  The  adjective  displeased  the  natives. 
Though  clad  in  a  breezy  pareo,  and  dowered 
with  the  activity  of  his  cousin  the  turtle,  the 
Pomotuan  possesses  the  pride  of  a  Spanish 
grandee.  A  delegation  was  got  up,  and  now, 
after  a  century  of  wrangling,  they  have  been 
graciously  permitted  to  change  it  to  Tuamotu 
(far-off  islands). 

The  group  numbers  some  twenty  respectable 
atolls  varying  from  ten  to  forty  miles  in  diameter, 
and  a  hundred  smaller  sand-dabs.  Surveying 
operations  have  been  very  incomplete  in  parts, 
and  not  all  the  fortitude  of  a  score  of  French 
Government  schooners  has  been  able  to  chivy 
the  majority  of  the  islands  into  their  correct 
position  on  paper.  This  makes  navigation  in- 
teresting. Steam  connection  between  the  various 
inhabited  parts  of  the  group  is  beautifully  rare. 
The  Union  steamer  Rotoava  plies  regularly 
between  a  few  of  the  more  important  atolls, 
including  Anaa  (Chain  Island),  Makemo,  Faka- 
rava,  and  Hikueru,  the  latter  being  the  nucleus 
of  the  pearl-shell  industry.  The  smaller  islands, 
Vahitahi,  Nukutavaki,  Ahunui,  &c.,  are  only 
visited  by  occasional  native  schooners  in  search 


The  Isles  of  Thirst 

of  copra,  and  as  the  navigational  science  of  a 
native  skipper  is  several  degrees  more  sketchy 
than  his  attire,  I  doubt  whether  a  voyage  in  one 
of  their  barques  would  commend  itself  to  the 
many.  Only  an  idiot  would  trust  himself  to  the 
mercies  of  a  Kanaka  skipper.  Of  late  years 
the  annals  of  Tahiti  only  record  the  case  of  one 
solitary  idiot  who  had  the  hardihood  to  do  this. 
That  idiot  was  myself. 

I  don't  know  what  persuaded  me  to  try  my 
luck  that  way — perhaps  a  dare-devil  spirit  of 
recklessness,  perhaps  a  genuine  love  of  inquiry, 
perhaps  merely  a  spell  of  impatience  attendant 
on  waiting  for  the  Union  boat  to  start. 

It  was  in  Lambert's  saloon  on  the  edge  of  the 
Papeete  market  that  I  first  met  the  skipper  of 
the  Vaitipe.  He  was  a  fine  specimen  of  Kanaka 
manhood,  tall  and  bronzed  as  a  South  Sea  Apollo, 
with  a  pair  of  gleaming  black  eyes  and  a  row  of 
cannibal  teeth  that  sparkled  in  the  lamplight  in 
a  way  that  left  no  doubt  of  his  earnestness.  He 
had  come  in  his  frail  barque  all  the  way  from 
Flint  Island,  a  matter  of  a  thousand  miles  or  so, 
and  was  bound  for  Hikueru  on  a  pearl-trading 
contract.  We  were  bosom  friends  inside  of  ten 
minutes,  and  went  for  a  tour  round  the  market, 
where  he  "stuck"  me  for  a  ten-cent,  phonograph 
ditty  and  three  slices  of  pink  water-melon — the 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

latter  being  a  gift  to  his  adoring  harem.  There 
were  half-a-score  of  obliging  damsels  hanging 
suggestively  around,  one  or  two  of  whom  the 
skipper's  gift  of  blarney  had  talked  from  their 
home  in  the  distant  Marquesas.  He  ignored 
them  superbly,  and  yarned  about  shark-fishing 
in  a  way  that  went  to  my  heart.  I  retired  to 
bed  with  my  eyes  full  of  early-navigator  fire. 
To  sail  in  a  real  copra-schooner,  to  fish  for  sea- 
monsters,  to  land  on  nameless  islands  and  carry 
off  ladies  in  Viking  fashion — it  seemed  romantic 
enough  to  knock  spots  out  of  Ballantyne.  I 
would  go,  if  it  cost  me  my  life. 

Next  day  there  was  a  sickly  white  two-masted 
tub  straining  at  her  moorings  opposite  D.  &  E.'s 
store,  with  three  pink  ladies  squatting  on  the 
grass,  and  a  native  boy  doing  a  hymn  to  the 
rising  sun  on  a  comb  over  the  counter.  Pedro 
Makete  (he  must  have  been  of  Chilian  descent) 
met  me  on  deck,  and  gripped  my  hand  like  a 
brother.  The  Vaitipe  was  a  cutter-rigged  vessel 
of  some  fifty  tons  burden.  She  was  loaded 
heavily  with  lumber  and  fruit — to  both  of  which 
the  Paumotus  are  strangers — and  her  after-deck 
was  smothered  under  an  immense  striped  awning, 
to  protect  the  heaps  of  pine-apples  with  their 
nucleus  of  buzzing  wasps  from  the  glare.  He 
showed  me  my  cabin.  It  was  a  stuffy  kennel, 

176 


The  Isles  of  Thirst 

measuring  some  six  feet  by  eight,  its  walls  frescoed 
with  coloured  female  portraits  torn  from  soap 
advertisements.  There  were  four  white  painted 
bunks  and  a  rude  table  stained  with  the  marks  of 
last  night's  beer-glasses.  In  one  of  the  bunks  a 
broken  sextant  was  sandwiched  cheerfully  between 
two  biscuit  tins  and  a  suit  of  dirty  overalls.  The 
indicator  scale  was  encrusted  with  green  marks, 
and  some  wire  contrivance  on  the  vernier  told 
me  it  had  been  subjected  to  a  process  of  amateur 
tinkering.  The  overpowering  odour  of  bananas 
filled  everything,  and  there  was  a  suggestion  of 
pigs  in  the  foc'sle  that  made  me  feel  bilious. 
Pedro  waved  his  hand  proudly  in  the  direction  of 
a  locker  filled  with  preserved  beef-tins.  "  Plenty 
food  there,"  he  said  with  a  grin.  I  didn't  feel 
quite  easy  in  my  mind,  but  the  adventure  was 
entertaining,  and  had  to  be  gone  through  with. 

As  I  reappeared  on  deck  I  found  an  audience 
to  receive  me.  Three  more  Kanakas  and  their 
ladies  had  come  to  criticise  and  offer  suggestions. 
A  few  clerks  from  the  store  lounged  up  and  made 
frivolous  remarks.  Besides  the  skipper  of  the 
Vaitipe  there  was  a  Kanaka  in  football  rig,  a 
black  cook  with  Chinese  eyes,  and  a  small  stout 
Moorean  with  fef£-like  suggestions  about  his 
legs.  The  latter  gentleman  was  dibbling  for 
sprats  over  the  side,  but  rose  and  said  "  iorana  " 

177  M 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

in  a  tone  that  left  no  alternative  but  to  instantly 
shake  hands  with  him.  It  struck  me  that  in  my 
neat  ducks  and  white  umbrella  I  must  look  rather 
quaint.  Three  men  from  the  club  on  their  way 
to  lunch  at  the  hotel  stopped  to  admire  me.  One 
of  them — De  Smidt — an  inveterate  partner  in  my 
crimes,  laughed  cynically.  "Good  G — ,  man, 
you're  not  going  to  sail  in  that  tub  ?  " 

I  explained,  and  said  I  thought  it  romantic. 

"  Oh,  you'll  get  all  the  romance  you  need  before 
you're  through,"  was  the  reply.  "Come  along  to 
lunch  now.  It'll  be  the  last  Christian  meal  you'll 
have  for  a  month." 

I  allowed  myself  to  be  convinced,  and  joined 
them.  I  packed  my  trunk,  locked  my  house,  and 
hired  a  Kanaka  to  convey  my  belongings  down 
to  the  wharf.  A  French  officer  put  in  an  appear- 
ance, and  made  me  open  my  valise  to  see  whether 
I  had  any  dynamite  concealed  there.  After  that 
I  had  to  undo  a  roll  of  blankets  to  prove  that  I 
wasn't  trying  to  smuggle  farinaceous  substances 
duty  free.  I  made  the  official  smell  my  note- 
book and  count  my  collars.  Then  I  felt  safe. 

The  thermometer  might  have  been  at  100°  in 
the  shade.  Along  the  decks  of  the  Vaitipe  the 
pitch  was  running  cheerfully  in  parallel  lines. 
Some  one  had  brought  an  accordion  to  the  rescue, 
and  the  panting  refrain  of  the  market  hoola 

178 


The  Isles  of  Thirst 

mingled  comically  with  Pedro's  gigantic  jerks  as 
he  tried  to  hoist  the  dirty  sails.  As  the  hawsers 
were  cast  off  the  vessel  gave  one  or  two  hysterical 
rolls,  and  I  sat  down  violently  on  the  pitch- 
streaked  deck.  I  rose,  striped  like  a  zebra.  The 
romance  was  beginning,  sure  enough.  When  I 
recovered  myself,  it  was  to  see  the  rows  of  trees 
sliding  away,  and  the  vessel's  prow  heading  for 
the  reef-opening. 

Pedro  took  her  out  neatly  enough,  though  he 
didn't  bother  getting  the  signals  in  line.  The 
sea  was  rolling  in  solid  blue  combers,  the  wind 
was  from  the  west,  and  as  the  Paumotus  lie 
nearly  due  east  from  Tahiti,  was  theoretically 
bound  to  help  us.  Besides  our  cargo  of  pigs  and 
fruit  we  carried  about  half-a-ton  of  corrugated 
iron  for  roofing.  The  vessel  rolled  fearfully,  and 
as  the  palms  of  Point  Venus  hove  in  sight  I 
began  to  feel  very  sea-sick.  Pedro  sat  in  the 
companion,  his  boots  sticky  with  pitch,  and 
smoked  a  peculiarly  venomous  pipe.  In  the 
opening  of  the  hatchway  appeared  a  female  face 
with  wet  masses  of  hair  clinging  to  her  forehead. 
I  recognised  one  of  the  damsels  of  last  night.  In 
the  light  of  day  she  appeared  very  homely,  and 
as  the  wind  shifted  in  gusts  something  told  me 
that  the  layer  of  oil  in  her  hair  wanted  renewing. 

I  pulled  out  my  notebook  and  tried  to  jot 
179 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

down  details  of  the  scenery.  We  were  crossing 
the  mouth  of  one  of  the  deeper  valleys,  and  high 
in  the  clouds  the  blue  Diadem  appeared  like  a 
pale  shadow.  The  sun  was  low,  and  the  cloud- 
shadows  saddled  the  sloping  ribs  in  irregular 
splotches.  The  damsel  in  pink — her  name  was 
Taaroa — came  and  stretched  herself  with  friendly 
intent  at  full  length  on  the  planking  beside  me. 
Presently  she  rose  and  made  a  dive  for  the 
bulwarks.  Peace  flowed  in  on  me.  When  one 
is  suffering  from  sea-sickness  oneself,  the  sight  of 
some  one  else  in  like  agony  acts  as  a  consoler. 

The  sun  went  down  before  we  lost  sight  of 
Tahiti.  Something  that  smelt  sickening  was 
frying  in  a  pan  in  the  galley.  There  was  a  flare 
of  light  in  the  .doorway  as  a  Kanaka  in  blue 
trousers  stepped  out  with  a  smoking  tin  in  his 
arms.  The  pigs  on  the  deck  yelled  protest. 
The  Vaitipe  lurched  heavily  ;  the  Kanaka  nearly 
lost  the  tin,  but  caught  it  again  as  its  contents 
were  alighting  on  the  back  of  a  hog.  Pedro's 
face  appeared  at  the  hatchway.  "  Dinner  ready, 
sah,"  he  said. 

I  didn't  feel  like  dinner,  but  thought  it  would 
look  land-lubberly  not  to  make  an  effort,  and 
climbed  downstairs  into  that  dreadful  cabin  with 
its  bobbing  lamps  and  ghostly  newspaper-cuttings. 
It  was  a  queer  meal.  There  were  no  chairs,  but 

1 80 


The  Isles  of  Thirst 

the  skipper  pushed  an  empty  packing-case 
towards  me.  He  himself  sat  in  the  lower  bunk 
and  ate  from  the  plate  with  his  fingers.  The 
contents  of  one  of  the  beef-tins  had  been  emptied 
into  a  tin  slop-pail  with  the  addition  of  a  dozen 
chopped-up  carrots.  The  very  appearance  of  the 
slop-pail  put  me  off.  I  had  seen  Taaroa  washing 
her  face  in  a  vessel  of  very  much  the  same  size 
that  afternoon,  and  the  suggested  idea  was  not 
encouraging.  I  also  discovered  now  what  the 
mess  was  our  worthy  cook  had  nearly  given  to 
the  pigs.  It  was  a  dish  of  fried  onions.  In  the 
midst  of  the  feast,  a  gust  of  wind  down  the  sky- 
light blew  the  lamp  out,  and  we  had  to  hunt  for 
the  matches  in  darkness  while  the  dishes  jangled 
prettily  and  the  contents  of  the  slop-pail  dis- 
tributed themselves  over  the  mate's  corduroy 
trousers.  For  drink  there  was  rum  and  water. 
I  have  since  heard  of  the  trick  played  on  sea-sick 
midshipmen  by  canny  superiors.  When  a  man 
is  in  doubt  offer  him  rum  and  water.  I  took  a 
glass  of  Pedro's  mixture.  It  was  good  enough 
for  rum,  especially  Tahitian  rum,  but  the  result 
was  surprising — terrifying.  It  seemed  to  me  I 
must  have  parted  with  some  of  my  interior 
arrangements.  After  an  hour's  agony  on  deck 
I  crept  into  my  bunk  drenched  with  spray,  wet, 
and  miserable.  Taaroa  vahine  came  down 

181 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

towards  midnight,  and  her  snuffling  as  she  pro- 
ceeded to  disrobe  made  me  feel  like  a  criminal. 
On  the  following  morning  I  awoke  feeling  a 
trifle  better,  though  the  wind  had  shifted  appa- 
rently and  the  vessel  was  anything  but  steady. 
The  Kanaka  cook  brought  in  a  pailful  of  coffee 
and  immersed  the  cups  in  it  one  by  one.  Taaroa 
vahine  crept  from  her  bunk  and  sat  down  on  the 
floor  with  a  bread-and-butter  sandwich.  The 
skipper  was  still  snoring  composedly.  I  tumbled 
out  and  went  on  deck.  It  was  a  lovely  morning, 
but  the  sea  was  still  rolling  mountain  high  and  the 
Vaitipes  rail  was  buried  in  foam.  The  hogs  were 
grunting  cheerfully  in  six  inches  of  sea- water.  I 
clawed  hold  of  the  cabin  skylight  to  prevent 
myself  falling  and  went  astern.  The  first  sight 
that  met  my  gaze  was  the  man  at  the  wheel.  He 
was  asleep.  The  wheel  was  unguarded,  and  as 
each  successive  sea  struck  the  rudder  the  fellies 
revolved  prettily  like  the  sails  of  a  toy  windmill. 
Apparently  we  had  been  drifting  all  night. 

I  flew  downstairs  and  awoke  the  skipper.  He 
was  not  in  the  least  disconcerted.  He  shuffled 
on  deck,  grabbed  the  steersman  by  the  collar  and 
shook  him.  Then  he  blinked  at  the  sun,  pulled 
the  wheel  round  a  couple  of  turns  and  gave  the 
course. 

"Dam  lazy  fellow  Kanaka-man,  eh?"  he  said 
182 


The  Isles  of  Thirst 

with  a  grin,  "Kanaka-man  no  good"  (with  that 
air  of  hauteur  common  to  the  half-caste)  "too 
much  dam  sleepy,  eh  ? " 

He  sat  down  on  the  combing  of  the  hatchway, 
rested  his  bare  feet  meditatively  against  the  bul- 
warks, reached  for  a  banana,  peeled  it,  and  com- 
menced to  eat  it. 

"  Great  Scott,  man ! "  I  gasped,  as  a  hissing 
cloud  of  spray  drenched  me,  "we've  been  drifting 
about  all  night !  Do  you  mean  to  tell  me  you're 
not  even  going  to  take  an  observation  ? " 

But  Pedro  didn't  intend  taking  an  observation, 
and  for  a  good  reason.  His  sextant  was  smashed, 
his  book  of  logarithms  gone  the  way  of  all  such 
dull  reading,  while — 

"  That  trembling  vassal  of  the  pole 
The  feeling  compass  " — 

was  represented  by  a  sixpenny  brass  toy  about 
an  inch  in  diameter,  suitable  for  watch-chain  use, 
and  probably  won  in  a  raffle  by  one  of  Pedro's  re- 
latives in  years  past.  We  scudded  along  all  day 
under  jib  and  staysail.  Taaroa  appeared  at  eight 
bells  with  some  coco-nuts,  which  she  proceeded 
to  chop  open,  flinging  the  white  to  the  pigs  and 
drinking  the  milk  herself.  I  took  Pedro  to  task 
about  the  course.  It  was  a  thankless  job. 
Technical  matters  wearied  him  and  he  said  so. 

183 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

Presently,  on  the  cook  announcing  dinner,  he 
brightened  up. 

"  I  guess  it'll  be  all  right,"  he  said  philo- 
sophically. 

This  time  I  endured  the  beef  and  carrots  with- 
out being  ill,  but  thought  it  hardly  advisable  to 
tackle  the  rum.  I  came  on  deck  towards  eight. 

o 

The  night  was  pitch  dark  and  windy.  The  waves, 
however,  were  no  longer  so  violent,  and  I  thought 
I  might  venture  to  stand  in  the  prow.  There 
was  no  trace  of  a  moon.  The  sea  was  like  a 
dark  carpet,  the  broad  patches  of  foam  showing 
up  palely  in  the  light  of  the  few  stars.  At  times 
the  Vaitipe  would  slide  smoothly  across  an  inky 
space  of  sea  for  a  distance  of  twenty  yards  or  so, 
then — whack ! — down  she  went  full  force  into  the 
trough  and  the  rebellious  spray  shot  out  from 
beneath  her  prow  like  wings. 

I  don't  know  at  precisely  what  moment  of  my 
summing-up  I  arrived  at  the  conclusion  that  we 
were  sailing  along  without  lamps.  When  I  did 
it  gave  me  a  shock. 

I  found  the  skipper — sitting  on  the  cabin  table 
with  a  concertina,  one  of  Taaroa's  flower-wreaths 
framing  his  angular  features.  He  was  not  dis- 
composed in  the  least.  He  furbished  up  an  old 
box  of  matches  from  the  bread-locker,  handed 

them  to  me  and  told  me  to  light  the  lamps  myself. 

184 


The  Isles  of  Thirst 

I  accepted  the  humour  of  the  situation  and 
obeyed  meekly.  The  greens  and  reds  had  of 
course  been  wrongly  placed,  but  I  soon  remedied 
that.  On  applying  the  match  I  found  there  was 
no  oil  in  either  of  them.  I  sung  out  to  Taaroa 
and  she  handed  me  up  a  tin  of  kerosene  through 
the  skylight.  The  lamps  flared  genially  for  one 
mortal  hour,  at  the  end  of  which  period  both  went 
out,  and  I  found  on  examining  matters  that  the 
wicks  needed  renewing.  There  were  no  more 
wicks  on  board,  however.  Pedro  set  the  lamp 
down  on  the  cabin  table  and  tried  to  prise  the 
remnants  of  the  wick  out  with  a  pin.  Presently 
a  roll  of  the  boat  sent  the  whole  concern  flying 
off  the  table  and  smashed  the  chimney  to  powder. 
We  had  only  the  green  light  to  sail  by  now.  I 
felt  inclined  to  weep.  Pedro  guessed  it  was  all 
right.  I  guessed  it  was  not  all  right,  and  turned 
into  my  bunk  in  a  bad  humour. 

Next  morning  as  I  crawled  on  deck  in  pyjamas 
for  a  spray  bath  I  saw  the  blue  triangle  of  an 
island  notched  on  the  starboard  sea- rim.  It  was 
Mehetia,  ninety  odd  miles  from  Papeete,  the 
most  easterly  island  of  the  Society  group.  My 
sluggish  blood  bounded  again.  Land  at  last ! 
A  release  from  bunk,  beef,  carrots,  and  Taaroa's 
monoi-scented  top-hamper.  Hurrah  !  Now,  how 
about  landing  ?  What  says  the  wily  Pedro  ? 


The  Log  of  an   Island  Wanderer 

Well — Pedro  says  on  the  whole  he'd  rather  not 
land  at  Mehetia.  There  is  only  one  settler  on 
the  island,  it  appears.  He  and  Pedro  quarrelled 
over  a  lady  some  months  ago  and  they  threatened 
to  shoot  each  other  on  sight.  Pedro  doesn't  fear 
white  men,  of  course — don't  care  a  damn  for  them 
in  fact — still,  he  has  reasons  for  believing  the 
settler  in  question  to  be  a  man  of  his  word. 
Besides,  Pedro  has  an  aged  mother.  No,  he  had 
rather  give  Mehetia  a  wide  berth. 

I  got  no  glimpse  of  fresh  coco-nuts  that  day. 
To  make  matters  yet  more  pleasing  the  sea  came 
in  and  pickled  our  supply  of  carrots.  A  jerky, 
puffy  wind  sprang  up  about  6  P.M.  and  brought 
the  staysail  rattling  down  about  our  ears.  It 
threatened  to  be  a  dark  night,  and  as  the 
materials  for  repairing  the  damage  were  stowed 
away  at  the  bottom  of  the  hold  among  sacks  of 
pine-apple,  the  skipper  decided  to  lie  on  and  off 
till  morning.  He  was  practising  "  My  Coal-black 
Lady"  on  his  concertina  and  the  repose  was 
necessary  to  his  nerves.  The  vessel  once  more 
sluddered  down  amicably  into  the  trough  of  the 
sea,  and  from  my  bunk  I  heard  Taaroa  wheezing 
over  the  bulwarks. 

Eight  bells  on  the  following  morning  found  us 
speeding  along  at  a  dare-devil  seven  knots  in  a 

direction  indicated  by  the  skipper's  pocket  com- 

186 


The  Isles  of  Thirst 

pass.  I  calculated  that  if  a  man  might  point  a 
gun  into  the  air  at  random  and  hit  a  bird,  we 
might  possibly  hit  Hikueru.  The  Pacific  is  a  big 
place,  and  the  prospect  of  unlimited  roving  in 
that  wretched  hen-coop,  and  perhaps  the  possi- 
bility of  a  lingering  death  from  thirst  was  not 
congenial.  But  Pedro  was  quite  content.  He 
guessed  it  was  all  right  and  settled  down  to  his 
mouth-organ  with  the  air  of  a  man  who  is  master 
of  his  destiny. 

Finally,  on  the  seventh  day  out,  a  thin  line  of 
gray  appeared  in  the  east,  which  as  the  sun 
climbed  up  to  noon  gradually  resolved  itself  into 
a  double  line  of  yellow  and  green,  long,  regular, 
and  monotonous  as  a  fiddle-string. 

Land  undoubtedly — but  what  land?  There 
was  no  map  on  board  that  we  could  trust,  and 
with  that  devil-may-care  style  of  navigation  the 
best  of  maps  would  be  a  Chinese  puzzle.  The 
wind  dropped  as  we  slid  up  alongside  of  the 
beach,  which  in  its  level  regularity  might  have 
passed  at  a  distance  for  a  whitewashed  fence 
shutting  in  a  long  garden.  We  had  undoubtedly 
struck  one  of  the  Paumotu  group,  but  which 
one?  The  beach  was  deserted  as  a  grave. 
Pedro  wasn't  disconcerted.  He  dropped  the 
rusty  anchor  overboard,  tilted  his  hat  over  his 
eyes,  meditated,  cut  a  plug  of  tobacco,  thrust  it 

187 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

in  his  mouth,  hitched  up  his  suspenders,  and 
retired  downstairs  for  a  siesta. 

I  felt  unhappy.  The  uncertainty  of  latitude 
was  eating  into  my  soul,  and  in  default  of  some- 
thing better  to  do  I  determined  to  go  ashore 
and  reconnoitre.  The  Vaitipe  was  not  exactly 
anchored.  She  was  moored  in  some  six  feet  of 
water  at  the  brink  of  a  coral-slope  that  fell  away 
to  infinity  a  yard  behind  our  stern.  The  water 
was  wonderfully  calm,  which  was  just  as  well,  for 
had  there  been  a  breeze  we  should  have  gone  to 
pieces  like  a  castle  of  cards.  I  decided  to  make 
an  effort.  The  water  in  the  prow  looked  about 
two  feet  deep,  also  sea-water  doesn't  affect  duck 
trousers.  I  clambered  boldly  down  the  bow- 
chains  and  found  myself  with  an  ignominious 
splash  in  four  feet  of  lukewarm  water,  with  my 
heels  on  a  level  with  my  head  and  my  papier- 
mdchd  helmet  bobbing  cheerfully  seawards.  I 
captured  it  and  struck  out  for  the  shore.  I  was 
conscious  of  looking  a  miserable  object.  My 
trousers  clung  to  my  shin-bones,  my  helmet  was 
half  melted,  the  coral  sand  was  sticking  to  my 
wet  boots — I  felt  as  though  I  wanted  to  kill 
somebody. 

Then,  in  the  height  of  my  misery,  a  voice 
accosted  me  from  the  shadow  of  the  underbrush. 

There  was  a  glimmer  of  blue,  a  flash  of  silver — 

188 


The  Isles  of  Thirst 

it  was  a  French  official !  At  any  other  time  the 
contrast  he  offered  to  the  poetry  of  his  surround- 
ings might  have  jarred  me,  but  in  my  then  strait 
I  felt  more  inclined  to  fall  on  his  shoulder  and 
weep. 

"  What  is  this  island  ?  "  I  managed  to  articulate, 
after  I  had  slobbered  mutely  for  some  moments. 

"  Anaa,  monsieur." 

Anaa,  and  we  are  bound  for  Hikueru !  Merely 
a  hundred  and  fifty  miles  out.  Let  me  be  thank- 
ful for  small  mercies  and  get  ashore  anyhow. 
We  can  do  the  reckoning-up  part  later. 


189 


CHAPTER  XVIII 

ANAA— LIFE  ON  A  CORAL  ATOLL 

"  By  the  sands  where  sorrow  has  trodden 
The  salt  pools  bitter  and  sterile — 
By  the  thundering  reef  and  the  low  sea-wall 
And  the  channel  of  years." 

SEVEN  days  to  do  a  hundred  and  sixty  miles ! 
And  I  suppose  this  is  what  a  native  skipper 
would  call  a  splendid  run.  Done  by  guesswork 
too — without  compass  or  chronometer.  Had  I 
allowed  it,  Pedro  would  doubtless  have  taken  me 
over  the  entire  Pacific  the  same  way.  Small 
wonder  that  parties  of  natives  are  occasionally 
picked  up  on  the  shores  of  nameless  islands  in  a 
dying  condition,  drifted  three  or  four  thousand 
miles  out  of  their  course.  They  tell  me  families 
of  Kanakas  have  been  known  to  leave  Tahiti 
to  go  to  Bora-Bora,  and  eventually  fetch  up  in 
Fiji  or  Hawaii.  Words  are  words,  and  to  an 
ungeographical  reader  this  may  not  mean  much. 
But  what  would  you  think  of  a  man  who  started 
to  go  from  London  to  Dover  and  landed  by 
mistake  in  South  America  ?  Yet  such  is  Kanaka 

seamanship. 

190 


Anaa 

Once  on  shore  at  Anaa  my  imperial  spirit 
blazed.  I  determined  I  had  had  enough  of 
romance.  I  would  wait  for  the  Union  steamer 
and  get  wafted  to  Hikueru  in  civilised  fashion. 
The  skipper  pleaded  pathetically.  My  desertion 
cut  him  to  the  heart.  "  You  friend-o'-mine,"  he 
said  generously;  "you  no  white  man — you  Kanaka- 
boy."  The  compliment  hit  me  in  a  tender  spot, 
but  I  was  adamant.  I  would  wait  for  the  Union 
steamer.  In  the  meantime  there  was  a  week  to 
be  whiled  away,  and  there  are  many  livelier  places 
to  while  away  a  week  in  than  the  breezy  sun- 
scorched  Paumotus. 

Anaa,  taking  it  by  and  large,  is  by  no  means 
an  uncreditable  exponent  of  the  group's  char- 
acteristics. It  is  the  nucleus  of  Paumotu  island 
culture,  and,  together  with  Fakarava,  the  starting- 
point  of  all  politico-religious  learning.  For  the 
benefit  of  those  who  are  fortunate  enough  to  be 
unfamiliar  with  the  practical  construction  of  a 
coral  atoll  I  will  try  and  describe  its  leading 
features. 

Imagine  a  ring  of  flat  sand-patches  thrown  on 
the  face  of  the  sea,  a  ring  whose  component  parts, 
some  of  them  decent-sized  islands,  are  separated 
by  warm  channels  of  sea- water — channels  varying 
from  twenty  to  two  hundred  yards  in  width,  mostly 
impassable  for  large  vessels,  some  of  them  even 

191 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

for  boats.  Imagine  this  girdle  of  sand,  which 
may  measure  from  ten  to  forty  miles  in  diameter, 
filled  with  a  vast  lake  of  still,  warm,  oily  water,  so 
blue  and  limpid  that  it  shames  the  sky  itself. 
Imagine  the  edges  of  this  lagoon  fringed  with 
palms,  dust-discoloured  cactus,  bread-fruit,  and 
straggling  pandanus  bushes.  Imagine  the  long 
windy  fields  marked  into  occasional  plantations 
by  walls  of  crumbling  coral  and  set  off  by  the 
chalky  gleam  of  a  few  settlers'  houses.  Not  a 
hill,  not  a  hollow — only  the  endless  even  layer  of 
burning  coral  sand  frescoed  with  the  shadows  of 
its  nodding  palms.  For  music  the  roar  of  the 
reef  and  the  occasional  z-z-z-zrp !  of  a  bread-fruit 
ripping  through  dry  leaves — such  is  Anaa.  The 
reef  runs  right  up  to  the  base  of  the  palms,  a  sort 
of  shelving  submarine  beach  damnable  to  tender 
feet  and  warranted  to  wreck  the  stoutest  pair 
of  sea-boots  in  less  than  no  time.  From  the 
pyramidal  beacon  of  stone  topped  by  the  flutter- 
ing tricolor  clear  out  to  where  the  rollers  are 
crashing,  a  passage  has  been  hewn  in  the  coral. 
The  landing,  even  in  a  civilised  long-boat  with 
European  sailors,  is  exciting.  There  is  no  talk 
of  rowing  into  the  passage.  You  must  shoot  it.  • 
The  boat  dawdles  about  some  twenty  yards  from 
the  opening  while  the  mate,  gripping  the  steer- 
oar,  watches  his  opportunity.  Now  then!  Ready! 

192 


Life  on  a  Coral  Atoll 

The  great  comber  gives  the  boat  a  heave  that 
sends  your  heart  to  your  mouth,  and  away  you  go 
in  a  mist  of  spray,  scudding  down  on  those  deadly 
rocks  at  the  speed  of  an  express  train.  It  is  a 
ticklish  moment.  The  passage  is  barely  ten  feet 
wide.  Either  you  hit  it  off  neatly  and  get  landed 
in  safety,  or  else  the  boat  strikes  the  coral  and 
goes  miserably  to  pieces.  But  native  pilots  are 
clever  at  this  sort  of  thing,  and  the  ease  with 
which  they  perform  the  difficult  manoeuvre  is 
really  wonderful. 

The  first  glimpse  of  a  Paumotu  village  is  inter- 
esting enough.  It  soon  palls,  however.  When 
you  have  seen  one  you  have  seen  the  lot.  There 
are  no  roads,  properly  speaking.  Roads  would 
be  a  useless  luxury.  The  ground  is  so  level  that 
were  it  not  for  the  inlets  a  cart  could  move  unin- 
terruptedly round  the  whole  ring.  The  main 
street  is  generally  a  neat  broad  avenue  of  pow- 
dered coral  flanked  by  green  lily  plants  or  a 
double  row  of  white  boulders.  There  is  a  large 
whitewashed  Protestant  church,  a  portentous- 
looking  graveyard  shut  in  by  walls  of  neatly  sawn 
coral,  a  farehau  or  police  station,  and  a  school- 
house.  The  houses  are  the  usual  one  -  storey 
planter  dwelling  with  a  diminutive  garden  in 
front,  painted  wooden  railings,  a  verandah,  and 
a  latticed  outhouse.  There  are  even  fewer  char- 

193  N 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

acteristic  architectural  traits  than  in  Tahiti,  the 
majority  of  settlers  having  adopted  corrugated 
iron  in  preference  to  bamboo  or  pandanus.  They 
tell  me  a  goodly  number  of  these  hideous  shanties 
are  not  paid  for.  I  am  glad  of  it.  May  they 
continue  unpaid,  and  may  the  agonies  of  the 
vendor  compensate  for  those  of  the  tourist.  To 
enjoy  certain  things  one  must  be  thoroughly 
heartless. 

In  spite  of  new-fangled  suggestions,  the  reign- 
ing impression  of  desolation  grows  stronger  each 
minute.  You  feel  you  are  at  the  getting-off  place 
of  the  world.  There  are  pathetic  reminders  at 
every  turn.  In  a  glary  acre  of  sand  dotted  with 
unsightly  palm-stumps  some  one  had  tried  to  dig 
a  well.  The  side-wall  of  brick  had  fallen  in,  the 
iron  windlass  was  a  heap  of  rust,  a  thrown  pebble 
discovered  a  scuttering  of  crabs  in  the  green  slime 
of  the  bottom.  In  another  place  a  settler  (he 
turned  out  afterwards  to  be  a  German)  had  at- 
tempted a  garden.  He  had  marked  the  walks 
and  planted  the  flowers,  but  the  terrible  sun  had 
withered  everything,  and  only  bare  rings  of  shells 
showed  where  the  beds  ought  to  have  been. 
How  far  was  the  loved  abode  in  the  Fatherland 
whose  memory  this  lonely  man  had  tried  to 
invoke  ? 

For  more  than  half  the  day  not  a  soul  is  stir- 
194 


Life  on  a  Coral  Atoll 

ring.  Nothing  indicates  that  the  houses  are  not 
deserted.  In  a  marshy  hollow  you  may  possibly 
see  an  old  woman,  her  face  shrivelled  like  a  dried 
apple,  washing  clothes  in  the  coffee-coloured  mud. 
Or  you  pass  the  schoolhouse  where  the  boys  are 
reading  their  lessons  in  monotonous  chant,  B — a 
— bay,  B — u — boo,  with  side  looks  of  shiftless 
curiosity  which,  after  the  livelier  youth  of  Papeete, 
strike  you  unpleasantly.  Then  the  vision  passes 
and  you  are  once  more  lost  in  the  glare  of  the  wood. 

Oh,  the  ghastly  solitude  of  those  Paumotu 
forests  !  Not  the  solitude  of  the  jungle  or  savan- 
nah, where  each  rotting  log  carries  its  freight  of 
living  creatures,  nor  yet  that  of  the  Mexican 
plateaux,  whose  sombre  fir-copses  are  haunted  by 
the  shades  of  a  million  ancient  kings — but  the 
solitude  of  Nature  clad  in  her  forbidding  armour 
of  coral  ;  offering  nothing,  promising  nothing, 
fulfilling  nothing — exulting  in  her  poverty,  flaunt- 
ing her  rag-panoply  of  palms  at  the  brazen  sky  ; 
a  palace  of  dreadful  day  where  loneliness  reigns 
smiling  and  supreme. 

And  yet  these  nightmares  of  islands  have  their 
uses.  The  soil  is  valuable  for  copra-growing,  and 
these  apparently  barren  acres  are  jealously  guarded 
by  the  Tahitian  authorities. 

Life  in  Anaa  is  Tahiti-and-water,  or  rather 
Tahiti  without  water.  If  there  is  any  bathing 

195 


The  Log   of  an  Island  Wanderer 

to  be  done  you  must  do  it  in  the  sea  or  in  the 
lagoon.  The  latter  is  obviously  the  most  prac- 
tical. You  soon  grow  to  hate  your  bath.  The 
water  is  lukewarm  and  does  not  refresh.  The 
lagoon  is  naturally  tideless,  and  the  shores  are 
lined  with  decaying  sea-vermin.  Sharks  simply 
swarm.  The  latter  inconvenience  is  usually  got 
over  by  taking  a  dog  with  you.  Sharks  have  a 
peculiar  liking  for  dog-flesh,  and  should  there 
chance  to  be  one  around  the  probabilities  are 
poor  Fido  will  be  immolated  first.  A  simple 
remedy,  though  a  trifle  rough  on  Fido. 

Food  in  the  Paumotus  is  uniformly  abomin- 
able. People  nervous  on  the  score  of  ptomaine- 
poisoning  would  do  well  to  give  the  archipelago 
a  wide  berth,  as  canned  goods  are  the  only  kind 
of  nourishment  to  be  regularly  depended  on.  A 
bunch  of  sickly  bananas,  a  bag  of  oranges,  a  sack 
of  potatoes  are  welcomed  as  a  godsend.  I  re- 
member my  first  day  in  Anaa,  meeting  a  settler 
in  the  glare  of  noon  and  being  dragged  off  to  his 
house  to  taste  of  a  newly  imported  delicacy. 
After  much  impressive  burrowing  and  unwrap- 
ping the  miracle  was  revealed.  It  was  a  green 
water-melon.  It  had  come  all  the  way  from 
Mehetia.  I  had  strength  of  mind  to  refuse  a 
second  slice.  To  me  it  was  a  little  thing — to  him 

a  treasure  passing  the  value  of  rubies. 

196 


Life  on  a  Coral  Atoll 

After  your  morning  bath  you  can  generally 
get  some  sort  of  a  substitute  for  coffee.  It  is 
useless  to  try  and  cook  it  yourself.  Better  go 
to  the  store.  Over  the  long  deal  counter,  with 
its  piles  of  tins  and  rows  of  pareos  flapping  on 
overhead  strings,  you  can  imbibe  the  mixture  and 
give  it  any  name  you  please.  There  will  be  a 
few  honest  fellows  in  corduroy  breeches  and  top- 
boots,  or  stained  ducks  and  Chinese  pattens,  to 
talk  Paumotu  politics  and  make  it  palatable. 

When  you  fall  back  on  the  pure  native  cooking, 
you  stand  a  better  chance.  Raw  fish  (i.e.  fish 
cut  into  strips  and  pickled  in  oil  or  vinegar) 
has  nothing  revolting  about  it  except  the  name  ; 
bread-fruit  might  pass  for  soapy  potato  with  eyes 
shut,  and  pig — done  in  true  island  fashion  in 
the  warm  ashes  of  a  wood  fire — is  a  thing  to 
dream  of.  As  for  fish,  green  sea-crabs  are  none 
too  bad,  though  a  bit  indigestible ;  turtle,  on 
most  of  the  islands,  can  be  had  periodically ; 
young  shark,  to  those  who  have  not  clomb  to  the 
fin-soup  ideal,  is  a  substitute  for  turbot,  while  the 
crowning  native  delicacy,  sea-scorpion,  is,  though 
sometimes  found  in  these  waters,  more  properly 
a  native  of  the  Society  and  Cook  groups.  Lastly, 
I  must  not  omit  the  dreaded  scarlet  sting-fish — a 
broad,  wide-mouthed  monster,  with  nasty  slimy- 
looking  tentacles  about  his  gills,  and  a  row  of 

197 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

venomous  spikes  fringing  his  back.  He  is  gener- 
ally found  basking  in  the  sand,  his  poison  ap- 
paratus conveniently  protruding.  Grilled  over 
a  slow  fire  he  is  excellent  eating.  Step  on  him, 
and  three  months  in  hospital  will  show  you  the 
uglier  side  of  his  qualities. 

No — romantic  incidents  on  these  forgotten 
coral  atolls  are  few  and  far  between.  The  still- 
ness, dulness,  and  general  inanition  of  life  is 
beyond  the  imaginings.  Had  Alexander  Selkirk 
been  wrecked  on  one  of  the  Paumotus  instead  of 
Juan  Fernandez  he  would  simply  have  gone 
mad — and  Robinson  Crusoe  would  have  been 
lost  to  the  world.  It  would  be  difficult  for  any 
one  to  be  thus  wrecked  nowadays. 

Really  uninhabited  islands  are  rare,  though 
indeed  the  population  of  the  Paumotus  varies 
enormously — from  Anaa  with  its  three  hundred 
inhabitants  to  tiny  museum-fragments  like  Taiaro 
orTikei,  with  barely  a  settler  to  tread  their  burn- 
ing sands.  Romances  connected  with  castaways 
are  not  unknown  though.  Some  of  them  are,  of 
course,  lies  pure  and  simple.  Others,  of  a  soberer 
tinge,  have  an  ugly  ring  of  truth  in  their  compo- 
sition. The  heroes  of  the  last  of  these  were  two 
young  New  Zealanders  whom  the  Union  Com- 
pany contracted  to  set  ashore  at  some  dreadful 
and  comparatively  unknown  island  or  other. 

198 


Life  on  a  Coral  Atoll 

They  were  to  be  landed  and  left  for  a  fortnight, 
at  the  end  of  which  time  the  steamer  was  to  re- 
appear and  relieve  them  from  their  exile.  The 
company  carried  out  the  first  part  of  the  contract, 
but  the  steamer  forgot  to  return  to  the  island, 
and  for  one  awful  year  the  two  pioneers  were  left 
to  their  own  devices.  Stripped  of  the  romantic 
facilities  with  which  a  novelist  loves  to  surround 
his  shipwrecked  hero,  their  existence  must  have 
been  a  terrible  one.  For  food  the  refuse  of  the 
sea,  for  drink  the  lukewarm  coco-water.  Great 
was  the  row  when  they  were  finally  rescued. 
They  returned  to  the  mother  country  and 
promptly  sued  the  company  for  damages,  which 
were  granted.  The  detailed  history  of  their 
sufferings  would  make  an  interesting  volume— 
but  would  it  pay  to  write  it  ?  The  lamp  of  truth 
glows  feebly  beside  the  arc-light  of  fiction,  and 
the  goddess  herself  looks,  as  Paumotu  women 
do,  best  in  her  veil. 

With  all  its  monotony,  a  stay  in  Anaa  leaves 
its  own  impression  of  poetry.  The  endless 
tramps  through  the  sunny  wood  where  the  dried 
palm-branches  crackle  to  the  ripples  on  the  blue 
tideless  lagoon,  the  sleepy  salutation  of  natives, 
the  politics  of  panama-hatted  long-shoremen,  the 
moonlit  rambles  among  the  white  stems,  the 

night's  rest  on  the   pure   hard  sand   when  you 

199 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

wake  with  a  start  to  see  an  army  of  crabs  scurry- 
ing away  from  your  supposed  dead  body — these 
are  things  not  to  be  forgotten,  and  leave  a  mark 
on  the  senses  not  to  be  accounted  for  by  any 
process  of  reasoning. 

Anaa  is  not  a  good  place  to  commit  matri- 
mony— respectable  European  matrimony — in.  It 
would  be  a  rash  thing  to  condemn  a  white  woman 
to  live  the  life  of  a  Paumotuan.  There  was  a 
man  once.  But  the  story  is  worthy  of  detailed 
narration,  and  as  it  is  persistently  dinned  into  the 
ears  of  every  one  who  sets  foot  in  Anaa,  may  be 
treated  as  history,  and  so  consigned  to  a  fresh 
chapter. 


CH APTE  R    XIX 

CHALLONER'S  ANGEL 

THE  ship  must  have  been  driven  ashore  during 
the  night.  Across  the  narrow  band  of  coral  the 
waves  were  pouring  with  a  noise  like  thunder, 
and  clearly  visible  in  the  white  turmoil  was  a 
speck  of  black  with  the  remnants  of  two  masts 
sticking  up  like  charred  matches.  Nearer  by, 
something,  the  fragment  of  a  torn  sail,  flapped  on 
the  water.  The  wreck  was  complete.  On  the 
sand  lay  two  bodies,  the  wind  playing  idly  with 
their  dark  clothes  ;  one  was  a  Kanaka,  the  other 
a  European  of  sorts,  with  a  grizzled  beard  and  a 
sallow  southern  complexion.  They  were  both 
dead,  but  Challoner  was  not  the  man  to  waste 
time  sentimentalising.  He  returned  to  the 
village,  and,  within  the  hour,  the  beach  was  lined 
with  jabbering,  gesticulating  natives. 

It  was  early  next  morning  before  they  suc- 
ceeded in  putting  out  to  the  ship.  As  the  canoe 
rounded  her  stern  they  read — "The  Aglaia, 
Valparaiso  "  in  letters  of  white.  An  oily  swell  of 
water  brought  the  canoe  flush  with  the  ship's 

2OI 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

gunwale  and  Challoner,  Challoner  poparua  (long 
white  man)  as  the  people  called  him,  sprang  on 
board.  Two  bundles  of  rags  were  lashed  to  the 
mast.  One  stirred  not,  but  the  other,  a  small 
pale-faced  creature,  struggled  and  whimpered  as 
the  strange  man  bent  over  it. 

There  were  various  reasons  why  Nina  Val- 
verde's  relations  did  not  wish  the  child  home 
again.  Valverde  had  amassed  a  considerable 
fortune  in  the  wool  trade.  He  owned  a  house 
on  the  Monte  Allegre,  and  drove  a  fine  pair  of 
horses.  His  subsequent  marriage,  at  an  advanced 
age,  with  a  girl  of  lowly  origin  had  been  a  thorn 
in  their  side.  They  were  proud,  as  only  Spaniards 
can  be.  Also  they  were  poor  and  wanted  money. 
Therefore  they  let  the  great  deep  swallow  the 
child. 

And  in  the  long  island  of  Anaa  the  natives 
gave  up  wondering.  The  girl  was  pretty  and 
harmless,  and  Challoner  poparua  not  a  man  to 
try  conclusions  with.  Challoner  did  not  com- 
plain of  the  burden.  He  had  married  a  native 
wife  and  was  making  a  decent  income  at  copra 
and  pearl-shell.  His  San  Francisco  agent  asked 
no  questions,  and  the  Tahiti  traders  were  in- 
different. Nina  was  in  her  fifth  year,  growing 
up  pretty  and  very  wilful.  She  was  rapidly  be- 

202 


Challoner's  Angel 

coming  islandised,  had  adopted  native  dress,  and 
spoke  the  vernacular  with  the  greatest  ease — as 
only  a  child  can  whose  tongue  is  hardly  moulded 
to  the  jingle  of  an  alien  language.  The  night  of 
agony  on  board  the  Aglaia  had  half-paralysed 
Nina's  memory,  and  of  her  earlier  life  in  Val- 
paraiso only  shadowy  recollections  remained. 
The  bamboo  stockades  of  the  neighbouring 
planters  shaped  themselves  into  bars  of  light 
streaming  through  window-tatties,  a  square  patch 
of  sun  in  the  clearing  brought  suggestions  of  the 
flower-worked  nursery  carpet ;  over  Nina's  bed, 
between  the  thin  white  curtains  and  the  bands  of 
moonlight  there  bent  a  tall  pale  woman  not  in  the 
least  like  Vaerua — much  handsomer  and  more 
pleasant-looking.  Nina  did  not  know  what  it 
meant,  and  in  her  then  entourage  there  was  no 
one  to  enlighten  her. 

Then  came  the  day  when  Challoner's  great 
idea  struck  him.  On  the  back  verandah  Chal- 
loner's sickly  wife  was  teaching  Nina  how  to 
make  miti  (coco-nut  sauce),  and  the  sight  of  the 
girl's  white  fingers  as  they  handled  the  weird 
shelly  creatures  of  the  sea  made  him  think. 

Was  the  girl  fit  for  this  life  ?  She  promised 
to  be  beautiful.  Whither  was  her  beauty  likely 
to  lead  her  in  Anaa  ?  Challoner's  conscience 
pricked  him.  Under  the  rough  skin  of  the 

203 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

trader  lay  the  pure  idealism  of  a  thoroughly 
unselfish  man.  Nina  must  be  sent  away,  if  not 
to  Valparaiso  at  least  to  some  place  where  she 
could  receive  a  decent  education.  Challoner 
sat  down  and,  pipe  in  mouth,  indited  a  letter 
to  a  friend  in  San  Francisco,  explaining  things 
and  asking  advice. 

The  reply  came  in  due  course,  and  Nina  who 
would  much  rather  have  stayed  to  play  skittles 
on  the  beach  with  her  Kanaka  friends,  was 
shipped  off  to  the  Frisco  convent  of  San 
Geronimo  to  be  educated  into  something  vaguely 
resembling  a  European  miss  in  distant  Beretania. 
The  novelty  of  her  surroundings  at  first  jarred 
on  the  child.  She  was  seven  years  old  and  full 
of  fun.  She  missed  her  juvenile  companions  and 
the  tumbling  waves  of  Anaa.  The  Sunday's 
dead-march  in  the  Gardens  was  no  substitute  for 
the  barefooted  scampers  over  the  white  sands 
with  the  music  of  the  combers  in  her  ears,  and 
the  salt  breath  of  the  ocean  in  her  nostrils.  The 
Sisters  were  dull  and  constrained.  Indeed  Nina 
was  a  puzzle  to  them  at  first.  The  girl  was 
evidently  a  savage — yet  underneath  all  were  the 
instincts  and  manners  of  a  lady. 

Time  wore  on,  and  Nina's  two  years  in  Anaa 
died  a  natural  death.  As  they  did  so,  her  still 
earlier  recollections  came  back.  The  effect  of 

204 


Challoner's  Angel 

light  between  green  blinds  and  the  tall  motherly 
woman  with  the  pale  face  and  crucifix  grew 
plainer  each  day.  Echoing  words  caught  her 
ear,  and  the  sisters  wonderingly  interpreted  their 
meaning.  Nina  began  to  look  on  this  new  life  in 
the  convent  as  a  revival  of  the  old  dimly  remem- 
bered period  of  childhood  in  Valparaiso,  and  as 
the  two  periods  joined  hands,  the  faint  inter- 
mediate episode  on  the  sands  of  Anaa  got  crushed 
out  and  destroyed. 

But  on  that  low  flat  ring  of  coral,  under  the 
fire  of  that  remorseless  iron  roof  with  the  dry 
odour  of  copra  and  the  clink  of  the  sorted  shell 
echoing  in  his  ears,  Challoner  was  waiting. 

He  too  saw  possibilities  in  the  dim-lit  future. 
Once  a  month  a  letter  used  to  come  bearing  the 
Frisco  postmark  and  telling  him  of  Nina's 
progress,  of  the  exercises  she  was  practising  on 
the  piano,  of  the  sisters'  difficulties  in  making 
her  keep  her  hair  combed,  of  her  proficiency 
in  Spanish  and  German.  Then  Challoner's  big 
heart  would  swell  to  bursting  and  he  would  bless 
that  awful  day  of  the  wreck  with  the  fervour  of  a 
man  who  sees  Paradise  before  him.  The  cheque 
came  regularly  as  clockwork.  Challoner's  busi- 
ness was  increasing.  He  had  taken  a  contract 
for  pearl-shell  from  a  Tahitian  firm  and  was 

205 


master  of  a  thirty-ton  schooner.  He  was  the 
most  popular  man  in  the  island.  The  plain  four- 
roomed  shanty  had  become  a  neat  villa  with 
hedges  of  well-groomed  coffee  bushes  and  a  tall 
flagstaff  topping  the  lawn  between  flower-beds. 
Challoner  had  a  piano  brought  from  Auckland. 
It  arrived,  at  last,  in  a  native  schooner.  The  sea 
had  done  its  work  on  the  strings,  and  by  the  time 
it  came  to  be  housed  in  Challoner's  parlour  be- 
tween the  gaudily  framed  prints  and  crossed 
paddles  from  Makatea,  it  was  hopelessly  out  of 
tune.  But  Challoner's  ear  was  not  delicate,  and 
he  was  delighted.  Had  he  been  able  he  would 
have  gone  to  Frisco  himself  to  visit  Nina,  but  he 
was  a  busy  man  and  he  knew  that  in  Anaa  there 
were  men  only  too  ready  to  supplant  him  should 
he  permit  himself  to  play  truant. 

Yaerua,  ailing  for  some  time  past,  suddenly 
sickened  and  died.  Domestic  interests  removed, 
Challoner  might  have  gone  the  way  of  nine  out 
of  ten  of  his  associates  and  degenerated  to  the 
level  of  an  ordinary  drunken  beach-comber — but 
the  thought  of  his  angel  waiting  across  four 
thousand  miles  of  sea  restrained  him  and  he  kept 
himself  holy  for  her  sake. 

Nina,  indeed,  was  by  this  time  a  prize  well 
worth  the  winning.  The  Sisters  had  by  no  means 
originally  intended  to  launch  the- girl  in  Frisco 

206 


Challoner's  Angel 

society,  but  Nina  had  made  friends  among  her 
classmates,  and  invitations  came  as  a  matter  of 
course.  Her  piano-playing  was  the  talk  of  the 
quarter,  and  in  learning  of  all  sorts  she  was  the 
model  held  up  to  the  admiration  of  the  rest  of  the 
pupils.  Already  the  Sisters  were  displeased  at 
the  prospect  of  losing  her,  and  as  the  days  wore 
on  their  displeasure  quickened  to  a  poignant 
anxiety. 

But  Challoner  was  only  going  to  wait  a  year 
longer.  The  period  sped  quickly,  the  fatal  letter 
came.  Nina,  sobbing  bitterly,  was  escorted 
down  to  the  crowded  wharf  and  ensconced  in  the 
stuffy  cabin  of  a  sailing-ship  bound  for  Papeete. 
"Remember,"  said  the  eldest  Sister,  a  tall 
matronly  -  looking  woman,  strikingly  like  the 
dream- woman  of  Nina's  earliest  infancy,  "  if  your 
new  home  disappoints  you,  Nina  mia,  you  always 
have  a  home  with  us."  The  words  sank  deeply 
into  the  girl's  heart,  and  during  that  long  awful 
journey  she  treasured  them  as  one  treasures  gold. 

Challoner  was  counting  the  days  with  feverish 
interest.  He  had  arranged  everything.  Nina 
was  to  be  lodged  at  the  house  of  a  lady  friend, 
a  half-caste  missionary's  wife.  They  were  to 
take  the  first  ship  to  Papeete,  get  married,  and 
spend  their  honeymoon  in  the  Society  Islands. 
Then  they  were  to  return  to  Anaa  and  reign  like 

207 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

king  and  queen.  He  was  in  the  shed  among 
the  pearl-shell  when  the  schooner  was  sighted, 
and  hurried  off  home  to  change  his  things,  his 
heart  going  like  a  steam-hammer. 

The  vessel  swept  round  majestically,  clearly  vis- 
ible through  the  stems  of  the  coco-trees.  There 
was  a  flash  of  white  in  the  gangway,  and  Nina,  as 
the  boat  put  her  ashore,  saw  in  the  blinding  light  a 
cluster  of  dirty  natives  threading  their  way  through 
the  piles  of  packing-cases  to  receive  her.  Fore- 
most of  all  was  a  big  man  in  corduroys  who  cried 
and  crushed  her  fingers  in  his  huge  palm.  The 
glare  was  terrific,  and  her  delicate  lace  sunshade 
in  no  way  protected  her.  She  allowed  herself  to 
be  escorted  to  Challoner's  house,  and  there  in 
that  glowing  atmosphere,  under  the  fishing- 
trophies  and  cheap  gaudy  prints,  her  stoicism 
forsook  her  and  she  burst  into  shameful  tears ! 

The  skipper  of  the  Aurora  was  on  Challoner's 
verandah  as  Nina  was  ushered  in.  He  knew 
what  the  trouble  was  and  sized  it  up  epigram- 
matically,  with  language  that  need  not  be  pub- 
lished. "  I'd  make  a  blame  good  scoot  for  it  if 
I  were  in  her  shoes,  blame  me  if  I  wouldn't,"  was 
his  reiterated  conclusion,  and  the  foc'sle  hands 
grinned  assent. 

The  Aurora  was  to  sail  in  three  days'  time. 
Challoner  was  glowing.  His  plans  about  his 

208 


wedding  had  changed.  There  was  no  need  to 
go  to  Papeete.  The  fine  church  had  just  been 
completed  at  Anaa.  They  could  be  married 
there  and  spend  their  honeymoon  in  Challoner's 
own  schooner.  His  life  was  tied  up  with  the 
natives  of  the  Paumotus  and  he  dreamed  no  evil. 
But — on  the  fateful  evening  before  the  sailing 
of  the  Aurora,  as  the  skipper  was  drinking  with 
the  boys  in  the  saloon,  the  Kanaka  steward 
called  him  aside  and  conducted  him  to  where,  in 
a  secluded  corner  of  the  deck,  a  tall  pale  girl  fell 
on  her  knees  and  sobbed  out  a  petition. 

Challoner  found  the  note  next  day.  It  was 
half  obliterated  with  tear-splotches  and  smudged 
in  a  weak,  girlish  hand ;  but  it  made  the  strong 
man  stagger  as  though  he  were  shot.  What  was 
he  to  do?  As  the  house  reeled  round  him  a 
strange  murderous  idea  occurred  to  him.  He 
thought  of  his  schooner  lying  there  in  the  lagoon. 
What  if  he  were  to  chase  after  the  Aurora,  board 
her,  and — and — bring  Nina  to  reckoning? 

Something  told  him  it  would  be  vain  mad- 
ness. He  paced  terribly  up  and  down  the  beach 
till  sunset.  Once  a  native  accosted  him,  but 
Challoner  broke  the  man's  jaw  and  he  fled  howl- 
ing. Then  a  new  idea  seemed  to  strike  him. 
He  returned  to  the  village  and  knocked  at  the 

209  o 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

door  of  the  solitary  storekeeper.  Failing  an 
answer  he  kicked  open  the  door  with  his  foot. 
"  Bring  out  the  liquor  and  the  glasses,"  he  said 
to  the  terrified  half-caste — "  I'm  going  to'  raise 
Hell!" 
He  did. 


But  Challoner  did  not  go  to  the  bad.  After  a 
month's  madness  he  settled  down  once  more  to 
the  life  of  a  planter,  and  once  again  became  loved 
of  the  natives.  Eventually  he  left  Anaa  and 
settled  in  Papeete,  where  he  has  an  interest  in 
several  vanilla  farms  and  is  one  of  the  most 
honoured  members  of  parliament  Tahiti  boasts. 
But  he  doesn't  believe  in  prohibition.  "  It  don't 
seem  to  act  in  the  United  States,"  he  says ; 
"  why  should  you  want  it  to  fail  in  the  islands  ?  " 


210 


CHAPTER   XX 

MAKEMO— SURF-RIDING— SHARKS 

THE  ubiquitous  Croix  du  Sud  arrived  in  due 
course.  I  was  glad  to  see  her.  I  said  a  pathetic 
farewell  to  my  gendarme  friend,  went  on  board, 
and  climbed  into  my  bunk.  I  needed  a  rest,  a 
genuine  Christian  one,  after  that  week  on  mats 
and  sand,  and  when  the  screw  commenced  to 
jog  my  pillow  an  hour  later,  I  sternly  refused 
to  come  on  deck  and  bid  Anaa  a  last  farewell. 

Variety,  says  some  barbarian  wise  man,  is  the 
spice  of  life — and  in  the  Paumotus  there  is  no 
variety.  It  is  life  without  spice,  a  glary  routine 
of  sand  and  coral,  flat  to  the  taste  as  a  backwoods 
pancake.  Thus  topples  to  earth  another  romance 
of  mine,  the  romance  of  a  "coral  island"  exis- 
tence. What  complex  fits  of  thrill  I  have  wasted 
over  that  heartless  fraud!  How  imperfect  is  a 
school  education  and  how  truly  awful  the  ideas 
it  instils.  The  principal  sinner  in  my  case  was 
Ballantyne.  He  taught  me  to  look  on  coral 
islands  as  paradises.  I  shall  never  forgive  him. 
To  make  matters  still  more  offensive,  we  are  urged 

to  admire  and  applaud  the  silly  polyp  who  erects 

211 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

these  nightmares,  and  to  emulate  him  if  possible ! 
It  is  incredible  how  many  tons  of  sentiment  the 
civilised  world  has  wasted  over  the  coral  polyp  and 
his  work.  If  human  suffering,  boredom,  and  mad- 
ness count  for  anything  in  the  scale  of  crime,  the 
coral  polyp  is  the  meanest,  the  most  hypocritical, 
the  most  injudiciously  lionised  criminal  extant. 

Next  morning  I  got  a  practical  illustration  of  the 
dangers  of  the  archipelago.  Captain  Pond  called 
me  on  the  bridge,  and,  pointing  ahead  over  the 
bows — "  Do  you  see  anything  there  ?  "  he  said. 

I  strained  my  eyes  in  vain.  Yet  we  were 
within  four  miles  of  land.  Ten  minutes  later 
two  tiny  dots  of  palm  dipped  up  from  the  blue. 
They  were  the  forerunners  of  the  island  of 
Makemo — one  of  the  few  islands  hereabouts 
that  possesses  a  passage  deep  enough  to  admit 
large  steamers.  The  current  in  the  pass  was 
very  violent,  and  it  seemed  to  me  that  with  all 
the  efforts  of  the  machinery  we  were  making 
little  or  no  progress.  We  got  ashore  towards 
eight,  however,  inside  the  lagoon,  where  a  goodly 
flotilla  of  skiffs  and  outrigger  canoes  were  drawn 
up  to  receive  us. 

I  had  a  letter  to  one  of  the  residents,  a  man 
named  Elson,  whose  house  lay  some  two  miles 
from  the  inlet,  and  as  I  walked  I  had  time  to 
take  stock  of  things  in  superficial  tourist  fashion. 

Makemo — as  a  centre  of  culture — is  a  big  step 
212 


Makemo 

behind  Anaa.  The  population  is  very  variable, 
and  just  then  (February)  the  majority,  I  was 
told,  were  absent  in  Hikueru  for  the  pearl- 
fisheries.  There  was  the  usual  church  with  its 
home-made  coloured  windows  and  mildewed 
green  bell,  the  level  avenue  flanked  by  lilies,  the 
cemetery,  and  the  scurrying  army  of  hogs.  A 
curious  custom  prevails  here  in  connection  with 
the  dead.  Among  the  white  slabs  marking  the 
graves  I  repeatedly  noticed  stray  piles  of  bedding, 
blankets,  and  rugs.  They  were  the  sleeping- 
places  of  natives,  who  by  spending  a  night 
among  the  tombs  hope  to  obtain  the  privilege 
of  communing  with  the  dear  departed.  A 
gruesome  custom  and  one  which  the  missionaries 
are  labouring  to  discourage. 

There  was  goodly  array  of  Makemo  youth 
frolicking  in  the  water,  some  surf-swimming  on 
boards,  others  merely  dabbling.  By  rights  these 
ingenuous  youngsters  ought  to  have  been  at 
school,  but  I  suppose  it  was  a  holiday,  or  perhaps 
school  hours  are  arbitrary  in  the  Paumotus. 
Surf-swimming  is  an  exhilarating  pastime  and 
amusing  to  watch.  The  urchins  swam  out  to 
where  the  combers  were  tossing  their  manes, 
bestrided  their  boards  and  got  carried  home 
shrieking  at  a  speed  which  Perseus  in  the  sandals 
of  Hermes  might  have  envied.  I  don't  know 
whether  the  sport  is  accompanied  by  much 

213 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

danger.  It  looked  horribly  dangerous  to  me. 
On  a  flat  beach  cushioned  with  fine  sand  cela 
va  bien.  A  tumble  in  the  mud  is  the  worst  to 
be  anticipated.  But  on  the  iron-bound  coast 
of  Makemo  it  is  another  affair  altogether.  Let 
one  of  those  youngsters  slip  or  miscalculate  his 
distance  by  a  few  yards  and  his  skull  would  be 
smashed  like  an  egg.  I  suppose  the  dear  things 
knew  what  they  were  at,  however,  for  the  sport 
went  on  hour  after  hour  in  a  way  that  might 
have  struck  despair  to  the  heart  of  a  Makemo 
life-insurance  company,  if  there  was  one. 

Just  then,  five  minutes  or  so  after  I  had 
finished  admiring  the  picture  of  brown  limbs 
flashing  in  creamy  surf,  came  one  of  those  little 
rencontres  which  illustrate  the  fatalistic  island 
character  so  thoroughly.  On  a  level  stretch  of 
sand  and  coral  innocent  of  waves  a  party  of  men 
were  busy  with  baskets  and  string.  On  my 
asking  what  they  were  doing,  I  was  told  "fish- 
ing for  sharks !  "  This  turned  out  to  be  actually 
the  case,  for  the  sharks  in  Makemo  are  a  great 
deal  harder  up  for  food  than  those  in  Tahiti  and 
bite  readily  at  anything. 

"  Even  at  schoolboys,"  I  suggested. 

"  Sometimes,"  was  the  tranquil  reply. 

I  crossed  the  belt  of  palms  to  the  lagoon. 
Here  more  fishing  was  going  on,  though  of  a 
more  inoffensive  description.  Two  men  came 

214 


Makemo 

staggering  in  under  the  weight  of  a  load  of  some- 
thing resembling  salmon,  though  of  course  it 
wasn't  salmon  and  more  resembled  the  ulua  of 
the  Sandwich  Islanders. 

In  the  wood  alongside  were  more  curiosities. 
Truants  picking  coco-nuts — stealing  them  I  pre- 
sume— for  one  could  hardly  admit  to  oneself  that 
these  brown  monkeys  with  straw  satchels  on  their 
backs  were  the  owners  of  plantations.  Shades 
of  Surrey  orchards !  I  wonder  whether  these 
mother's  joys  will  get  as  soundly  birched  as  we 
did  when 

But  never  mind.  I  am  glad  I  met  those  boys. 
It  is  these  little  touches  of  home-made  poetry 
that  move  one's  heart  in  a  foreign  land. 

Elson's  house  was  a  remarkably  handsome  type 
of  villa — for  Makemo.  It  was  built  of  coral,  with 
inside  partitions  of  varnished  wood,  walls  oblite- 
rated under  a  load  of  pictures  and  bric-a-brac,  and 
real  muslin  mosquito-curtains  protecting  the  bed. 
He  entertained  me  royally  —  turtle's  fins  and 
baked  beans — and  spun  yarn  after  yarn.  The 
plates  were  removed  and  coffee  and  cigars  took 
their  place.  The  conversation  here  turned  on 
navigation,  and  I  called  Elson's  attention  to  the 
difficulty  the  Croix  du  Sud  had  experienced 
getting  into  the  pass.  He  expressed  no  surprise. 

"  It's   a   devil    of   a   place,"    he   said    simply ; 

"  runs  like  a  mill-race  at  the  ebb,  and  whirls  like 

215 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

ten  thousand  devils  at  the  flood.     There's  not 
another  like  it  in  the  group." 

I  said  I  should  hope  not,  or  words  to  that 
effect.  My  companion  puffed  solemnly.  "  How 
would  you  like  to  try  and  swim  it  ?  "  he  said  lazily. 

I  stared.  The  bare  idea  seemed  preposterous. 
Elson  rose  and  took  off  a  bracket  the  photo  of  a 
girl,  still  young,  framed  in  a  curious  kind  of  rough 
leather  frame  studded  with  copper  nails.  In  the 
Paumotus  as  elsewhere,  most  Jacks  have  their  Jill. 

"Your  wife?"  I  said. 

He  nodded.  "  Help  yourself  to  the  rum. 
I'll  tell  you  a  yarn  of  a  rather  awful  kind  if  you'll 
promise  not  to  laugh.  It  concerns  the  girl  too. 
Ariitea  her  name  is.  Do  you  know  what  that 
frame's  made  of?" 

"It  looks  like  shark-skin,"  I  said  tentatively. 

"  It  is  shark-skin,"  was  the  reply.  "  Do  you 
know  what  a  patui  is  ?  " 

I  nodded.  The  rambling  chatter  of  Papeete 
fishermen  had  made  me  acquainted,  fortunately 
only  theoretically,  with  those  terrible  fish. 

"We  have  'em  here  at  times.  Great  brutes 
that'd  swallow  you  or  me  as  easily  as  a  bear 
swallows  a  penny  bun.  You're  smoking  nothing." 

"  I  don't  care  about  smoking — it  distracts  me," 
I  said  eagerly  ;  "tell  us  the  yarn." 

Elson  filled  his  pipe,  lit  it,  arranged  himself  in 

his  chair  and  spoke  as  follows. 

216 


2W8 


A  Makemo  Schoolboys  Holiday. 


[p.  216. 


CHAPTER  XXI 

THE    WHITE    DEVIL    OF    MAKEMO 

IT  was  about  a  month  after  my  landing  here  that 
I  met  Ariitea.  She  was  the  daughter  of  one  of 
the  chiefs  in  Tetuaranga  (that's  the  village  yonder) 
—a  sort  of  quarter-white  blackguard,  Portugee 
on  his  father's  side  and  African  Portugee  at  that. 
He's  dead  now,  and  a  good  job  too.  A  fearful 
old  drunkard  he  was,  and  very  nasty  to  cross  in 
liquor. 

I  don't  quite  know  myself  how  it  happened.  I 
didn't  give  a  snap  for  these  coloured  women. as  a 
general  thing,  but  Ariitea  was  by  long  odds  the 
best-looking  one  I  had  come  across  till  then,  and 
I  fell  in  love  then  and  there. 

It  was  my  first  and  only  love  affair,  and  it  clean 
bowled  me  over.  I  met  her  old  skinflint  of  a 
father  in  the  matter  of  price,  but  before  I  could 
scrape  the  money  together  there  landed  at  Te- 
tuaranga (that's  the  village  yonder)  one  of  the 
d — dest,  lankiest,  blackest-eyed  half-castes  you 
ever  saw.  Lakin  his  name  was.  He  had  been 
purser  to  some  big  trading  vessel,  but  had  got 

217 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

himself  cashiered  for  dishonesty,  and  had  hit  on 
the  idea  of  settling  in  the  Paumotus  and  playing 
at  trader. 

I'd  never  known  what  jealousy  was  before,  but 
I  got  to  know  it  then.  Lakin  had  the  advantage 
of  me,  for  he  knew  the  lingo,  and  these  girls  won't 
look  at  a  white  man  when  there's  a  chance  of  a 
fellow  who's  got  a  dash  of  the  tar-brush.  The 
first  time  he  saw  Ariitea  he  ogled  her  in  a  way 
that  made  me  want  to  kick  him — but  it  was 
best  to  stand  well  with  the  natives,  and  I  had 
to  restrain  myself.  I  met  the  fellow  next  day 
though,  and  gave  him  a  piece  of  my  mind. 

"It's  me  you  have  to  reckon  with,  my  boy,"  I 
said,  "not  with  that  old  blackguard  yonder.  The 
girl's  mine,  and,  by  G — ,  if  I  find  you  or  any 
other  son  of  a  gun  monkeying  round  I'll  wring 
your  neck ! " 

He  took  it  gamely.  Grinned  and  showed  his 
teeth  —  fine  teeth  they  were  —  and  apologised. 
But  my  blood  was  up,  and  I  saw  he'd  twigged 
all  right. 

Next  day  as  I  was  bossing  some  chaps  cleaning 

shell  a  messenger  came  from  the  old  man  Mahinui. 

A  patui  had  carried  off  one  of  his  men  in  the  pass 

—carried  him  clean  off  while  he  was  stringing  his 

nets — and  he  wanted  my  help  in  killing  the  brute. 

Perhaps    you  know  the  nature  of  these  devils. 

218 


The  White  Devil  of  Makemo 

They're  the  man-eating  tigers  of  the  ocean. 
When  a  patui  kills  a  man  he'll  hang  around  the 
spot  and  carry  off  another  and  another,  regular  as 
clockwork,  till  he  gets  killed  himself. 

I  wasn't  best  pleased  at  the  job,  for  I'd  other 
things  on  hand  just  then,  but  Ariitea's  dad  had  to 
be  humoured,  and  I  went.  The  natives  had  been 
baiting  their  silly  hooks,  and  towing  dead  pigs 
about  all  the  afternoon.  I  didn't  care  about  net- 
stringing,  so  by  way  of  making  a  show  I  got  a 
Sharp's  rifle  (I  believe  it  was  the  only  one  in  the 
island),  and  set  off  with  a  boy  in  the  biggest  and 
solidest  canoe  I  could  find.  It  was  just  possible 
the  brute  might  come  to  the  surface,  and  I  might 
get  a  shot  at  him.  It  wasn't  scientific  fishing,  but 
it  was  white-man  cleverness,  and  enough  to  amuse 
Mahinui. 

I  didn't  expect  the  shark  would  turn  up,  but 
things  panned  out  differently.  The  sun  was 
terrific,  and  I  was  dozing  contentedly  in  the  stern 
of  the  canoe.  The  boy  was  on  the  look-out.  It 
must  have  been  about  half-past  four  in  the  after- 
noon. Presently  the  youngster  grabbed  his  paddle 
and  gave  a  gasp — I  saw  about  a  yard  under  the 
surface  the  biggest  monster  I've  ever  seen  in  my 
life.  He  must  have  measured  full  twenty  feet 
from  nose  to  tail,  and  as  he  cut  through  the  water 

to  seize  the  bait  he  threw  out  a  phosphorescent 

219 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

light  like  a  ghost.  I  cocked  my  rifle  and  fired. 
I  don't  think  I  hit  him,  though  I  saw  the  flaps  of 
his  great  tail,  and  felt  the  effect  by  the  rocks  of 
the  canoe.  Anyway  I  couldn't  be  sure.  He 
vanished  like  a  streak  of  lightning.  "  Row  out 
into  the  middle,"  says  I  to  the  boy;  "maybe 
we'll  get  another  shot." 

The  youngster  was  in  the  bluest  of  funks,  and 
I  don't  blame  him  much  either,  for  that  fish  could 
have  taken  boat  and  all  like  a  pill.  Presently,  as 
we  were  settling  down  to  a  new  spell  of  waiting, 
comes  a  yelling  from  the  village  opposite. 

"  White  devil  ?  "  said  I  lazily. 

<:  Canoes,"  said  the  youngster — "canoes  from 
Tetuaranga." 

"Has  the  whole  beach  gone  off  its  onion  ? " 
said  I,  for  the  natives  on  shore  were  yelling 
like  demons;  "row  in,  sonny,  and  see  what's 
the  matter." 

It  was  time  to  think  of  getting  ashore  anyhow. 
The  wind  was  getting  up,  and  the  sea  was  coming 
in  in  neat  little  lines  of  white,  as  the  sea  always 
does  when  she  means  business.  Some  one  was 
waiting  on  the  beach.  It  was  the  half-caste,  and 
I  could  see  by  his  eyes  that  he  was  in  a  great 
state  of  excitement. 

"Is  that  you,  Elson?"  he  says,  with  the 
natural  imbecility  of  the  Kanaka,  "for  God's 

220 


The  White  Devil  of  Makemo 

sake  listen,  man !  There's  trouble  over  yonder.' 
Old  Mahinui,  your  girl's  father,  has  knifed  a  man 
—knifed  him  dead ! " 

"  Well,  what's  that  to  you  ? "  said  I  airily,  for 
I  was  still  smarting  over  the  cool  way  he'd  taken 
my  challenge  of  the  day  before. 

"Not  much,  but  a  good  deal  to  you,"  he  says 
quietly  ;  "the  dead  man's  a  chiefs  son  and — why, 
man,  she  II  be  murdered  this  very  night ! " 

He  might  have  said  less.  I  understood  in  a 
flash.  "  She'll  have  to  be  got  out  of  this,"  said 
I,  speaking  half  to  myself;  "and  there  isn't  a 
ship  nearer  than  Fakarava." 

"There's  my  schooner,"  says  he  quickly; 
"  you  can  have  that,  if  she's  any  use  to  you." 

"  Bless  you,"  said  I,  wringing  his  hand,  "you're 
white  all  over." 

Just  then  a  gust  of  wind  carried  his  hat  away. 
I  saw  the  palms  of  the  spit  bend  double,  and 
there  was  an  angry  roar  from  the  sea  as  the 
squall  struck.  It  was  a  nasty  blow,  and  I  knew 
we  should  have  it  dark  as  pitch  in  a  few  moments. 

We  got  in  the  canoe  and  tried  to  pole  her  off. 
Just  as  we  thought  her  fairly  started  a  comber 
struck  us  broadside  on  ;  she  heeled,  and  her  out- 
rigger snapped  like  a  match.  We  stood  up  to 
our  waist  in  hissing  water,  looking  at  each  other 

like  a  pair  of  fools. 

221 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

"  The  boat's  broke,"  said  Lakin  stupidly,  "  what 
in  hell  are  we  going  to  do  now  ?  " 

"  Swim  for  it,"  said  I  savagely,  kicking  my 
boots  on  the  sand.  Lakin  gave  one  look,  to  see 
if  I  was  in  earnest,  then  ran  one  hand  up  to  the 
top  button  of  his  coat.  "I'll  go  with  you,"  said 
he  defiantly. 

The  madness  of  jealousy  was  between  us.  I 
looked  at  the  pass,  where  the  combers  were 
running  like  fury,  and  an  idea  struck  me  that 
made  me  go  cold  all  over.  But  I  gave  it  no 
time. 

"Come  on!"  I  shouted,  gripping  his  shoulder 
and  wringing  it ;  "  it's  between  you  and  me,  my 
lad.  The  man  who  reaches  her  first  takes  her 
and  keeps  her.  One  of  us'll  be  bound  to  get 
across  unless  the  patui  gets  us  both ! " 

I  don't  think  till  that  moment  he  had  realised 
what  was  before  him ;  anyway,  in  the  murky 
light,  I  saw  his  face  turn  ashy.  In  a  second  we 
were  both  in  the  water  swimming  like  madmen 
to  where  the  lights  of  the  village  showed  above 
the  line  of  foam. 

The  sea  buffeted  us  like  an  army  of  demons. 
I  lost  sight  of  Lakin  after  the  first  fifty  yards  or 
so,  and  as  I  turned  to  look  back  a  wave  hit  me 
in  the  face  and  blinded  me.  Then  there  came 
the  idea  of  the  other  danger,  and  the  horror  of 

222 


The  White  Devil  of  Makemo 

it  gave  me  desperate  courage.  I  threw  myself 
forward,  and  swam  blindly  for  the  landing. 

I  might  have  been  about  half-way  across 
when,  as  I  topped  one  of  the  combers,  right  in 
front  of  me,  through  the  slant  of  a  wave,  I  saw 
a  phosphorescent  streak  of  green — it  was  the 
patui ! 

I  think  for  one  moment  breath  left  my  lungs. 
Then  common  sense  came  back,  and  I  did  the 
only  thing  possible  at  such  a  crisis.  I  drew  in  a 
big  supply  of  air,  opened  my  eyes,  and  dived 
head  foremost  under  the  surface.  The  place  was 
full  of  lights — crabs  crouching  in  their  holes  and 
sparkles  of  fire  from  passing  fish.  But  the  streak 
of  green  had  vanished,  and  presently  I  rose  to 
the  surface  again.  The  wind  seemed  more  violent 
than  before,  and  there  was  a  shrieking  of  gulls  in 
the  blackness  overhead.  It  struck  me  they  were 
screaming  our  requiem. 

Then  an  awful  thing  happened.  From  the 
dark  rim  of  the  palms,  between  two  flying  clouds, 
stabbed  a  blood-red  spear  of  sunlight,  and  right  in 
the  heart  of  the  glare,  in  a  whirl  of  angry  water, 
a  pair  of  white  arms  rose  to  the  light.  It  was  the 
half-caste,  and  on  his  face  was  written  terror 
beyond  the  power  of  imagining.  One  second  he 
hung  there  between  the  trough  of  the  wave  and 

the  flying  scuds,  then  a  yell  came  from  his  lips — 

223 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

a  yell  that  froze  the  blood  in  my  veins — and  he 
sank  gurgling  in  a  circle  of  foam. 

I  don't  remember  what  happened  next  quite. 
The  lights  ahead  of  me  were  dancing  a  drunken 
reel.  I  might  have  been  swimming  back  to 
the  point  I  started  from  for  all  I  knew.  Then, 
as  I  gave  myself  up  for  lost,  my  knee  struck 
something  hard — I  was  on  the  rocks,  and  safe. 

He  paused,  filled  himself  out  a  stiff  nobbier  of 
rum  and  drank  it  at  a  gulp. 

"  And  Ariitea?"  I  suggested. 

"  Well — I  guess  that's  about  the  whole  of  the 
yarn,"  he  replied,  with  affected  indifference.  "No, 
it  isn't  though,  quite.  I  got  her  away  in  the 
boat — his  boat — and  steered  for  Fakarava.  The 
blackguards  had  rifled  the  house  and  tried  to  fire 
it,  but  the  rain  came  down  and  it  wouldn't  burn. 
We  had  a  job  getting  her  off.  The  wind  was 
blowing  right  square  into  the  lagoon,  and  as  we 
yawed  in  the  pass  something  came  floating  by  on 
the  water — something  that  made  me  turn  sick. 
Ariitea  had  her  elbows  on  the  gun'le  and  was 
looking  at  the  sea.  I  took  her  in  my  arms,  just 
in  time,  and  lifted  her  down  into  the  cabin. 
There  wasn't  much  to  be  got  by  shocking  the 
girl,  and — there  wasn't  enough  of  the  thing  to 
require  burial.  That's  the  whole  story.  Now  you 

224 


The  White  Devil  of  Makemo 

know  why  that  picture  there's  framed  in  shark- 
skin." 

There  was  a  step  outside.  The  door  opened 
and  a  girl  with  a  heavy  basket  of  pine-apples  on 
her  arm  staggered  into  the  room.  It  was  Ariitea. 
With  the  raindrops  coursing  down  her  cheeks 
and  the  wet  strands  of  hair  clinging  to  her  fore- 
head, she  hardly  looked  a  being  for  whose  sake 
a  man  would  risk  his  life.  When  she  saw  me 
fingering  her  portrait  she  smiled.  Then,  over- 
come with  bashfulness,  she  retired  to  an  inner 
room  and  closed  the  door. 

"  That's  the  way  with  'em,"  said  Elson  philo- 
sophically ;  "  she  saw  you  fingering  the  frame 
and  twigged  what  we  had  been  talking  about. 
I  believe  she  really  was  a  bit  sweet  on  the  chap. 
If  you're  game  now  we  might  go  down  to  the 
ship  and  polish  off  those  bags  of  shell.  It's  my 
only  chance  for  a  month  of  real  Christian  work, 
and  I  wouldn't  miss  it  for  worlds." 


225 


CHAPTER  XXII 

HIKUERU  AND  THE  PEARL-FISHERY 

"  Haere  rii  au  i  Hikueru  6 
E  foito  rii  au  i  te  reni  e." 

— Kanaka  Love-song. 

ON  reaching  the  Croix  du  Sud  we  found  a  brand- 
new  and  interesting  collection  of  natives  in  pos- 
session of  the  decks.  A  band  of  straw-hatted, 
flower-girdled  wisdom  was  going  to  Hikueru— 
to  speculate.  About  two-thirds  of  the  number 
belonged  to  the  softer  sex,  and  among  the  latter 
were  several  whom  I  wickedly  suspected  of  having 
figured  in  some  Papeete  hoola  a  month  back. 

The  way  in  which  one  recognises  the  same 
faces  over  and  over  again  in  the  Pacific  is  mar- 
vellous. How  do  the  darlings  get  about  ?  It  is 
surely  only  in  Tahiti  that  you  find  a  young  miss 
of  fifteen  who  ought  to  be  at  school  doing  sums, 
galivanting  about  on  the  briny  a  few  thousand 
miles  from  her  home,  with  a  plank  between  her 
preciousness  and  eternity,  and  the  tender  mercies 
of  a  Union  Company  bo'sn  for  emotional  main- 
stay. Morality,  your  name  is  latitude. 

Elson  said  pathetic  farewell  to  me  in  the  gray 
226 


Hikueru  and  the  Pearl-Fishery 

dawn,  and  the  Croix  du  Sud  steamed  meekly  out 
through  that  terrible  pass  fifteen  minutes  later. 
My  dreams  that  night  were  a  medley  of  clashing 
shark-jaws,  hissing  acres  of  foam,  spectral  fringes 
of  palm,  and  brown  limbs  frothing  in  voluptuous 
dance — the  latter  image  being  probably  conjured 
from  the  Silent  by  the  vocal  efforts  of  the  stranger 
vahines  in  the  foc'sle.  Then — sudden  as  the 
splash  of  a  whale's  flukes — some  one  shouted  my 
name,  and  I  awoke  to  learn  that  Hikueru  was 
in  sight.  Like  the  rest  of  the  Paumotus,  the 
approach  offers  nothing  striking — a  long  hot  line 
of  palms  and  pandanus  against  which  the  white 
shanties  of  the  settlers  loom  up  like  pearls  in  a 
necklace  of  emerald.  This  is  poetry — but  the 
dusty  reality  obliterates  it  from  the  first  second 
of  your  landing.  Hikueru,  as  we  have  already 
hinted,  plays  a  role  of  considerable  importance 
among  the  islands  of  the  Eastern  Pacific,  its 
dusty,  shadeless  acres  being  the  assembling- 
ground  and  nucleus  of  no  inconsiderable  fraction 
of  South  Sea  wealth.  The  actual  output  of  the 
island  in  shell  for  this  last  season  is  stated  at 
some  $200,000  American  money ;  and  should  the 
more  modern  mechanical  improvements  (foolishly 
abandoned  some  time  ago)  be  re-introduced  into 
the  diving  operations,  it  is  probable  that  even  a 
larger  figure  may  be  reached. 

227 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

Landing  on  the  island  is  a  nasty  ordeal  in 
all  weathers.  As  usual,  there  is  no  species  of 
anchorage.  Even  boats  of  light  draught  generally 
find  it  impossible  to  approach  within  fifty  yards 
of  dry  land.  Of  late  years  efforts  have  been 
made  to  blast  a  passage  up  the  reef  to  enable 
burdens  to  be  deposited  ashore  without  further 
parley,  but  the  scheme  is  still  in  abeyance,  and 
something  more  than  the  staggering  efforts  of 
the  French  Government  will  be  needed  to  push  it 
to  a  successful  issue.  As  it  is,  the  boat  comes 
to  a  standstill  in  some  two  feet  of  water,  and  if 
you  object  to  wading  across  the  intervening 
knife-edges  of  coral — quite  a  reasonable  objection 
by  the  way — you  can  ride  ashore  pickaback  on 
the  shoulders  of  a  Kanaka.  Here,  if  you  are 
still  suffering  from  the  more  picturesque  variety 
of  island- fever,  you  will  get  a  bit  of  a  shock. 
Hikueru  presents  an  astonishingly,  almost  dis- 
agreeably "new"  appearance.  The  place  is 
choked  with  corrugated  iron  sheds,  packing-cases, 
advertisements — all  the  signs  of  a  busy,  romance- 
murdering  civilisation.  The  whole  landscape 
looks  impertinently  young.  The  very  coco-trees 
are  young,  and  offer  no  sort  of  shelter  from  the 
sun.  The  population  too  is  a  wonderful  jumble. 
Here  a  brawny  half-caste  looks  out  pipe  in  mouth 
from  among  the  piled-up  soap  bars  of  his  store. 

228 


Hikueru  and  the  Pearl-Fishery 

A  Tahitian  vahine — pale  mauve  empire  gown 
and  perfume  of  tuberose  all  complete — passes 
you  smiling.  A  couple  of  coal-black  Fijians 
are  arguing  under  the  waving  paper  scrolls  of  a 
Chinaman's.  A  group  of  tattooed  Marquesans 
are  squatting  in  the  sun  playing  dice  with  the 
proceeds  of  yesterday's  diving.  Farther  on  a 
tall  Easter-islander,  with  eyes  of  sloe  and  pale- 
coppery  complexion,  leans  pensively  against  a 
palm  bole.  All  the  racial  panorama  of  the 
Pacific,  from  Rarotonga  to  Rapa-nui,  is  being 
trotted  out  for  your  inspection. 

A  walk  of  ten  minutes  or  so  brings  us  to  the 
lagoon.  It  is  a  vast  sheet  of  emerald  water 
deluged  in  a  glare  which  the  fleet  of  white- 
painted  yachts  and  fishing  smacks  don't  help  to 
mitigate  by  any  means.  Woe  to  the  man  who  is 
unprovided  with  smoked  glasses !  The  living 
fire  will  eat  into  his  brain  and  drive  him  dis- 
tracted. To  gaze  on  Hikueru  lagoon  with  the 
naked  eye  is  the  most  real,  the  most  horrible  of 
tortures. 

And  now  we  are  in  the  very  centre  of  opera- 
tions, and  the  one  absorbing  topic  is  beginning 
to  din  itself  into  our  ears.  Shell — shell — shell. 
Through  the  warm  shallows  men  are  wading 
ashore  with  bags  and  baskets  of  the  precious 
merchandise.  From  under  the  glowing  roof  of 

229 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

a  warehouse  behind  comes  the  chink  of  hammers. 
A  party  of  Kanakas  are  cleaning  shell,  and 
packing  it  in  cases  for  export.  Incidentally  you 
learn  that  the  price  of  shell  is  ^50  a  ton. 

When  you  are  tired  of  the  never-ending  music 
of  long-shore  gossip  you  can  go  and  watch  the 
diving  operations  for  yourself.  Out  on  the  smooth 
expanse  a  score  of  tiny  dots  are  languidly  cruising. 
We  will  board  the  cutter  Turia  and  follow  one  of 
them  up.  Hikueru  diving  is  performed  without 
the  very  faintest  excuse  in  the  shape  of  dress  or 
helmet.  Naked  as  a  marble  Faun  the  Hikueran 
descends  to  rob  the  lagoon  of  its  treasures  and — 
a  mere  professional  detail — brave  the  sharks. 

At  a  mile  or  so  from  land  a  tiny  pink  dot,  a 
half-submerged  island  of  coral,  appears  in  the 
green  like  an  oasis.  The  sides  and  crevices  of 
this  singular  excrescence  are  choked  with  pearl- 
shell.  There  are  several  canoes  bobbing  about. 
In  the  nearest  one  two  men  are  sitting  stark 
naked.  The  sun  is  nearly  vertical,  and  to  a 
European  understanding  it  seems  a  miracle  how 
they  avoid  shrivelling  up  like  spiders  on  a  hot 
shovel.  Our  mentor,  the  skipper  of  the  Turia, 
pours  forth  a  volley  of  fluent  Polynesian.  Will 
they  dive  for  the  gentleman  with  the  camera  ? 
They  will.  Had  we  been  among  the  Maoris  of 
New  Zealand  or  the  culture-mildewed  Sandwich 

230 


Hikueru  and  the  Pearl-Fishery 

islanders  they  might  have  suggested  being  paid 
first,  but  here  all  is  lovely.  The  elder  of  the  two 
men  sits  for  a  few  seconds  gasping  in  the  bows 
while  he  takes  breath.  Then  he  rises  to  his  feet 
and — plump  ! — over  he  goes  in  a  graceful  curve. 
The  lagoon  at  this  point  is  about  sixty  feet  deep. 
"  Count,"  says  our  mentor,  and  we  pull  out  our 
stop-watches.  Sixty  seconds  (a  good  dive  that), 
seventy,  eighty — the  man  must  have  the  wind  of 
a  grampus — ninety,  a  hundred,  a  hundred  and  ten. 
He's  drowned.  No  he  isn't  either,  for  here  he 
comes  puffing  and  sneezing,  andin  his  hand  is  some- 
thing black  with  a  trailing  fringe  of  seaweed.  He 
throws  it  in  the  boat  and  the  game  continues. 

A  hundred  and  ten  seconds.  A  very  fair  dive, 
but  not  the  record  by  any  means.  Men  have 
been  known  in  Hikueru  to  remain  under  water 
for  three  minutes  and  a  half  I  A  painful  profes- 
sion ?  Well,  it  is  a  well-paid  one  too.  Shell  of 
the  best  quality  and  size  is  worth,  in  Hikueru, 
some  two  and  a  half  Chile  dollars  (about  five 
shillings)  per  kilo.  An  enterprising  diver  can 
make  his  three  to  four  pounds  a  day  while  the 
season  lasts.  Luck  has,  of  course,  a  certain 
amount  to  do  with  it,  for  if  he  should  happen 
to  strike  a  barren  region  the  shell-diver  may  have 
his  long  spell  of  suffocation  for  nothing.  For  this 

reason  no  pains  are  spared  to  ascertain  the  nature 

231 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

of  the  bottom  of  the  lagoon  before  diving  is  re- 
sorted to.  Various  means  have  been  tried,  but 
the  simplest  and  most  interesting  of  all  is  the 
water-glass.  In  form  it  is  merely  an  elongated 
tube  of  wood  with  a  pane  of  glass  let  into  one 
end.  The  protecting  walls  check  the  ripples,  and 
you  look  down  on  the  sea-bottom  as  though  you 
were  gazing  vertically  into  an  immense  aquarium. 
The  first  sight  of  a  coral  grove  with  alternating 
layers  of  sand  and  pearl-shell  is  an  event  not  to 
be  forgotten.  In  these  latitudes  the  waters  are 
so  clear  that  a  bed  of  sand  can  be  distinguished 
without  difficulty  at  twenty  fathoms.  The  coral 
bottom  affects  all  manner  of  strange  forms.  In 
some  places  the  rocks  are  gnarled  like  the  buried 
stumps  of  venerable  trees,  in  others  the  white 
structure  imitates  the  marble  lace  work  of  a  cathe- 
dral— the  whole  set  off  by  swarms  of  tiny  blue  fish 
and  the  rosy  hanging  drapery  of  sea-weed.  The 
waters  of  the  lagoon  are  warm  all  over,  and  in 
places  actually  hot — so  if  you  dream  of  a  refresh- 
ing bath  you  are  apt  to  be  disappointed.  In  the 
interim  you  can  get  back  on  shore,  and  while  a 
trader  entertains  you  with  rum  and  tobacco  on  his 
verandah  you  can  consign  to  your  notebook  some 
of  the  more  sober  facts  connected  with  this  won- 
derful shell  industry. 

Hikueru  produces  the  finest  quality  of  black  - 
232 


b          1     <•'?/ 

\ 


'- 


Hikueru  and  the  Pearl-Fishery 

edged  shells  known  to  the  Pacific.  The  pro- 
ductive powers  of  its  lagoon  have  been  more  than 
doubled  within  the  last  fifteen  years,  thanks  to  the 
use  of  diving-dresses  and  improved  machinery 
from  1885-92.  This  method  of  obtaining  shell 
(which  has  since  been  unwisely  checked  by  the 
Government)  was  in  reality  a  great  boon  to  the 
oyster-beds.  The  fully  dressed  diver  brought  up 
shells  from  depths  which  the  naked  diver  never 
could  hope  to  reach,  with  the  result  that  the  ova 
of  those  shells  on  being  scooped  out  in  the  boat  and 
thrown  back  into  the  water  was  carried  by  the 
action  of  the  wind  and  waves  all  over  the  lagoon, 
thus  forming  new  beds  of  shell  in  the  shallower 
parts  instead  of  remaining  inert  in  the  deeper 
portions  and  forming  unhealthy  conglomerates  of 
shell  which  harboured  the  borer. 

Inasmuch  as  the  ova  of  shells,  on  being  emitted 
from  the  parent  oyster,  never  rises  but  always 
sinks,  it  is  clear  that  no  bed  of  shell  in  deep  water 
can  possibly  hope  to  fructify  shallower  portions  of 
the  lagoon — hence  the  benefits  accruing  from  the 
use  of  the  diving-dress. 

The  superior  productive  power  of  Hikueru,  as 
compared  with  the  rest  of  the  islands  concerned 
in  the  industry,  probably  also  lies  in  the  fact  that 
there  being  absolutely  no  passage  through  the 
reef  to  the  outer  ocean  there  is  a  total  absence  of 

233 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

the  different  species  of  fish  which  prey  on  the 
ova  of  the  young  oyster.  Also  it  seems  probable 
that  there  is  something  in  the  character  of  the 
Hikueru  lagoon  bottom  which  renders  it  especially 
suited  to  the  growth  of  the  pearl-oyster,  for  no- 
where in  the  world  does  such  a  small  area  of  sea 
produce  such  a  weight  of  shell. 

It  must  not  be  forgotten  that  a  good  deal  of 
credit  is  due  to  the  French  Government  for  the 
efforts  they  have  made  to  increase  and  conserve 
shell  production  by  "closing"  each  island  in 
rotation,  thus  allowing  the  diving  grounds  a  rest 
of  from  two  to  three  years  between  operations ; 
though  they  have  undoubtedly  been  ill  advised  in 
stopping  the  use  of  diving-dresses,  and  will  cer- 
tainly have  to  allow  them  again  or  see  the  shell 
grounds  depleted  for  want  of  seed,  so  to  speak. 

The  other  islands  of  the  Tuamotu  group  pro- 
ducing in  less  quantity  shells  as  good  as  Hikueru 
are  Raroia,  Marokau,  Takume,  Takapoto,  Marutea. 
The  Gambier  Islands  also  produce  an  inferior 
quality  of  shell,  less  bright  in  colour,  more  or  less 
covered  with  lime  on  the  back,  thicker  and  often 
misshapen. 

With  these  parting  pagesof  information,  for  which 
I  duly  apologise  to  the  reader,  we  take  leave  of 
Hikueru — the  only  really  working  island  of  the 
Pacific — and  hie  us  to  the  idle  but  lovely  Marquesas. 

234 


CHAPTER  XXIII 

HIVAOA— MISSIONARIES— THE  CRUCIFIXION 
OF  CRADOCK 

"  Girdled  and  sandalled  and  plumed  with  flowers 
At  sunset  over  the  love-lit  lands." 

THE  Marquesas  are  not  coral  islands,  thank 
Heaven.  They  are  a  big  collection  of  volcanic 
peaks  that  fall  into  the  ocean  some  twelve  degrees 
from  the  equator,  groaning  under  an  Atlas-burden 
of  tropical  verdure — lofty  enough  and  arrogant 
enough  to  check  even  the  rush  of  those  terrible 
Pacific  combers  and  fling  them  back  with  shame 
and  triumphant  mockery. 

But  the  sea  doesn't  suffer  in  silence  by  any 
means.  Across  four  thousand  miles  of  sea  those 
combers  have  been  rolling  in  steady  procession, 
and  now  the  rocks  bid  them  halt.  What  happens  ? 
Simply  a  display  of  watery  fireworks  that  defies 
description.  The  whole  easterly  coast  of  the 
islands  may  be  said  to  be  walled  in  by  an  army 
of  spray  fountains.  Every  variety  of  explosion 
is  represented — from  the  thundering  globe  of 
smoke  to  the  shrieking  spurt  that  looks  as  though 
it  came  from  the  nozzle  of  a  high-pressure  fire- 

235 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

engine.  Even  from  the  sedate  deck  of  the  Croix 
the  spectacle  is  impressive.  View  it  from  the 
shore — craning  yourself  perilously  among  the 
clinging  lantana  right  over  that  howling  wilder- 
ness of  mist  crossed  by  flying  rainbows — well, 
ask  some  one  else  to  describe  it.  I  am  unequal 
to  the  task. 

Then,  even  while  one  shivers  in  awe  the  roar 
diminishes — the  tall  capes  slide  away  like  views 
in  a  diorama — and  Hivaoa,  frowning  and  tremen- 
dous, appears  behind  the  cliffs  of  outlying  islands, 
dwarfing  them  as  Ossa  might  Pelion.  One  soli- 
tary mountain  (Mount  Temeti,  4000  feet)  juts 
forward  into  the  sea.  Beyond  come  range  after 
range  of  battlemented  ar$tes,  the  low  morning  sun 
pricking  out  their  serried  ribs  like  the  spears  of 
an  advancing  army.  We  are  in  Atuana  Bay. 
So  deep  is  the  flood  of  verdure  that  although  a 
populous  village  lies  hidden  in  the  shadow  of  the 
mountains,  no  sign  of  human  habitation  is  visible. 
A  few  isolated  landmarks  are  pointed  out.  A 
tiny  villa  crowning  a  slope  of  pandanus  is,  or 
rather  was,  the  dwelling-place  of  Captain  Hart, 
whose  solitary  exploit  (that  of  shooting  a  native) 
becomes  almost  terrible  by  repetition.  On  a  low 
promontory  looms  a  diminutive  crucifix  where 
some  absent-minded  sailor  fell  and  broke  his  neck 
on  the  cliff  below.  There  is  a  solitary  wooden 

236 


Hivaoa 

shed  chartered  by  the  ever-present  "  D  &  E," 
and  a  suggestion  of  cantering  horsemen  on  the 
winding  red  road  beyond.  These  are  really  the 
Marquesas. 

A  funny  history,  too,  these  islands  have  had — a 
history  punctuated  with  the  morbid  dilettantics  of 
Spanish  officialdom  and  wreathed  with  haloes  of 
savage  mystery — deeds  of  barbarism  that  have 
shuddered  their  way  to  the  hearts  of  Europe  in 
chapters  of  delirious  sailor-jargon. 

But  the  missionaries  have  changed  all  that. 
Between  the  quondam  cannibal  with  his  poisoned 
arrows  and  the  amiable,  mild,  modern  version 
with  his  bowl  of  miti  and  his  steel-tipped  fish- 
spear  lies  a  wide  gulf,  and  to  the  missionaries 
belongs  the  credit  of  having  bridged  it.  You 
will  have  ample  opportunity  to  philosophise  over 
the  advantages  the  new  regime  has  to  offer.  It 
is  passing  pleasant  to  meet  in  the  gloom  of  those 
fragrant  woods  a  native  armed  to  the  teeth  and 
tattooed  from  head  to  heel  with  cabalistic  scroll- 
work— it  is  pleasant  to  note  that  instead  of 
getting  ready  to  scalp  you,  you  see  his  honest 
face  broaden  in  a  grin  as  he  blurts  out  " Ka-oha" 
(the  substitute  for  iorana]  with  a  geniality  testi- 
fying to  his  regard  and  pacific  intentions  alike. 
It  is  nice  to  loll  at  your  ease  on  the  bank  of  some 
sunny  river  and  know  that  the  almond-coloured 

237 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

ladies  who  come  paddling  up  through  the  clumps 
of  tiare  are  looking  on  your  person — well,  not  as 
an  intended  bon-bduche — but  in  gentler,  if  less 
platonic  fashion.  Yes,  indeed ;  once  you  have 
ozonised  in  graceful  Hivaoa  you  will  be  obliged 
to  confess  to  many  good  points  about  the  work- 
ings of  missionarydom. 

The  Marquesans,  crossed  as  they  are  with  the 
blood  of  early  Spanish  buccaneers,  are  a  goodly 
step  handsomer  than  the  Tahitians.  The  cos- 
tumes worn  are  the  same  as  all  over  the  East 
Pacific,  the  variations  in  head-dress  and  occa- 
sional amulets  of  beads  or  pearl-shell  being  the 
only  noticeable  additions.  The  missionaries,  of 
course,  have  laboured  long  and  earnestly  to  dis- 
courage coquetry  in  open  daylight,  and  like  her 
Tahitian  counterpart,  the  Marquesan  pa/we  (girl) 
is  a  night-blooming  cereus— that  is,  she  blooms 
at  night  even  if  she's  not  serious.  I  suppose  they 
are  civilised.  To  all  intents  and  purposes  they 
conduct  themselves  like  perfect  ladies.  But 
situations  will  arise  at  times,  and  not  all  the 
fortitude  in  creation  can  save  a  bashful  man  from 
accidents  of  an  embarrassing  order. 

The  rivers  of  Hivaoa,  be  it  said  in  paren- 
thesis, are,  unlike  those  of  the  Society  group, 
shallow  and  sandy,  and  save  in  one  or  two 

favoured  localities,  it  is  impossible  to  get  any- 

238 


Missionaries 

thing    resembling    a    decent    swim    in    any    of 
them. 

Among  the  passengers  of  the  Croix  was  a  neat, 
pink,  dapper  little  man  named  Cradock,  whose 
business  lay  in  representing  some  part  of  the  Union 
people's  interests  in  Atuana.  He  had  been  born 
innocent,  as  many  of  us  are — and  had  managed  by 
some  weird  mischance  to  retain  the  morals  of  his 
early  school  days  clear  away  into  middle  life.  A 
bad  state  of  things,  especially  in  the  islands. 

Cradock  and  I  had  been  skirmishing  around 
in  the  sun  for  some  hours  in  quest  of  photo- 
graphs, and  both  of  us  were  longing  for  a  bath. 
We  knew  little  of  the  island's  geography — for 
Cradock  spent  most  of  his  time  in  Papeete — 
and  still  less  of  the  language.  We  pestered 
every  native  we  came  across,  Cradock  per- 
sistently talking  Tahitian  as  though  conversing 
over  the  fence  of  his  own  flower-garden  at  home, 
for  "a  river — a  river— -pape  (water),  you  block- 
head— pape.  Try  your  luck  with  him,  old  man. 
I  can't  make  the  fellow  understand." 

I  puffed  out  my  cheeks,  spat  out  an  imaginary 
mouthful  of  water,  and  worked  my  arms  in 
imitation  of  Lucy  Beckwith  doing  the  mile  for 
the  championship.  The  native  stared,  and  be- 
lieving me  a  case  for  the  asylum,  backed  away. 
We  were  desperate. 

239 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

In  the  cool  shade  of  a  banana-patch  one  of 
the  Atuana  trader-boys  was  enjoying  a  noonday 
siesta,  his  coffee-coloured  native  wife  bending 
over  him  with  a  palm-leaf  fan.  Cradock  re- 
newed his  entreaties,  and  this  time  he  was 
understood.  Putting  aside  her  fan,  the  young 
lady  stepped  neatly  out  and  offered  to  show  us 
the  way. 

This  nearly  knocked  Cradock  senseless.  To 
be  shown  the  way  to  his  bath  by  a  young  lady ! 
What  would  his  wife  say  ?  Besides,  the  sun 
was  hot  and  politeness  forbade.  The  charmer's 
offer  was  declined  with  thanks.  We  left  her 
hubby  snoring  in  the  hammock  and  hurried  on, 
Cradock  glancing  furtively  behind  him  every 
now  and  then  to  see  if  the  fair  one  was 
following. 

We  found  the  river  sure  enough.  The  water 
certainly  looked  shallow,  but  appearances  are 
often  deceptive,  and  we  devoutly  prayed  it 
might  prove  deep  enough  to  get  a  square  wash. 
We  undressed.  Tourists  in  out  -  of  -  the  -  way 
corners  of  the  globe  cannot  be  expected  to 
carry  bathing  suits.  Cradock  piled  his  linen 
reverently  on  the  bank  and  advanced — treading 
delicately  like  a  cat  on  hot  coals — for  he  was  a 
nice  man  and  his  feet  were  tender.  Alas  for 
our  hopes!  The  puddle  was  a  miserable  fraud. 

240 


Girls  in  Canoe. 


[p.  240. 


The  Crucifixion  of  Cradock 

There  was  not  enough  water  in  it  to  rise  above 
one's  knees.  There  were  swarms  of  darting  fish 
and  pretty  dainty  islands  of  lotus-bloom — but  we 
had  come  for  a  swim,  not  for  water-colour  sketch- 
ing, and  we  found  nothing  to  admire.  The  sun 
was  grillingly  hot,  too,  and  even  sitting  down, 
there  was  hardly  water  enough  to  prevent  one's 
back  from  being  skinned. 

Then — shades  of  Ilyssus  ! — we  heard  a  silvery 
laugh  behind  us,  and  three  young  ladies  in  pale 
mauve  frocks  and  pendant  necklaces  of  pine- 
apple beads,  thoughtful  and  unabashed  as  the 
handmaidens  of  Nausicaa,  stood  chuckling  on 
the  bank. 

I  edged  discreetly  behind  a  bush.  The 
youngest  of  the  girls,  picking  up  her  skirt  in 
her  right  hand  the  way  a  London  belle  does 
when  she  wants  to  cross  a  muddy  pavement, 
advanced  smiling  into  the  stream  to  where 
Cradock  sat  paralysed  with  terror,  the  sunlight 
gleaming  prettily  over  his  white  limbs  and 
delicate  ivory  forehead.  The  unprotected  beauty 
of  the  blushing  Beretane  doubtless  struck  a  sym- 
pathetic chord  in  her  artistic  sense.  She  stooped 
and  patted  Cradock  on  the  back. 

The  man's  position  was  awful !  He  dared  not 
rise  and  run  for  the  shore,  and  those  paltry  ten 
inches  of  water  were  no  protection.  It  was  a 

241  Q 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

pity  he  didn't  at  least  think  of  stirring  up  the 
mud.  As  it  was  he  simply  hugged  his  knees 
and,  pink  as  a  strawberry  ice,  glowered  at  the 
fair  one  in  an  agony  of  shame  and  rage. 

O  Cradock !  Had  that  scene  only  been 
"snapped"  by  my  photographic  camera,  what  a 
hell  of  picturesque  terrors  could  I  have  raised  at 
your  virtuous  fireside — a  hell  that  not  all  the 
picked,  saintly  eloquence  of  your  oily  rhetoric 
could  hope  to  quell  or  crush. 

"  Menehenhe  roa  ta  oe  ruru "  (beautiful  hair 
you  have)  said  Nausicaa,  running  her  lithe 
fingers  contemplatively  through  Cradock's  curls. 
The  latter  was  nearly  weeping. 

"Hart!"  (go)  he  blurted,  giving  the  young 
lady  a  dig  with  his  fist  that  spoke  volumes  in 
favour  of  modesty  and  outraged  principles.  The 
nymph  understood.  Maybe  she  felt  snubbed. 
Anyway  she  giggled  spasmodically  and  consented 
to  rejoin  her  companions  under  the  bushes,  where 
the  lot  of  them  studied  us  in  silence  for  some 
minutes  before  withdrawing. 

Cradock's  nerves  have  been  recovering  ever 
since. 


242 


CHAPTER  XXIV 

MISSIONARIES— VISIT  TO  A  LEPER  VILLAGE 

"  God  that  makes  time  and  ruins  it 
And  alters  not — abiding  God 
Changed  with  disease  her  body  sweet, 
The  body  of  love  wherein  she  abode." 

—  The  Leper. 

THERE  was  a  fine  classic  gathering  of  natives  in 
the  alleyways  leading  seawards  from  the  main 
lane  of  Atuana.  M.  Vernier,  the  most  popular 
missionary  of  the  group,  had  just  returned  from 
a  prolonged  visit  to  his  father  in  Papeete,  and 
his  parish  were  assembled  in  full  force  to  do  him 
honour. 

An  interesting  collection — seeing  that  only  a 
few  years  ago  the  Hivaoans  were  rank  cannibals. 
Few  men.  In  Atuana  as  in  Ilfracombe  woman 
knits  for  the  laity.  Girls  of  all  ages,  many  of 
whom  could  say  with  Amestris — 

"  Strange  flesh  was  given  my  lips  for  bread 
With  poisonous  hours  my  days  were  fed  ; " 

likewise  a  sprinkling  of  children,  some  of  them 
chewing  gingerbread,  a  most  undisciplined  pro- 
ceeding ;  Madame  Vernier,  rather  shaken  from 

243 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

the  prolonged  sea-journey,  presiding  over  the 
whole  like  a  goddess  who  recognised  her  work 
and  found  it  good. 

Hivaoa — like  most  antipodean  localities — has 
its  full  compendium  of  divines.  The  natives 
are,  as  elsewhere  in  the  Pacific,  an  open-minded 
collection  of  cynics  whose  religious  beliefs  go 
hand  in  hand  with  their  interests,  or  their  sense 
of  risibility,  or  both.  Protestant  and  Catholic 
ministers  have  alike  established  themselves,  and 
a  sort  of  guerilla  warfare,  with  Bible  for  round 
shot  and  holy  water  for  grape,  is  carried  on 
unintermittingly  between  the  two  sects.  Each 
advocator  of  salvation  mistrusts  the  next  man, 
and  the  list  of  conversions  is  watched  over  as 
jealously  as  the  invitation  schedules  of  the  Cowes 
Squadron  Club.  It  is  a  ridiculous  rivalry  busi- 
ness at  best,  and  gives  rise  to  a  variety  of  funny 
complications. 

Here  is  a  specimen : 

An  unsophisticated  Marquesan — a  child  of  the 
wilderness — glorious  in  picturesque  nudity,  fres- 
coed with  tattooing  like  an  Italian  mosaic,  steps 
to  his  door  to  welcome  a  happy,  well-fed  priest, 
a  zealot  in  the  cause  and  a  venerated  emissary  of 
the  Church  of  Rome.  The  Christian  faith  is 
discussed  at  length  and  conversion  proposed. 
The  Marquesan  hesitates.  To  chime  in  with 
the  dictates  of  the  new  faith  he  must  forswear 

244 


Missionaries 

long  pig,  wear  trousers,  and  go  back  on  the  tradi- 
tions of  his  family. 

Will  the  priest  make  it  worth  his  while  ?  The 
priest  hems  and  haws.  His  superiors  have  urged 
him  to  spare  no  expense  for  the  heathen's  ultimate 
salvation.  He  throws  open  a  neat  brass-bound 
chest  and  displays  a  collection  of  shawls,  knives, 
watches,  &c.,  convincing  enough  to  lure  a  bigger 
island  than  Hivaoa  into  the  straight  and  narrow 
way.  Kao-ha  !  Good.  Bargain  closed  then  and 
there.  The  unsophisticated  one  kneels  down  and 
is  baptised  a  Catholic. 

The  months  roll  by.  Enter  a  Protestant 
missionary.  He  is  neater  in  appearance  than  the 
priest,  sports  brass  buttons  and  a  gold  watch- 
chain.  The  converted  native  interviews  him  and 
learns  to  his  surprise  that  the  road  to  heaven  he 
has  elected  is  the  wrong  one.  No! — Catholics 
never  go  to  heaven — never  at  all.  The  priest's 
red  blanket,  too — the  price  of  conversion — is 
worn  to  a  shred,  and  a  duplicate  is  not  forth- 
coming. The  unsophisticated  one  decides  to 
become  a  Protestant  without  delay,  and  does  so. 

"  Tell  me  truly,  O  Hake  Lao,"  said  an  inquisitive 
New  Zealand  skipper  to  a  converted  Marquesan 
cannibal,  "how  often  have  you  been  baptised?" 

A  drink  of  rum  had  loosened  the  chiefs 
tongue,  and  he  replied  with  glee,  "  Four  times 

Catholic  and  five  times  Protestant." 

245 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

"You  ought  to  be  safe  for  heaven,  anyhow," 
grunted  the  skipper. 

For  all  this,  both  classes  of  missionaries  do 
good  work  in  the  Marquesas — going  miles  across 
these  sun-baked  hills  to  minister  consolation,  and 
not  hesitating  to  visit  even  the  leper-haunted 
settlements  of  the  interior  valleys  if  the  duty  of 
the  Most  High  calls. 

And  here  we  come  to  the  serpent  that  lies 
beneath  the  rose.  Leprosy !  We  called  on  the 
principal  Catholic  missionary  of  the  place,  and 
the  tale  he  had  to  tell  was  a  sad  one.  The 
disease  is  carrying  off  the  population  at  a  terrible 
rate — thirty-seven  deaths  to  seventeen  births  is 
the  result  shown  by  last  year's  census.  At  this 
rate,  our  children's  children  will  know  of  the 
Marquesans  as  we  know  of  the  moa  and  the 
dinornis,  through  the  agency  of  museums  and 
legends.  There  is  no  really  effective  method  of 
combating  the  evil.  A  centralised  system  of 
hospitals  might  have  a  beneficial  effect,  but  the 
island  trade  is  hardly  worth  the  expenditure,  and 
as  yet  no  kindly  minded  philanthropist  is  at  hand 
to  step  between  Azrael  and  his  victims.  The 
malady  is  a  pestilence  that  walks  by  day.  I 
verily  believe,  from  what  I  saw,  that  a  full  third 
of  the  island's  population  is  more  or  less  infected. 
So  slight  and  unobtrusive  are  the  early  symptoms 
of  the  disease,  however,  that  unless  your  attention 

246 


Visit  to  a  Leper  Village 

were  called  to  their  existence  you  might  pass  by 
without  noticing  anything.  The  stroll  back 
through  Atuana  village  was  several  degrees  less 
enchanting  than  our  first  ramble.  Now  that  we 
were  fairly  on  the  look-out  the  malady  seemed  to 
crop  up  at  every  turn.  A  girl  offered  a  bunch  of 
flowers.  Looking  down,  I  noticed  with  a  rising 
of  the  hair  that  her  toes  were  disfigured  with 
unsightly  white  patches.  She  was  a  leper. 
After  that  I  began  to  look  on  every  one  with 
suspicion — in  my  ignorance,  no  doubt,  mistaking 
many  for  afflicted  when  they  were  physically 
sound.  No  attempt  seems  to  have  been  made  as 
yet  to  segregate,  as  a  precautionary  measure,  the 
healthy  and  unhealthy.  In  Tahiti,  it  is  true, 
one  of  the  most  blooming  valleys  beyond  Paea — 
fifteen  miles  from  Papeete — used  to  serve  as  a 
leper-settlement.  Marua-Po  the  natives  called  it. 
Of  late  supervision  has  everywhere  relaxed,  and 
the  people  herd  together  both  in  Tahiti  and  the 
Marquesas  indiscriminately.  A  pitiful  sense  of 
their  own  corruption  and  perhaps  the  pressure 
of  public  opinion  has  driven  some  of  the  more 
hopeless  cases  to  seek  refuge  in  the  jungles  of 
the  interior,  where  they  wait  for  the  end  with  a 
composure  and  fortitude  rarely  found  among 
their  civilised  masters. 

I    had    an   opportunity   some   weeks   later   of 
visiting  one  of  these  settlements.     It  was  not  a 

247 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

far  journey  as  the  crow  flies,  only  four  miles  ;  but 
owing  to  the  nature  of  the  country  most  of  the 
miles  were  vertical  ones  and  the  most  infantile  of 
reasoning  obviously  suggested  something  original 
in  the  way  of  locomotion. 

The  originality  came,  and  for  the  first  time  in 
my  life  I  became  acquainted  with  that  strangest, 
weirdest,  nimblest  of  all  animal  constructions— 
the  Marquesan  horse. 

Physically,  he  is  not  much  to  look  at.  He  is 
small,  stunted,  unpicturesque,  with  angular  sug- 
gestions about  his  hocks  and  withers  that  proclaim 
the  want  of  a  square  feed.  Gymnastically  speaking 
he  is  the  direct  cross  between  the  mule  and  the 
chamois.  No  declivity  is  too  steep,  no  precipice 
too  inaccessible  for  him.  The  mountain  paths  of 
Hivaoa  are  as  easy  to  tread  as  a  verandah 
railing  and  as  irregularly  graded  as  the  spiked 
top  of  Milan  Cathedral.  But  the  Marquesan 
horse  likes  them.  They  suit  his  angular  structure 
and  harmonise  with  his  weird,  famished,  energetic 
nature.  We  had  started  early,  in  the  moist, 
slippery  dawn,  to  avoid  the  heat,  and  even  while 
we  pawed  our  way  through  the  comparatively 
facile  guava  scrub  and  the  ocean  of  rotting  tree- 
stumps  lining  the  base  of  the  hills,  I  knew  I  had 
struck  something  throwing  the  vaunted  Mexican 
plug  into  the  shade.  But  it  was  when  we  left 
the  underbrush  and  began  to  climb  the  precipice 

248 


Visit  to  a  Leper  Village 

that  the  height  and  breadth  of  my  steed's  genius 
began  to  show  itself.  There  were  moments  when 
I  believed  he  must  have  claws  in  his  fore-feet. 
Several  times  when  we  came  to  a  slope  of  friable 
clay,  slippery  enough  and  treacherous  enough  to 
launch  an  army  into  the  Hereafter,  I  held  my 
breath  wondering  what  my  horse  would  do.  I 
didn't  wonder  long.  A  snort,  a  struggle,  and  he 
was  on  top.  Avalanches  of  loose  stones,  beds  of 
vicious  cactus-needles,  had  no  terrors  for  him. 
When  after  an  hour's  hard  climbing  we  came  to 
a  place  where  a  landslip  had  wiped  the  path  out 
of  existence — leaving  an  ugly  smear  ending  in 
a  thousand-foot  drop — he  actually  laughed  and 
tried  to  stand  on  his  head  for  sheer  joy ! 

On  we  clomb — up  that  dizzy  slope,  while  the 
plain  of  palms  dwindled  to  a  furry  expanse  of 
yellow  and  green  and  the  overhanging  peak  of 
Temeti  receded  farther  and  farther  into  its 
diadem  of  cloud.  By  ten  we  had  gained  the 
summit  of  the  ridge,  and  the  long  winding  shore 
of  Hivaoa  appeared  spread  out  like  a  map.  The 
descent  recommenced,  this  time  on  the  opposite 
side  of  the  ridge.  Once  again  the  shadows  of 
the  jungle  swallowed  us.  The  place  was  gloomy 
— only  through  gaps  in  the  tree-crowns  came 
gleams  of  yellow  light  from  the  lit  hills  above. 
Nature  seemed  unusually  blooming  in  that  forest 
of  death.  Strings  of  healthy-looking  rosy  man- 

249 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

goes  dangled  within  reach  of  one's  arm.  The 
shadows  smelt  of  ferns  and  dripping  undergrowth, 
and  the  ground  was  thick  in  bulbous  juicy  stuff 
through  which  the  horse's  hoofs  squashed  with  a 
noise  like  mixing  salad. 

The  grey  drift  of  smoke  came  through  the 
trunks.  We  reached  a  clearing.  Some  one  hailed 
us  in  answer  to  my  companion's  halloo,  and  an  old 
man,  stick  in  hand,  hobbled  forward.  I  gave  one 
look  at  his  face  and  turned  sick.  He  had  lost — 
no,  never  mind.  Of  what  use  are  such  details  ? 
Across  the  green  tops  of  a  patch  of  sugar-cane — 
the  baby  effort  of  some  stricken  wretch — appeared 
a  row  of  tiny  pandanus-roofed  burrows.  The 
old  man  took  my  horse  by  the  bridle  and  it 
seemed  to  me  that  the  healthy  beast  even  started 
at  the  touch  of  that  pathetic  horror.  In  one  of 
the  huts  I  could  see  a  woman  kneading  something 
in  a  bowl.  The  old  man  held  out  his  hand  to  me. 

"Do  so,"  said  my  companion,  sotto  voce,  "it's 
not  catching." 

I  obeyed  with  some  slight  misgiving,  for  the 
absolute  non-catchiness  of  leprosy  in  its  advanced 
stages  has  hardly  been  proved  as  yet.  Then 
come  the  children — a  sickly  looking  crowd  for 
the  most  part,  with  old,  frightened  faces,  nervous 
shifting  eyes,  and  a  sullen,  demure  manner  that 
strikes  pitiful  contrast  with  their  tender  years. 
Have  these  mites  ever  known  the  kiss  of  the 

250 


Visit  to  a  Leper  Village 

pure  sea,  the  dances,  the  music,  the  breath  of 
healthy  life  in  that  busy  world  from  which  the 
touch  of  the  Fiend  has  cut  them  off  for  ever? 
Yonder  tall  girl  with  the  delicate  brown  limbs 
and  pensive  eyes,  who  stands  looking  at  us  from 
among  the  flowers  like  some  shy  creature  of  the 
forest,  has  she  ever  known  the  romps  of  the  vil- 
lage school,  the  frothing  of  brown  limbs  in  the 
tumbling  water-rows,  the  frolics  in  the  moonlight, 
and  the  whirling  music  of  the  dance  in  the  nymph- 
haunted  palm-clearings  ?  No — for  the  mark  of 
the  destroyer  is  on  her.  Even  as  you  look  she 
hides  something  for  shame  in  her  dress.  There 
is  no  hand  there — only  a  withered  stump,  shock- 
ing to  see.  They  say,  too,  that  leprosy  is  heredi- 
tary, and  bred  of  wickedness.  If  so,  the  sins  of 
the  fathers  hang  heavily  in  that  orchid-scented 
air.  Three  more  children  approach,  two  of  them 
half-naked.  Of  what  use  are  the  decencies  when 
death  is  so  near?  They  sink  coughing  on  the 
grass,  not  in  the  sun,  but  in  the  deepest  shadow, 
where  the  clean  blessed  light  of  heaven  may  not 
shrink  from  meeting  their  piteousness.  Who 
may  you  be,  and  what  manner  of  errand  brings 
you  ?  Perhaps  you  are  a  praying-man,  come  to 
tell  them  of  hell  and  its  furies — of  the  judgment 
that  awaits  bad  people  who  are  discontented  with 
their  lot — or  worse  still,  to  tell  them  of  the  world 
and  its  myriad  promises,  of  the  fair  radiant  God 

251 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

to  whom  the  prayers  of  little  children  are  as  in- 
cense— here  in  this  valley  of  the  shadow  where 
His  fair  image  has  been  outraged  and  foully  de- 
faced !  The  very  light  in  your  eyes  is  an  insult. 
Life  blooms  for  you.  For  them  it  has  been  a 
pale  mockery  seen  through  the  tear-mist  of  suf- 
fering. All  the  pathos,  the  vanity,  the  despair 
of  human  existence  find  expression  in  the  shade 
of  those  mangoes. 

A  thin  anaemic-looking  man  slinks  from  one  of 
the  huts,  and  takes  his  seat  on  the  grass ;  then  a 
woman  of  middle  age,  her  forehead  furrowed 
with  the  ploughings  of  a  thousand  awful  hours. 

Listen  to  their  story.  These  two  were  lovers. 
By  all  human  laws  they  were  destined  to  be  man 
and  wife.  But  the  evil  smote  the  man  on  the 
threshold  of  his  happiness.  He  woke  up — it  was 
only  a  month  to  the  wedding — to  find  himself 
a  leper. 

What  was  he  to  do?  Marry  the  girl  of  his 
choice  and  drag  her  down  to  a  loathsome  death  ? 
In  his  despair  he  found  his  bride's  relations,  and 
told  his  awful  secret.  They  counselled  instant 
separation.  The  girl  herself  would  not  hear  of 
such  a  thing.  She  loved  him,  and  would  marry 
him  in  spite  of  everything.  The  relations  argued, 
threatened,  cajoled — in  vain.  Then,  as  a  last 
resource,  they  tried  their  eloquence  on  the  man. 
Here  they  were  more  successful.  The  lover 

252 


Visit  to  a  Leper  Village 

would  never  suffer  such  a  doom  to  overtake  the 
woman  he  loved.  He  fled  by  night — a  voluntary 
exile — from  his  native  island  of  Tahuata,  and 
buried  himself  in  the  deepest  recesses  of  a  valley. 
But  love  was  too  strong.  Forgetting  everything, 
liberty,  friends,  life  even,  the  girl  left  her  home 
and  fled  after  him. 

You,  poor  wretch,  preferred  a  lonely  life  of 
exile  to  the  possibility  of  marking  the  woman 
of  your  heart  with  the  curse  that  had  laid  you 
low.  And  you,  devoted  and  affectionate  wife, 
preferred  a  lingering  death  in  his  company  to  the 
vanities  of  an  existence  that  had  no  charm  for 
you  without  his  love. 

Well,  well — it  makes  one  feel  very  small  to 
think  of  what  the  unselfishness  of  your  sex  can 
accomplish.  And  I  am  not  sure  the  valley  is  so 
dark  either.  It  may  be  a  ray  of  light  has  struck 
a  clump  of  flowers  yonder,  or  it  may  be  some- 
thing else — the  glow  of  a  love  that  can  lighten 
even  this  pit  of  misery  into  something  resembling 
the  heaven  promised  you  by  the  Giver  of  all 
love.  What  folly  to  deny  the  beauty  of  human 
nature!  Under  the  bear-skins  of  the  Norseman, 
under  the  coarse  garb  of  the  Breton  peasant, 
under  the  magnificent  mail  of  the  Wagnerian 
hero,  or  the  soiled  tatters  of  a  South  Pacific 
savage — we  find  it  again  and  again. 

253 


CHAPTER  XXV 

NUKAHIVA— A  CANNIBAL  QUEEN— PICNICS- 
CONVICTS 

"  Where  some  refulgent  sunset  of  India 
Streams  o'er  a  rich  ambrosial  ocean  isle, 
And  crimson-hued  the  stately  palm-woods 
Whisper  in  odorous  heights  of  even." 

— TENNYSON. 

HIVAOA,  though  in  some  ways  the  most  beautiful 
of  the  Marquesas,  is  by  no  means  the  most  im- 
portant. The  capital  town  of  the  islands  — 
Taiohae  —  is  situated  on  Nukahiva,  a  sea-girt 
oval  measuring  thirty  miles  in  length  by  fifteen 
in  width.  Like  the  first  island,  the  origin  of 
Nukahiva  is  volcanic.  There  are  the  same 
twisted  beds  of  lava,  the  same  breakneck  gullies, 
the  same  pillared  formations  of  basalt  and  ter- 
races of  scoria  hidden  under  carpets  of  guava  and 
trailing  convolvulus. 

The  picturesque  fishing-village  of  Taiohae, 
called  by  courtesy  a  town,  nestles  prettily  in 
the  loop  of  a  deep  bay  shadowed  by  vertical 
cliff-walls.  As  there  is  no  trace  of  a  reef  the 
waves  roll  in  on  the  black  sand  in  all  their  fury. 

254 


Nukahiva 

Beyond  the  rows  of  scattered  villas  compos- 
ing the  town  the  ground  extends  up  in  wavy 
rolling  hills  till,  as  in  Hivaoa,  a  steep  amphi- 
theatre of  rock  checks  the  flood  of  onrushing 
verdure. 

There  used  to  be  an  old  saw,  promulgated  by 
some  observant  island-skipper,  to  the  effect  that 
it  is  easier  to  smell  the  Marquesas  than  see  them. 
This — particularly  if  one  sails  in  on  a  misty  morn- 
ing— certainly  applies  without  much  violence  to 
Nukahiva.  At  ten  miles  from  land  one  already 
notices  a  change.  The  sea  breezes  are  bearing  a 
new  burden  on  their  wings,  an  odour  quite  distinct 
from  the  true  smell  of  the  islands,  one  that  has  no 
affinity  with  anything  one  has  hitherto  experi- 
enced. It  comes  from  the  cassi-plant  (at  least 
that  is  the  name  they  give  it),  a  sort  of  shrub  or 
low  bush,  recalling  in  general  outline  the  ever- 
present  ti-scrub  of  Australia,  but  covered,  in  lieu 
of  white  flowers,  with  a  myriad  of  tiny,  fluffy, 
yellow  balls  which,  if  one  is  hardy  enough  to 
venture  a  walk  through  them,  cover  one  from 
head  to  foot  with  their  golden  powder.  The  hills 
of  Nukahiva,  in  fact,  contain  the  fortunes  of  quite 
an  army  of  perfumers.  I  suppose  something  ought 
to  be  done.  Certain  it  is  that  a  prolonged  so- 
journ in  these  lands  fills  one  as  much  with  a  grim 
pity  at  the  opportunities  wasted  as  with  admira- 

255 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

tion  for  the  theoretical  or  picturesque  value  of 
things. 

Taiohae  is  Papeete  in  miniature.  There  is  the 
Broom-road,  the  white  church  spire,  the  sleepy 
flotilla  of  trader-schooners,  and  bobbing  jumble  of 
outrigger  canoes  all  complete.  Nay,  as  one  slides 
up  in  the  light  of  morning,  one  is  even  surprised 
to  find  what  one  never  found  in  Tahiti — a  pier. 
A  ramshackle,  stickified  edifice  of  wood,  with 
protruding  rusty  bolts  to  trip  one  up,  and  holes 
to  break  one's  leg  in,  but  still  a  pier.  There  is 
also  a  lighthouse — a  decayed  bird-cage  with  a 
paraffin  wick  dangling  at  the  top  of  a  ten-foot 
pole.  Behind  the  lighthouse  on  a  grassy  knoll 
rises  the  mansion  of  the  governor,  a  comfortable, 
airy,  suburban  villa,  with  a  garden  full  of  roses 
and  a  white,  happy,  chalky  bust  of  the  Republique 
to  greet  one  over  the  doorway.  This  is  civilisa- 
tion. 

The  population  of  Taiohae  is  contemplative 
rather  than  energetic.  The  same  fruitfulness  of 
soil  is  at  the  bottom  of  their  idleness  as  in  all  the 
other  islands  of  this  favoured  hemisphere.  The 
place  is  a  kitchen-garden  and  conservatory  com- 
bined. Oranges,  citrons,  guavas,  custard-apples, 
avanas,  avocas,  coco-nuts,  and  two-thirds  of  the 
vegetables  proper  to  temperate  climes  grow  in  a 
profusion  which  has  something  impertinent  about 

256 


Nukahiva 

it.  There  is  an  embryo  steam  cotton-mill,  a 
natural  dry  dock  (in  Anaho  Bay),  and  a  water 
supply  several  grades  less  intermittent  than  the 
Papeete  one.  Tobacco  and  indigo  grow  wild,  as 
also  do  aniseed  and  kava  -  root.  The  native 
women  are  supposed  to  be  past  mistresses  in  the 
art  of  making  "  tappa  "  (birch-bark  cloth),  though 
like  their  sisters  in  Papeete  they  generally  keep 
the  stuff  for  the  edification  of  the  tourist,  pre- 
ferring the  more  easily  acquired  European  or 
Chinese  prints  for  their  own  use.  The  sewing- 
machine  is  as  common  as  the  cuckoo-clock  in 
Switzerland,  and  every  second  house  can  boast 
one.  Taiohae  has  for  some  years  past  also  been 
the  penal  station  of  the  Eastern  Sea.  The  con- 
victs in  question  are  mostly  criminals  of  the  petty 
class — illicit  tobacco-merchants,  kava-drunkards, 
filchers  of  chickens,  and  dabblers  in  all  kinds  of 
variegated  naughtiness.  The  inflicted  labour  is 
road-making.  If  the  roads  of  Nukahiva  are  in- 
tended to  speak  for  the  system,  justice  must  be 
humane,  very  humane  indeed.  There  is  no  jail. 
Such  an  institution  would  be  useless — as  it  would 
be  difficult  to  leave  the  island  without  detection, 
and  equally  difficult  to  annoy  its  inhabitants  by 
staying.  It  is  an  ideal  brigand's  paradise. 

The  queen  of  Nukahiva,  Vaekehu,  is  a  charm- 
ing old  lady.     If  they  should  tell  you  the  yarn 

257  R 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

about  her  having  helped  to  eat  her  first  husband, 
you  had  best  treat  it  as  pure  fable.  She  inhabits 
a  pretty  creeper-covered  cottage  in  full  view  of 
the  harbour,  and  is  amazingly  popular  with  the 
authorities. 

On  the  beach  road  I  cannoned  into  Jimmy 
Gibson,  purser  of  the  Croix,  who  had  been  amus- 
ing himself  speculating  in  shell  at  Hikueru.  Jimmy 
was  in  the  best  of  spirits.  His  native  wife  was  a 
resident  of  Taiohae,  and  the  lady's  rumoured 
preference  for  a  Chinaman  had  lately  caused  poor 
Jimmy  several  sleepless  nights.  Instead  of  the 
anticipated  note  pinned  to  the  pillow-case,  how- 
ever, Jimmy  had  landed  that  morning  to  find  his 
partner  faithful,  affectionate,  and  all  his  own ! 
Never  had  such  a  thing  been  heard  of!  Jimmy 
begged  me  to  photograph  the  lady  at  once.  Out 
she  came,  blushing,  rosy,  perfumed  like  a  Madonna, 
a  very  Venus  stirred  from  slumber.  But  what  use 
is  it  to  enthuse  ?  Pretty  girls  are  no  rarity  here, 
and  in  Nukahiva — as  in  Bath — comparisons  are 
odorous. 

By  way  of  additionally  commemorating  the 
incident,  a  picnic  was  proposed — with  camera 
and  girls.  The  latter  refused  point-blank.  The 
day  was  grilling,  and  they  didn't  see  the  fun  of 
being  driven  about  in  the  sun  merely  for  the  sake 
of  a  roasted  hog  and  a  moiety  of  flirtation.  They 

258 


Nukahiva 

could  have  both  at  home.  Jimmy  prayed,  but  the 
damsels  were  adamant.  Our  own  company  had 
to  suffice  us  that  day. 

A  pair  of  horses  and  a  roofed  dray — I  am  loth 
to  call  it  a  waggon — were  secured.  We  hired  the 
services  of  a  Kanaka  driver  and  rattled  hungrily 
about  Taiohae  canvassing  for  food.  Jimmy  had 
promised  us  a  regular  native  feed.  First  the  boys 
hunted  up  a  couple  of  bottles  of  wine  at  one  of  the 
stores.  Then  we  intercepted  a  native  carrying  a 
magnificent  ten-pound  fish  at  the  end  of  a  long 
pole.  There  were  plenty  of  bananas  and  fates, 
but  we  wanted  something  more  solid,  and  none  of 
us  knew  how  to  set  about  getting  it. 

Then — joy  ! — a  small  pig  with  echinus-like 
bristles  lining  his  back  ran  squawking  across  the 
road  and  disappeared  between  some  whitewashed 
fence  rails.  Jimmy,  being  the  linguist,  descended 
and  bargained  with  the  proprietor.  A  moment 
later  we  heard  a  shrill  squeal,  and  out  came  some- 
thing tenderly  wrapped  in  aromatic  banana-leaves 
and  tied  with  twisted  coco-fibre.  It  was  the  pig. 
"  Now,"  said  Jimmy,  "  we  shall  not  be  many 
moments." 

But  the  vegetable  trimmings  had  yet  to  be 
secured.  By  a  lovely  little  villa  a  mile  towards 
the  mountains  some  graceful  fronds  of  bread-fruit 
were  bending  over  the  fence.  It  is  only  in  the 

259 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

Marquesas  that  you  would  dream  of  coolly  step- 
ping into  a  man's  garden  to  rifle  his  fruit-trees. 
The  task  of  picking  the  big  green  bulbs  was  more 
difficult  than  it  looked.  Bread-fruit  generally 
hangs  just  out  of  reach.  It  is  a  mistake  to  jump 
at  it.  The  rough  skin  cuts  your  fingers  to  pieces 
and  leaves  you  sore  and  rumpled  for  the  rest  of 
the  day.  Wild  sweeps  with  a  pole  are  no  use 
whatever.  They  maul  the  fruit  and  make  it  un- 
eatable. Presently  two  girls  came  out  with  tall 
chairs  and  a  knife,  and  the  fruit  was  detached 
without  difficulty.  I  don't  believe  Jimmy  paid 
for  the  fruit,  but  I  know  he  put  his  arm  round 
one  girl  and  told  her  she  was  the  life  of  his  soul 
and  that  he  had  come  to  Nukahiva  for  the  express 
purpose  of  completing  her  education — "  Na  oe  ha 
pee  tie  "  (for  I  saw  him  do  it). 

En  avant !  The  shades  of  the  forest  grew 
deeper,  and  through  the  twining  maze  of  branches 
the  great  crest  above  shot  back  the  sun  as  from  a 
reflector.  Presently  we  reached  a  likely  spot. 
Jimmy  and  the  Kanaka  driver  proceeded  to  col- 
lect brushwood  to  roast  the  porker,  while  I, 
curious  on  the  score  of  South  Sea  island  cookery, 
superintended  the  chopping-up  and  pickling  of 
the  fish. 

The  genesis  of  raw  fish  is  simple  enough.     It 

is  hardly  likely  that  any  true  Kanaka  would  take 

260 


Jimmy  Gibson. 


\_p.26o. 


Nukahiva 

the  trouble  to  cook  anything  when  he  could,  by 
stretching  his  tastes  a  trifle,  get  a  meal  without 
that  labour.  One  of  the  boys  armed  himself 
with  a  knife.  The  long,  silver  creature  was  split 
in  half  along  the  backbone,  cut  into  strips,  laid  on 
a  leaf  and  dosed  with  oil,  vinegar,  and  chili-pepper. 
To  all  intents  and  purposes  it  was  pickled.  Yet 
it  is  funny  to  see  what  a  horrible  grimace  the 
average  European  will  make  at  the  mention  of 
this  dish.  Try  it,  ye  grumblers — try  it.  All  the 
reasoning  in  the  world  won't  do  away  with  the 
fact  that  it  is  quite  as  civilised  as  salt  pork  and 
a  good  deal  more  humane  than  oysters.  Travel- 
ling is  currently  admitted  to  enlarge  the  mind ; 
may  we  not  honestly  admit  that  it  enlarges  the 
palate  as  well  ? 

The  bread-fruit  came  next  on  the  list.  You  can 
cook  bread-fruit  in  fifty  different  ways.  You  can 
boil  it  like  a  potato,  fry  it,  devil  it,  broil  it,  stew 
it,  bake  it,  pickle  it.  The  easiest  and  pleasantest 
way  of  all  is  to  roast  it  under  a  bonfire.  It  goes 
into  the  ashes  green  and  comes  out  a  black  charred 
mass  which  you  presently  split  away  with  the  knife 
to  disclose  the  snow-white  interior,  bolt  upright  on 
its  calcined  stalk  like  a  monstrous  egg  of  flour. 

And  the  taste?  Oh,  well — mix  soap,  flour, 
indiarubber,  sand,  suet,  and  cheese  together  in  a 

jumble.     That  ought  to  fetch  the  taste  of  bread- 

261 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

fruit  all  right.  If  it  don't — like  Mark  Twain's 
pistol — it  will  fetch  something  else,  and  that 
something  else  will  be  a  Marquesas-island  vege- 
table, for  they  all  taste  alike. 

The  poetry  of  that  savage  collation  abides  with 
me  yet  Sitting  cross-legged  on  the  moss,  our 
necks  wreathed  with  verbena,  our  brows  with 
tuberose,  we  were  indeed  a  noble  quartet  to 
carry  the  greeting  of  Europe  to  the  people  of  the 
sea.  The  scene  yet  remains  impressed  like  a 
photograph.  The  sombre  canopy  of  trees,  the 
dusty  spears  of  sunshine,  the  roasted  pig  on  his 
back  on  the  platter  of  leaves,  the  smoking  bread- 
fruit, and  the  sour,  biting  French  claret  at  fifty 
centimes  the  quart.  Such  things  embalm  the 
memory.  Of  such  may  the  gods  grow  jealous ! 

At  the  dessert  I  got  a  startler.  Our  Kanaka 
had  shown  himself  a  noble  waiter,  but  after  im- 
bibing half  a  bottle  of  that  wondrous  claret,  he 
got  fairly  wound  up  to  concert-pitch  and  offered 
to  show  us  the  original  Marquesan  hoola,  as 
danced  in  prehistoric  times.  He  did.  It  was 
nimble,  but  not  pretty.  For  compliment,  I  sug- 
gested he  ought  to  try  it  at  night  on  the  beach 
and  pass  round  the  hat.  He  cottoned  to  the  idea, 
but  had  to  admit  it  was  impossible ;  for,  as  he 
said  :  "  Me  convict,  sah — me  live  in  jail,  sah." 

This  was  fact,  not  fiction.  Our  worthy  Kanaka 
262 


Convicts 

had  got  himself  condemned  to  a  year's  solitary 
confinement  for  some  misdemeanour,  and  was 
really  supposed  to  be  boarding  at  Queen 
Vaekehu's — or  the  Government's — expense.  In- 
asmuch, however,  as  this  mode  of  punishment 
was  apt  to  spoil  his  chances  of  making  a  living, 
the  kind  Government  allowed  him  to  roam  freely, 
only  stipulating  that  he  was  to  appear  every 
evening  and  announce  himself  to  the  authorities 
before  going  to  bed. 

In  fact,  the  Taiohae  jail  was  at  one  time  quite 
a  popular  institution.  It  was  discovered  that  the 
tiled  roof  leaked  less  in  the  rains  than  the  primi- 
tive leaf-thatches,  and  for  a  season,  criminals  in 
Nukahiva  went  genially  on  the  increase.  With 
advancing  years,  however,  the  jail  soon  relapsed 
into  the  reigning  condition  of  artistic  "jom- 
methry."  The  windows  got  smashed  in  due 
course  and,  ever  since  Government  has  decided 
not  to  replace  them,  crime  has  been  at  a  discount 
in  breezy  Taiohae. 

Taiara  i  Tikei  (name  of  the  Kanaka)  was  en 
outre  a  descendant  of  royalty  and  magnificently 
tattooed — a  notable  fact,  for  the  genuine  art  of 
tattooing  is  fast  becoming  a  lost  one,  and  a  really 
fine  human  mosaic  is  nearly  as  great  a  curio  in 
Nukahiva  as  an  old  soldier  in  Virginia  or  a 

Balaclava  pensioner  in  Holborn. 

263 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

Tattooing  is  a  distinctly  painful  operation  at  all 
times,  and  I  have  been  told  hurts  nearly  as  much 
as  being  skinned.  Few  men  get  beyond  the 
anchor  and  life-belt  ordeal.  In  Tahiti,  among 
the  sentimental  Kanaka  youth,  it  is  the  fashion  to 
have  the  name  of  your  inamorata  tattooed  on 
your  arm — an  obviously  silly  idea,  for  the  mark 
always  outlives  the  passion,  and  should  the  lady's 
successor  be  cast  in  a  jealous  mould,  must  be  a 
source  of  bickering. 

And  this  brings  us  to  a  melancholy  figure — the 
original  tattooed  white  man  of  Nukahiva,  John 
W.  Hillyard,  Esq. 

His  story  is  pathetic.  It  needs  telling  to  slow 
music.  Also  it  contains  a  moral,  which,  it  is 
hoped,  the  succeeding  narrative  will  make  plain 
without  further  comment. 


264 


CHAPTER  XXVI 

THE  STORY  OF  JOHN  HILLYARD 

"  Love's  ways  are  sharp  for  palms  of  piteous  feet 
To  travel — but  the  end  of  such  is  sweet : 
Now  do  with  me  as  seemeth  you  the  best." 

HE  came  from  God  knows  where,  and  was  bound 
for  the  same  dread  locality.  A  raw,  inexperi- 
enced, baggy-kneed  youth  of  eighteen  who  had 
probably  run  away  from  some  San  Francisco 
school  and  been  signed  in  on  board  the  Nancy 
Dawson  just  because  crews  were  scarce,  and  the 
Marquesas  (this  was  in  the  sixties)  had  an  ugly 
man-eating  reputation  among  seamen. 

On  reaching  Nukahiva  the  Nancy  Dawson 
was  beached  in  Anaho  Bay  for  repairs,  and 
supervision  was  temporarily  relaxed.  Hillyard 
had  been  at  school  a  romantic,  absent-minded, 
fiction-reading  lad,  whom  all  the  bullying  in  the 
world  hardly  could  rouse  from  apathy.  Now, 
under  the  novel  colouring  of  his  surroundings, 
some  of  his  boyish  enthusiasm  returned.  He 
saw  himself  in  the  paradise  of  his  dreams,  and 

the  pure  delight  of  it  stabbed  to  his  heart  like 

265 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

the  premonitory  symptoms  of  the  passion  that 
was  to  be  his  ruin.  He  deserted — spent  a  night  in 
the  bush,  and  eventually  reached  Taiohae,  where, 
as  white  labour  was  scarce,  he  obtained  employ- 
ment in  a  French  trading  firm,  the  first  and 
oldest  one  in  the  islands. 

Competition  was  anything  but  keen,  and  in  a 
very  short  while  Hillyard  rose  from  errand-boy 
and  bottle-washer  to  the  command  of  the  Tikehau 
— a  diminutive  thirty-ton  schooner,  mainly  used 
to  advertise  the  firm's  doings  and  drum  up  trade 
for  future  commercial  enterprise. 

Those  were  golden  days.  Hillyard  found 
himself  a  genuine  South  Sea  trader.  Standing 
erect  on  the  poop,  he  drank  in  ideas  of  liberty 
with  the  smell  of  copra  from  the  hatches,  and 
the  shock  of  the  combers  as  they  struck  the 
Tikehaus  sides  were  the  cymbal  clashes  of 
nature  rejoicing  with  him.  The  first  trips 
were  short  ones.  The  buttresses  of  Nukahiva 
had  barely  time  to  die  in  the  warm  rain  before 
the  long  line  of  Huapu  shook  itself  free  from 
its  girdle  of  mist  and  revealed  itself  to  the  seer 
in  the  glory  of  palm -gullies  and  flying  cloud- 
tatters.  Then  came  the  sleepy  noon,  with  the 
droning  chatter  of  women  under  the  awnings, 
and  last  of  all  the  silver  magic  of  the  night  with 

the  drift  of  voices  on  the  rain-scoured  air  and 

266 


The  Story  of  John  Hillyard 

the  twinkle  of  torches  in  the  water.  Hillyard 
was  one  of  nature's  poets,  and  no  kindly  warning 
came  to  tell  him  of  the  disaster  impending. 

Once  in  the  midst  of  a  noonday  siesta — the 
Tikehau  was  lying  off  Huapu  at  the  time — some 
one  hailed  him  from  the  shore.  Two  graceful 
figures  in  scarlet  stood  on  the  grass.  One  was 
Mariamma,  the  Christianised  daughter  of  a  can- 
nibal chief,  whose  bamboo  stockade  was  just 
visible  through  the  wall  of  greenery ;  the  other 
was  her  married  cousin,  Mau  (pronounce  Ma-oo), 
the  most  inveterate  matchmaker  and  scandal- 
monger of  the  district. 

Hillyard  descended  to  the  cabin  an  hour  later 
walking  on  air.  Mariamma's  eyes  had  done 
what  the  owner  had  intended.  The  girl  had 
driven  a  monstrous  bargain,  but  Hillyard  was 
satisfied.  He  determined  that  if  the  parties  at 
Taiohae  objected,  he  would  waive  financial  con- 
siderations and  pay  the  difference  from  his  salary. 
That  night  there  was  a  hoola  on  shore.  As 
Hillyard  sat  cross-legged  on  a  mat,  and  tried  to 
smoke  his  pipe  in  time  to  the  dancers'  wrigglings, 
some  one  crept  from  out  the  cloud  of  whirling 
drapery  and  threw  a  flower  in  his  face.  It  was 
Mariamma.  The  token  was  only  a  tiny  thing  of 
little  import,  but  it  brought  a  crimson  flood  to 
the  man's  cheek,  and  left  his  heart  throbbing 

267 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

with  a  wild  feeling  of  emptiness.  Hillyard 
sculled  his  way  back  on  board  and  tried  to 
sleep.  Next  morning,  as  the  Tikehau  felt  her 
way  out  through  the  oily  water,  the  shore  wind 
brought  something  besides  the  breath  of  awaken- 
ing flowers  to  Hillyard's  nostrils.  There  was  a 
spiral  of  smoke  between  distant  palm-branches, 
and  the  skipper's  gaze  turned  to  where  a  long, 
grey  roof-thatch,  Jter  home,  nestled  into  its  copse 
of  bread-fruit.  The  girl's  image  had  grafted  itself 
on  Hillyard's  heart,  and  not  the  poetry  of  a  thou- 
sand dawns  could  blot  it  out. 

It  was  nearing  the  close  of  the  year  when  he 
saw  her  again.  Hillyard  had  worked  hard  at  the 
island  lingo,  and  this  time  he  was  able  to  do 
more  than  offer  sweetmeats.  He  got  scant  en- 
couragement, however.  Mariamma  did  not  like 
pale  faces.  But  Hillyard  amused  her  and  kept  her 
in  chocolates.  Therefore  she  feigned  sympathy. 

Her  cousin  Mau  was  more  explicit.  "You 
leave  Mariamma  be — she  no  got  use  for  you, 
you  silly  dam  white  man  you."  Mariamma,  on 
the  mat,  having  eaten  her  fill  of  chocolates,  put 
in  her  say.  She  said  "  Hart! "  (go)  in  a  tone  that 
spoke  volumes,  and  sent  Hillyard  flying  from  the 
house  in  an  agony  of  despair.  He  passed  the  night 
among  the  palm-stems  in  a  black  hell  of  misery, 
and  only  returned  on  board  his  ship  when  the 

268 


The  Story  of  John  Hillyard 

shouts  of  the  men  warned  him  it  was  time  to 
start. 

In  Taiohae  the  company's  doings  were  broaden- 
ing. Another  vessel  was  to  be  started  in  the 
trade,  and  the  Tikehau,  together  with  her  skipper, 
was  relegated  to  coasting  round  Nukahiva.  This 
meant  to  Hillyard  separation  from  his  goddess. 
He  did  not  hesitate.  He  determined  to  quit  the 
company  for  good,  return  and  settle  in  Huapu. 

Mariamma  was  not  glad  to  see  him,  for  he 
came  poor  and  positionless,  and  the  cabinful  of 
print  was  a  thing  of  the  past.  Mariamma's 
heart,  like  that  of  many  proper  young  ladies, 
went  hand  in  hand  with  her  interests.  At 
Hillyard's  offer  of  marriage  she  laughed  boister- 
ously. With  true  island  candour  she  called  him 
a  pig  of  a  foreigner  and  told  him  his  white 
face  made  her  sick.  In  the  early  days  of  his 
courtship  Hillyard  would  have  keenly  felt  the 
sting  of  her  words,  but  now  love  had  cast  out 
pride,  and  the  more  she  abused  him  the  more 
angelic  did  she  appear. 

Temaki,  Mariamma's  young  brother,  a  copper- 
coloured  Apollo  of  fifteen,  tattooed  all  over  like 
a  willow  pattern,  tried  mediation.  Hillyard  had 
bribed  him  freely  with  sticks  of  tobacco,  and 
he  felt  kindly  disposed  to  the  love-sick  Beretane. 
He  expostulated  with  his  sister.  White  men 

269 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

were  not  all  blackguards.  As  for  Hillyard's 
face,  he,  Temaki,  would  soon  remedy  that.  He 
produced  a  bundle  of  pointed  bones  and  a  cala- 
bash of  sticky  black  gum.  Temaki  was  the  artist 
of  the  village  and  burning  for  a  chance  to  show  off. 

Hillyard  was  nearly  out  of  his  mind.  This 
was  why,  when  Temaki  came  to  him  that  evening 
with  an  absurd  proposition,  instead  of  genially 
kicking  the  youth  into  the  street  with  his  bless- 
ing, Hillyard  gave  Temaki  his  last  ounce  of 
tobacco  and  began  to  seriously  ponder  over  the 
matter  as  a  university  professor  might  over  a 
new  and  weighty  problem  in  philosophy. 

He  would  let  Temaki  tattoo  him  in  approved 
island  fashion,  he  would  discard  his  European 
trousers  and  wear  a  pareo  instead — he  would  give 
all  up  and  become  a  native.  His  Beretane  origin 
once  effaced,  Mariamma's  heart  would  soften. 

The  idea  was  that  of  a  madman — but  Hillyard 
was  in  no  condition  to  reason  clearly.  Temaki 
got  his  pointed  bones  and  set  to  work.  He 
commenced  by  scoring  Hillyard's  face  with 
broad  green  bands  which,  descending  from  the 
forehead,  lost  themselves  in  a  whirlpool  of  con- 
centric circles  in  either  cheek  and  fell  away 
down  the  neck  in  tassels.  Hillyard's  breast  he 
marked  with  a  chess-board — not  proportioned 
according  to  the  rules  of  Staunton  —  and  a 

270 


The  Story  of  John  Hillyard 

spreading  mango-tree  with  two  plethoric  hogs 
guzzling  the  fallen  fruit  was  elected  to  adorn 
his  back.  Two  venerable  Kanaka  hags  assisted 
at  the  operation,  and  sang  tunes  to  drown  Hill- 
yard's  groans.  At  the  end  ofrthe  week  Mari- 
amma's  would  -  be  lover  was  in  a  high  fever. 
They  put  him  to  bed,  wrapped  him  in  a  patch- 
work quilt  and  tied  bandages  on  his  forehead. 
When  at  last  he  was  able  to  walk,  Hillyard 
was  a  fearful  object.  The  clumsy  fish-bone 
needles  had  left  swellings  round  the  scored 
lines  of  his  forehead.  His  face  was  deathly 
pale  and  the  green  circles  stood  out  like  mould 
on  leather.  Temaki  himself  was  inclined  to  be 
frightened  at  his  work. 

It  was  some  time  before  Hillyard  dared  show 
himself  to  Mariamma.  When  he  did  so  the 
punishment  of  his  foolishness  came  in  a  flood-tide 
of  agony.  Mariamma  had  been  indifferent  before, 
now  she  became  horrified.  She  began  by  a  fit  of 
hysterics  which  terrified  Mau,  and  wound  up  by 
spitting  contemptuously  at  Hillyard  and  calling 
for  her  brother  to  take  the  "  devil "  out  of  the 
house. 

Hillyard  was  like  a  man  broken  on  the  wheel. 
For  months  he  led  the  life  of  an  outcast,  sleeping 
in  rainy  hollows  and  feeding  on  all  kinds  of 
vegetable  offal.  Why  his  mind  did  not  give  way 

271 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

is  a  mystery.  He  finally  drifted  back  to  Taiohae, 
where  he  obtained  work  on  one  of  the  newly 
formed  plantations,  and  where  his  appearance  won 
him  a  goodly  meed  of  success  among  the  lady 
population,  many  of  whom  were  not  blind  to  the 
charms  of  a  novelty. 

At  present  he  is  a  man  nearing  the  sixties,  and 
one  of  the  most  singular  ornaments  of  Taiohae 
harbour ;  but  not  all  the  gold  in  creation  can  tempt 
him  to  tell  the  story  of  his  love-affair,  nor  can  he 
be  persuaded  to  allow  his  photograph  to  be  taken. 
The  skeleton  is  closely  locked  in  his  mental  cup- 
board, and  the  rambling  on  dits  of  merchant- 
skippers  over  Taiohae  bar-tables,  together  with 
this  (ahem !)  interesting  and  printed  tribute  from 
the  pen  of  a  globe-trotter,  are  all  that  remain  to 
keep  alive  the  memory  of  the  tattooed  man  and 
his  heartless  Mariamma. 


272 


CHAPTER  XXVII 

A    NUKAHIVA    GOAT-DRIVE 

"  Katline  Mapue,  the  gray  dawn  is  breaking, 
The  conch  of  the  hunter  is  heard  on  the  hill." 

— Marquesan  himent. 

To  many  men  life,  even  island-life,  is  incomplete 
without  sport  of  some  kind. 

Marquesan  game  is  of  a  very  small  order. 
Curlews,  plover,  snipe,  and  a  peculiarly  bony 
variety  of  wild  duck  frequent  the  marshes,  and 
can  be  tackled  in  the  regulation  way.  There  is 
plenty  of  pig,  but  they  must  be  followed  with  the 
rifle,  as  the  unevenness  of  the  ground  and  the 
sparkling  abundance  of  precipices  make  orthodox 
"sticking"  an  impossibility.  In  some  of  the 
larger  islands  of  the  Society  group  wild  cattle 
are  said  to  range  the  guava  scrub  in  such  numbers 
as  to  make  exploration  without  a  sufficient  escort 
a  dangerous  pastime,  but  these  hardly  come  under 
the  head  of  game.  Certain  headlands  along  the 
coast  of  Nukahiva,  too,  afford  a  resting-place  to 
millions  of  sea-birds — so  tame  that  a  boy  of 
average  intelligence  can  knock  enough  of  them 

273  s 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

on  the  head  in  a  single  morning  to  make  their 
feathers  a  drug  in  the  market  for  weeks.  This 
likewise  is  not  sport. 

But  a  sight  of  the  real  thing  was  not  long  in 
appearing.  The  first  act  of  the  drama  was  as 
follows.  I  had  been  lunching  with  the  governor 
of  Nukahiva,  and  with  that  exquisite  civility 
characteristic  of  the  French  official  in  his  deal- 
ings with  the  English  tourist  in  island  ports,  the 
governor  had  instantly  offered  to  despoil  his 
garden  of  flowers  to  make  me  a  bouquet.  He 
wouldn't  take  a  refusal.  Two  large-sized  washing- 
baskets  were  to  be  filled.  The  supply  seemed  to 
me  to  be  adequate,  but  the  governor,  who  had 
calculated  smothering  my  cabin  in  roses,  com- 
plained bitterly.  A  promising  half-acre  of  flower- 
bushes  had  been  gnawed  into  unrecognisable 
"jommethry."  The  radishes  in  the  kitchen- 
garden  had  been  eaten  to  the  last  fibre.  The 
wattle  fence  surrounding  a  portion  of  the  domain 
had  been  chewed  into  unsightly  gaps,  and  the 
beds  of  Michaelmas  daisies  had  been  converted 
into  unedifying  jam  by  a  myriad  tiny  hoof-marks. 
It  was  a  Liliputian  outrage  al  fresco.  The 
governor  waxed  wroth.  He  knew  who  the 
thieves  were.  The  tiny,  mischievous,  skipping, 
musk-smelling  wild  goats  of  the  mountains  who 
fear  neither  God  nor  man.  A  drove  of  the 

274 


A  Nukahiva  Goat-Drive 

creatures  had   broken  in    by   night   and  treated 
themselves  to  a  rose-dinner. 

"This  will  never  do,"  explained  the  governor 
to  his  weeping  gardener;  "we  must  organise  a 
hunt  and  teach  these  creatures  manners.  You 
can  enlist  the  whole  gang  of  ces  messieurs  Turi. 
We  start  at  daybreak."  Then,  turning  to  me— 
"  Cela  vous  va,  kein  ?  " 

It  suited  me  to  perfection.  Taiohae,  as  I 
have  already  noticed,  harbours,  in  addition  to 
the  usual  compendium  of  island  loafers,  some 
dozens  of  interesting  amateur  convicts.  They 
were  the  gang  alluded  to.  When  next  morning 
some  one  stirred  me  up  off  my  mat  at  the  China- 
man's the  lot  of  them  were  drawn  up  on  the 
Beach-road  at  the  turn  leading  to  the  governor's 
house.  A  fine  collection  of  men — thirty  or  so 
all  told — with  just  enough  fire  in  their  eyes, 
enough  jauntiness  in  their  blue  trousers  and  leaf- 
woven  hats  to  tell  of  dormant  vagabondism. 
Half  the  number  were  armed  with  long  pruning- 
knives  (machetes  they  call  them  in  Spanish),  the 
remainder  carried  the  long  murderous  Marquesan 
spear,  embossed  in  a  double  row  of  baby  white 
shark-teeth.  For  my  part,  not  knowing  pre- 
cisely the  part  I  was  destined  to  play,  I  carried  a 
miniature  saloon-rifle,  and  the  governor,  who  pre- 
sently appeared,  bore  a  similar  weapon  of  the 

275 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

"repeating"  kind,  of  a  form  sacred  to  the  French 
colonial  army  alone.  As  we  wended  our  way  up 
the  slope  under  the  flamboyants  the  scheme  of 
the  morning's  work  was  explained  to  me.  This 
was  no  artistic  hunt,  but  a  systematic  massacre 
of  offending  vermin.  A  mile  or  so  ahead  the 
dark  cliff-edge  cut  its  monstrous  silhouette 
against  the  morning  sky.  A  cordon  was  to  be 
formed  at  the  base  of  the  hill,  and  the  animals 
driven  steadily  forward  to  the  edge  of  the  abyss. 
"And  then,"  concluded  the  governor,  "you  will 
see  something  funny — quelquechose  de  bizarre" 

The  dawn  was  racing  along  the  top  of  the 
highest  ar£te  as  we  struck  the  first  belt  of  scrub. 
A  thin  mist  was  rising  from  the  taro-ponds,  and 
the  spaces  between  the  villas  of  Taiohae  were 
dotted  with  flakes  of  filmy  cotton.  Then  the 
fight  began — cassi-brambles  versus  machete  and 
hatchet  combined,  a  merciless  warfare,  and  one 
to  fill  your  tailor's  heart  with  joy.  Cassi-scrub  is 
heathen  stuff  to  traverse.  When  the  opposing 
army  of  thorns  have  done  lacerating  your 
trousers  the  flying  cloud  of  yellow  pollen  gets 
down  your  throat,  and  you  feel  as  though  you 
had  swallowed  the  contents  of  a  drug-store. 
The  scenery,  where  we  had  time  to  look  at  it, 
was  very  fine.  A  mile  out  to  sea  the  orange 
tips  of  the  "  sentinels  "  were  hanging  in  sunshine. 

276 


A  Nukahiva  Goat-Drive 

The  remainder  of  the  bay  was  deepest  night, 
save  where  the  struggling  foam-patches  caught 
a  vague  shimmer  from  the  lit  cliffs  above. 
Several  small  schooners  were  hoisting  sails  in 
the  harbour,  and  in  the  crescent  of  black  sand  we 
could  see  a  knot  of  boys  pushing  with  shrill  cries 
a  long  flat-bottomed  boat  from  its  shelter  under 
the  buraos. 

Then — hist ! — a  whisper  ran  along  our  line. 
A  few  hundred  yards  from  where  we  stood,  our 
trousers  yellowed  with  cassi-pollen,  several  objects 
which  I  can  only  describe  as  misshapen  black 
fleas,  were  skipping  against  the  creeping  band  of 
light.  A  faint  squeak,  the  protest  of  an  insulted 
rag-doll,  came  down-wind.  A  Marquesan  goat 
is  a  most  insignificant  atom.  It  seems  impossible 
so  much  angular  ungodliness  can  be  condensed 
into  so  small  a  compass.  The  governor's  arm 
went  up  like  a  semaphore.  The  men  stopped 
swinging  their  machetes  and  cowered  obediently 
into  the  scrub.  Now  for  a  shot.  There  is  not 
the  slightest  real  necessity  for  using  the  firearm, 
inasmuch  as  the  quarry  can't  escape  us,  and  the 
terrible  cliff-drop  is  not  far  off.  But  the  marks- 
man instinct  is  irresistible.  The  foremost  goat 
stands  on  a  knoll,  snuffing  the  air,  with  cabalistic 
suggestions  of  horn  and  hoof  which  the  animal's 

reputed    instinct    don't    weaken     in    the    least. 

277 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

Clearly  he  is  alive  to  the  situation.  He  can't 
have  winded  us,  for  the  breeze  is  in  our  faces, 
but  the  whack  of  the  machetes  has  gone  before, 
and  the  red  line  of  pareos  is  visible  a  long  way, 
even  in  that  mist-wreathed  twilight. 

Bang!  He  is  up  with  a  bound  and  the  whole 
posse  go  skurrying  away  uphill  with  an  eager- 
ness that  will  take  them  to  San  Francisco  in  a 
week  if  the  ocean  doesn't  spoil  their  game. 

Now  then,  mes  enfants.  As  we  rise  and  dive 
impetuously  into  the  ocean  of  yellow  fluff  the  sun 
tops  the  ridge  behind  and  burns  the  backs  of  our 
necks.  Below  in  the  gloom  the  pandanus  roofs 
of  Taiohae  are  only  dull  splotches.  The  ground 
is  heaped  up  with  huge  lava-blocks,  a  mass  of 
ghastly  pitfalls.  Lucky  if  any  one  escapes  with  a 
broken  leg.  And  what  is  the  good  of  all  this 
rush,  messieurs  ?  Festina  lente.  The  inevitable 
reaction  sets  in,  and  after  a  quarter  of  an  hour's 
mad  scrambling  we  have  to  call  a  halt.  A 
stampede  of  elephants  could  hardly  give  us  more 
trouble. 

Hurrah !  We  have  succeeded  in  fairly  scaring 
them  at  least.  A  knot  of  the  game  is  standing 
uncertain  as  the  foremost  body  of  men  rush  up — 
uncertain  as  to  whether  it  will  be  best  to  dare  the 
final  slope  of  the  hill,  the  one  leading  to  the  scene 
of  execution,  the  cliff  overhanging  the  sea.  We 

278 


A  Nukahiva  Goat-Drive 

have  been  drawing  nearer  the  base  of  this  slope, 
which  leads  upwards  at  an  angle  of  forty  or  so, 
for  the  last  quarter  of  an  hour.  Some  instinct 
tells  the  creatures  that  even  though  they  succeed 
in  topping  the  slope,  no  salvation  awaits  them 
there.  Even  in  the  heat  of  the  chase  a  pang  of 
pity  goes  through  me  on  behalf  of  this  huddled 
group  of  dumb  creatures  who,  skip  they  never  so 
bravely,  must  at  last  play  their  losing  game  and 
die. 

No  such  thoughts  animate  the  men,  however. 
We  are  remorselessly  closing  in  on  the  goats. 
There  seems  to  be  a  sort  of  political  leadership 
in  the  group.  One  body  of  animals  remains 
pawing  the  base  of  the  slope,  the  other,  a  small 
isolated  regiment  of  ten,  draw  away  to  the  left. 
There  may  be  fifty  in  toto  all  told.  Are  they 
going  to  try  and  break  the  line  ?  The  men 
advance,  their  machetes  rising  and  falling  like 
flails.  Yes !  it  is  a  forlorn  hope,  but  one  party 
is  going  to  attempt  it.  Those  strange  beings 
who  advance  striking  the  brushwood  aside  in 
flashes  of  light  may  not  be  so  dreadful  after  all. 
Once  through  that  line  of  blue  serge  and  liberty 
is  theirs.  The  papa-goat  throws  up  his  nose, 
bleats  angrily,  and — whish  ! — away  go  the  lot, 
scuttering  across  the  rocks  like  an  avalanche. 
Two  of  the  men  level  their  guns,  but — bless  you  ! 

279  " 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

— you  might  as  well  try  and  nail  the  wind. 
There  is  only  the  smell  of  smokeless  powder,  the 
sound  of  ripping  foliages  and  the  floating  dust  of 
nipped  cassi-puffs.  The  goats  have  won  their 
liberty. 

Terror  now  strikes  the  other  half.  There  is 
no  way  save  the  way  of  the  slope,  and  up  they  go 
in  a  slanting  line — beautiful  marks  for  rifle  bullets. 
We  are  close  upon  their  heels,  but  seeing  them 
straggle  out  thus  over  the  face  of  the  cliff  one's 
murderous  instincts  almost  make  one  regret  one 
didn't  stay  behind.  It  would  have  been  glorious 
shooting,  but  it  is  too  late  now  and  we  must  keep 
the  game  busy  or  they  will  double  and  break  the 
line  again. 

Oh,  the  agony  of  that  last  slope!  In  my  boy- 
hood I  had  read  of  Grimm's  enchanted  road  where 
for  every  step  forward  one  fell  back  two.  Now  I 
met  the  thing  in  reality.  There  was  no  trace  of 
a  path.  It  was  claw  and  climb  and  hang  on  as 
nails  and  eyebrows  permitted. 

At  last  —  we  are  on  the  summit.  A  level 
stretch  of  grass  with  tiny  blue  flowers  leads  away 
to  the  wall  of  rock.  The  growl  of  the  breakers 
comes  to  us  faintly.  Half-way  across  the  lawn 
our  poor  frightened  hunted  quarry  stands  hesitat- 
ing. Perhaps  they  feel  they  are  gazing  their  last 
on  the  green  world  they  love,  perhaps  it  is  merely 

280 


A  Nukahiva  Goat-Drive 

startled  animal  curiosity.  The  governor  appears 
panting  and  mopping  his  face  with  his  handker- 
chief. As  the  men  are  about  to  throw  themselves 
forward  he  stops  them.  The  moment  has  not 
yet  arrived.  The  flotilla  had  not  yet  rounded 
the  heads.  Should  the  goats  elect  to  jump  into 
the  water  they  will  be  easily  hauled  on  board  and 
disposed  of  in  Taiohae. 

The  governor  leads  the  way  to  where  a  pro- 
jecting claw  of  rock  commands  a  view  of  sea 
and  cliff-face.  We  may  be  from  500  to  600  feet 
above  the  water-level.  There  is  a  howling  gale 
blowing,  and  I  have  to  desperately  clutch  my 
helmet  to  prevent  its  taking  wings  and  flying 
back  to  Taiohae.  There  are  all  manner  of  weird 
fissures  in  the  scrub.  Up  one  awful  hole,  poorly 
concealed  by  a  deceitful  canopy  of  lantana- 
blossoms,  the  menace  of  the  water  comes  to  us 
as  through  a  speaking-tube.  Fifty  terrified  mites 
of  animals  are  bleating  at  the  end  of  a  red,  knife- 
edged  crag.  Surely  they  will  never  have  the 
courage  to  jump  that.  The  flotilla  of  boats  is 
still  far  off.  If  the  goats  go  over  the  cliff  now 
they  will  drown  like  rats.  The  men,  despite 
their  leader's  caution,  are  jabbering  as  only 
Kanakas  can  jabber,  and  rattling  their  muskets. 
One  or  two  of  them  have  squatted  down  in  the 
scrub  and  are  lighting  cigarettes. 

281 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

Then,  while  the  boats  are  stupidly  labouring 
round  the  heads,  half  a  mile  away  at  least,  the 
end  comes. 

There  is  the  sharp  crack  of  a  rifle.  Some 
idiot  has  fired  it  by  mistake.  The  foremost  goat 
advances,  squeaks  ;  there  is  a  sound  of  tearing 
foliage,  and  down  he  goes ! — turning  over  and 
over  along  the  red  face  of  the  cliff,  and  striking 
the  water  with  a  splash. 

"  Oh,  the  imbeciles  ! "  says  the  governor.  But 
the  mischief  is  done,  and  nothing  remains  but  to 
stay  and  watch  the  end  of  the  drama.  A  second 
goat  has  approached  the  edge  :  over  he  goes. 
Then  another  and  another.  Panic  has  struck  the 
band  ;  they  are  hurling  themselves  methodically 
to  destruction.  Leaning  over,  craning  my  neck 
through  that  perilous  lantana  table-fringe,  I  can 
just  see  the  foremost  goat  in  the  water,  swimming 
bravely.  A  broad  rocky  plateau,  nearly  awash, 
rises  beyond  the  ring  of  surf,  fifty  yards  out. 
Fear  lends  strength,  and  the  tiny  dot  is  strug- 
gling to  reach  it.  Safety,  for  all  it  knows,  may 
lie  there. 

No — for  even  as  we  watch,  comes  another 
danger,  dark  and  cruel  as  the  grave — this  time 
from  the  water.  A  pale  shadow  appears  under 
the  blue  surface.  An  agonised  squeal  comes  to 
our  ears.  The  poor  goat  is  gone.  A  shark  has 

282 


A  Nukahiva  Goat-Drive 

got  him.  The  governor  is  dancing  with  rage, 
and  swearing  in  excited  falsetto.  What  a  waste 
of  material !  Little  indeed  is  left  for  the  boats 
to  pick  up.  From  every  quarter  of  the  sea  come 
the  hurrying  forms  of  those  white  terrors,  eager 
for  their  banquet  of  blood — and  while  the  foolish 
sails  flap  helplessly  to  windward,  death  closes  in 
on  our  frightened  quarry.  It  is  a  massacre  grim 
and]  great.  The  sharks  are  darting  about  like 
a  shoal  of  herrings,  fierce,  insatiable  as  furies. 
It  seems  that  even  at  that  distance  one  can  hear 
the  rip  of  their  protruding  fins  and  the  ponder- 
ous snap  of  the  iron  jaws.  It  is  horrible — too 
horrible !  We  came  for  sport,  and  instead  we 
have  witnessed  an  orgy  of  blood  that  would  dis- 
countenance an  Indian  rajah.  The  very  waves 
are  blushing  apparently,  for  the  shock  of  the 
combers  leaves  unsightly  patches  of  crimson 
froth  sticking  to  the  rocks.  The  governor  rises, 
flicks  the  dust  from  his  trousers,  and  smiles  philo- 
sophically. 

"  We  have  taught  them  a  lesson  anyhow,"  he 
says,  "  and  the  next  time  you  honour  me  with  a 
visit,  monsieur,  you  shall  not  want  for  roses  !  " 


283 


CHAPTER   XXVIII 

TAHITI  AGAIN— PAPEETE  IN  GALA 

"  A  thousand  proas  darted  o'er  the  bay 
With  sounding  shells,  and  heralded  their  way. 
A  thousand  fires,  far-flickering  from  the  height 
Blazed  o'er  the  general  revel  of  the  night." 

— The  Island. 

IT  was  our  last  morning  in  Nukahiva.  There 
was  quite  an  array  of  ladies  drawn  up  on  the 
beach  to  wish  us  God-speed.  The  emotions  of 
several  simply  boiled  over. 

"  Whither  are  you  going,  Beretane  ?  "  queried 
one,  hanging  prettily  on  the  engineer's  arm  and 
ogling  the  second  mate  across  her  fan  with  the 
most  lovable  impartiality. 

"  Back  to  Tahiti,  darling." 

"Take  me  with  you — do."  The  eyes  look 
sincere  enough,  but  travellers  must  learn  to 
mistrust  optical  phenomena. 

"  Oh — she'll  go  right  enough,  if  you  care  to 
pay  her  passage,"  says  one  of  the  traders 
brutally;  "so  will  any  of  the  others.  It's  the 
French  national  fete  in  Papeete  and  the  darlings 
are  dying  for  a  chance  to  show  off." 

There  is  in  fact  method  in  Miss  Ariitea's 
284 


Tahiti  Again 

madness.  The  months  have  slipped  away  only 
too  pleasantly  in  breezy  Nukahiva,  and  the  four- 
teenth of  July — the  anniversary  of  the  taking  of 
the  Bastille — is  looming  only  a  week  ahead.  No 
pains  are  to  be  spared  to  make  the  festival  as 
brilliant  as  possible.  A  special  excursion  steamer 
has  been  run  from  Sydney.  From  the  sands  of 
the  Paumotus  schooners  have  contracted  to  bring 
parties  of  girls  for  the  foments.  The  Marquesas 
have  despatched  a  contingent  of  their  own,  as  also 
have  the  Leeward  and  Cook  Islands.  It  is  going 
to  be  what  Americans  call  a  magnificent  blow-out. 
Shortly  before  noon  on  the  thirteenth  the  long 
gray  slope  of  Tahiti  appeared  in  the  west — the 
peninsula  of  Taiarapu  and  the  mountains  behind 
Tautira.  Signs  of  activity  were  already  visible 
as  we  entered  the  harbour.  A  fleet  of  brand-new 
ships  were  bobbing  at  the  anchorages.  The 
Bougainville  Club  was  a  blaze  of  light,  and  the 
grassy  border  between  the  Customs  and  the  Post- 
Office  was  a  mass  of  tiny  booths.  A  long  black 
shadow — the  ribbon  of  smoke  from  her  funnel 
showing  clear  above  the  star-dust  of  Orofena — 
pointed  to  where  the  Sydney  steamer  (the 
Waikarf)  was  moored,  and  there  were  fluttering 
suggestions  of  flags  and  ribbons  among  the 
darkened  trees  of  the  Broom-road.  My  house 
was  deserted,  of  course.  The  wooden  steps  were 
hidden  under  fallen  leaves,  and  weeds  had  com- 

285 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

pletely  obliterated  the  garden  walk.  Considering 
I  had  paid  two  amiable  Kanaka  ladies  to  look 
after  the  place  in  my  absence,  the  living  facts 
gave  me  a  shock.  There  was  only  one  refuge 
left — the  hotel. 

Considering  the  season,  the  night  was  hot  and 
uncomfortable.  Most  Tahitian  houses  are  built 
on  an  airy  plan,  but  my  room,  with  the  sullen 
buzz  of  wasps  in  the  ceiling  and  the  odours ^f 
flowers  and  dew -laden  banana -trees  from  tne 
garden,  was  purgatory  idealised. 

Morning  was  ushered  in  by  salvoes  of  crackers 
from  the  Chinaman's.  Not  the  timid  schoolboy 
squib  of  Guy  Fawkes  celebrity,  but  monstrous 
bundles  of  explosive  festoons  vicious  and  deafen- 
ing enough  to  rouse  the  toupapahus  of  a  hundred 
shadowy  ancestors.  The  noise  among  those 
reverberating  iron  roofs  was  something  awful. 

As  the  sun  peeped  through  the  brushwood  of 
Orofena  a  flood  of  conveyances  began  pouring 
along  the  Beach-road.  An  awful  mixture  of 
styles  and  vehicles.  Every  kind  of  contrivance 
was  represented — from  the  smart  C-spring  buggy 
sacred  to  white  ducks  and  laces,  to  the  lowly 
packing-case  on  two  wheels  with  its  burden  of 
six  yelling  Kanaka  children  and  perhaps  a  pig 
or  two.  The  Papara  mail-coach,  its  wheels  and 
horses  neatly  garlanded  with  flowers,  presently 
put  in  an  appearance,  bringing  sundry  amiable 

286 


Tahiti  Again 

old  chiefesses  with  decorated  hats  and  tins  of 
food.  There  was  a  goodly  sprinkling  of  bicycles, 
very  popular  among  the  half-caste  element ;  one 
doughty  Kanaka  youth  sported  a  home-made 
"bone-shaker"  of  a  peculiar  kind.  Its  wheels 
were  simply  disused  barrel-ends,  its  framework 
a  carpenter's  saw-bench  metamorphosed.  The 
pedal-work  had  clearly  puzzled  the  artist,  so  he 
had  not  attempted  its  construction  —  merely 
contenting  himself  with  sitting  astride  of  the 
bench  and  dabbing  the  ground  with  his  feet. 
"  Necessity,"  &c. 

The  company  is  as  mixed  as  the  vehicles. 
Military  men  in  helmets  and  flashing  buttons  are 
helping  down  from  their  landaus  delicate-look- 
ing French  ladies  with  lace-fringed  parasols  and 
smelling-bottles — landing  them  rather  incongru- 
ously among  the  genial,  if  easy-going  sea-froth  of 
vahines  and  longshore-men.  The  grass  is  fairly 
hidden  under  the  groups  of  recumbent  Kanaka 
musicians,  who  are  torturing  their  accordions 
and  jabbering  love-songs  as  only  Kanakas  can. 
Monsieur  Gallet,  the  governor,  drives  up  magnifi- 
cently in  his  high  barouche,  and  surveys  the  scene 
nervously.  The  mixture  of  nationalities  is  un- 
settling, and  the  question  of  whom  to  invite  to 
dinner  becomes  more  poignant  the  more  you 
think  about  it.  A  quarter  of  a  mile  from  shore 

the  Aube — that  venerable  relic  of  dead  dockyards 

287 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

— has  donned  her  largest  and  most  triangular 
smile  of  flags,  as  also  have  the  Eva  (Moorea's 
private  courier)  and  a  score  of  smaller  yachts. 
The  Chilians  have  a  device  of  their  own — a  seedy, 
bilious-looking  one — suggestive  of  quarantine 
regulations.  There  is  a  tolerable  sprinkling  of 
Stars  and  Stripes,  also  of  Union  Jacks.  One 
doughty  Irish  skipper,  not  to  be  behindhand,  has 
hoisted  the  green  and  the  harp.  Good  humour 
is  catching  and  universal. 

The  short  street  leading  past  the  Fare  Moni 
from  the  quay  to  Pomare's  palace  gate  is  a  sight 
for  the  gods.  It  is  literally  choked  with  booths 
of  all  kinds.  Jugglers,  gambling  tables,  ice-cream 
vendors,  liquor  sellers,  and  dealers  in  flowers  have 
taken  up  positions  at  the  sides  of  the  road  and  are 
all  talking  at  once.  Some  astonishing  swindles 
are  being  perpetrated.  Innocent  lady  passengers 
from  the  Waikark  are  purchasing  slices  of  water- 
melon at  twenty-five  cents  apiece.  Considering 
melons  are  only  worth  five  cents  apiece  in  Tahiti, 
the  vendor  makes  a  fair  profit.  The  most  atro- 
cious liquors  are  offered  for  sale  at  the  drinking- 
booths,  the  labels  of  some  being  enough  to  give 
one  the  cholera  without  tasting  the  mixture  in- 
side. At  a  table,  raised  slightly  above  the  others, 
a  splendid  gentleman  in  checks,  with  a  sugges- 
tion of  artificial  jewellery  in  his  shirt  sleeves  and 
a  decided  dash  of  the  tar-brush  in  his  complexion, 

288 


Tahiti  Again 

is  spinning  a  wheel  with  gaudy-looking  numbers 
gleaming  round  the  circumference,  and,  to  judge 
from  the  ceaseless  jingle  of  money  on  the  baize 
counter  beneath  him,  doing  a  rousing  business. 
Next  door  to  him,  behind  a  barrow  laden  with 
indigestible  biscuits,  a  Kanaka  of  a  musical  turn 
of  mind  is  courting  the  muse  and  custom  by 
playing  the  flute.  The  street,  with  its  seething 
exotic  crowd,  its  list  of  weird  articles  offered  for 
sale,  is  a  Nijni-Novgorod  fair  in  miniature.  A 
mock  perfumery  store  sports  a  pile  of  bottles 
filled  with  compounds  which  only  Papeete  slums 
could  witness  the  boiling  of.  A  pot  of  railway 
grease,  flavoured  with  essence  of  cloves,  is  labelled 

o 

"  Rimmel's  Anodyne  for  the  Hair."  Another 
bottle,  which,  from  the  smell,  I  should  judge  to 
be  filled  with  alcohol  and  lavender  water,  is  styled 
Eau  de  Cologne — Jean  Maria  Farina.  Tahiti 
trade  is  apparently  as  indifferent  to  libel  as  a 
New  York  opera  pirate. 

In  Pomare's  garden  the  merry-go-round  is  in 
full  swing.  The  thing  itself  is  a  poor  contrivance 
enough,  with  steam  gearing  and  mottled  wooden 
horses,  whose  unnaturalness  set  the  pre-Raphaelite 
masters  at  zero.  Watch  the  people  though.  The 
trading  schooners  have  swept  them  together  from 
the  funniest  out-of-the-way  islands.  Just  imagine 
the  pride  of  a  mother  in  some  lost  coral  dab,  who 
after  a  year's  "screwing"  takes  her  family  of 

289  T 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

daughters  to  be  "finished"  in  this  giddiest  of 
baby  capitals.  Queer  notions  of  civilisation  the 
poor  things  must  get !  Here  on  the  grass  you 
can  see  a  bevy  of  timid  brown  things  stand  and 
gaze  pensively  at  the  merry-go-round.  If  you 
want  to  have  some  fun,  buy  a  few  tickets  and  dis- 
tribute them  among  the  innocents.  The  wooden 
horse  is  very  tame.  He  won't  either  bite  or 
kick.  Like  as  not,  if  the  girls  come  from  some 
very  small  island,  they  will  have  never  seen  a 
horse  or  any  beast  larger  than  a  pig.  Never 
mind,  start  them  on  the  machine.  Off  they  go 
— to  a  jingling  tune  from  "  Madame  Angot,"  with 
shrilling  whistle  and  panting  steam-pipe.  Horrors! 
one  of  the  beauties  has  been  ill-advised  enough 
to  jump  off,  and  goes  rolling  over  on  the  grass 
a  mass  of  flashing  brown  limbs  and  flying  hair. 
Two  more  hang  on  with  faces  deathly  pale.  A 
fourth,  the  youngest  of  the  bunch,  has  started 
sobbing  and  calling  for  mamma.  The  machine 
is  stopped  and  they  are  let  down,  pleased  but 
shaken.  The  amusements  of  the  white  faranis 
are  as  awful  as  their  wickednesses. 

Down  by  the  water's  edge  a  canoe  race  is  in 
progress.  The  available  strength  of  boats,  ten  or 
so,  are  drawn  up  some  fifty  yards  from  the  un- 
sightly coal-store  of  Fareute,  each  of  them  repre- 
senting some  village  or  province.  The  majority 
of  the  rowers  are  naked  or  nearly  so,  though  some 

290 


Tahiti  Again 

few  have  got  themselves  up  to  conquer  in  striped 
jerseys   and   floral   crowns.     Better  leave  those 
trickeries  aside,  gentlemen.     This  is  a  strife  of 
muscle,  not  beauty.     You  can  air  your  aesthetics " 
to-night  round  the  band-stand. 

Cheers  !  They  are  off.  A  good  start — but  too 
hurried  to  ensure  salvation  for  all.  Those  out- 
rigger skiffs  are  not  so  innocent  as  they  look. 
Pat  the  water  the  tiniest  bit  too  hard  and  over 
you  go  like  a  Jack-in-the-box.  There !  One  of 
them  has  gone  over — the  one  headed  by  Charley 
Teriinui,  a  noted  dandy  and  lady-killer.  Dandies 
are  at  a  discount  here  though.  A  yell  of  laughter 
heralds  Charley's  overthrow.  He  swims  ashore, 
rumpled  but  still  beautiful,  to  receive  the  consola- 
tion prize — the  chattered  sympathy  of  vahine-dom, 
which  here,  as  elsewhere,  carries  balm  to  the 
afflicted  heart. 

And  now,  by  common  consent,  the  glances  turn 
to  where  bobs  on  the  water  the  tiny  flagboat 
round  which  the  canoes  must  pass.  A  shout  and 
a  waving  of  handkerchiefs.  They  have  passed 
and  are  on  the  homeward  track,  Papeete  leading, 
the  Papara  boat  close  at  her  heels.  The  finish 
is  an  exciting  one.  Ordinarily  the  way  is  clear 
enough,  but  to  that  holiday  crew,  most  of  whom 
have  probably  had  recourse  to  the  stimulus  of  the 
gin-bottle,  more  like  to  prove  a  path  of  destruction. 
The  shouts  of  the  crowd  increase  to  a  roar  and 

291 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

the  line  of  boats  becomes  a  sea  of  coloured  hand- 
kerchiefs and  pareos.  A  close  finish  indeed. 
There  is  little  to  choose  between  the  style  of  one 
boat  and  that  of  the  other — but  the  currents  round 
those  snags  of  submerged  coral  are  deceiving,  and 
it  would  take  a  smart  coxswain  (if  there  were  one) 
to  decide  the  victory.  No  such  niceties  here 
though.  Every  one  is  tired  and  the  paddles  are 
splashing  merrily.  The  leading  boat  is  done  up 
— a  logical  result  of  having  played  for  the  gallery 
too  early  in  the  game.  The  long  prow  of  her 
adversary  creeps  up  inch  by  inch,  and  before 
Papeete  can  realise  it  she  is  beaten.  Papara  has 
won  the  race. 

Boating  finished,  we  resume  our  exercise  of 
patrolling  the  streets.  The  road  leading  from  the 
cathedral  to  Mangaiatown  is  a  veritable  bower  of 
flags.  There  is  to  be  some  amateur  steeple-chas- 
ing at  Herr  Koppenrath's  this  afternoon.  Also  a 
match  of  island-cricket.  I  say  island-cricket  be- 
cause the  English  and  the  Tahitian  notions  of  the 
orame  differ.  Refreshments  are  laid  out  on  the 

O 

grass  and  the  players  go  for  drinks  between  the 
runs.  The  fielding  is  done  on  a  grotesque  scale, 
mostly  by  Chinamen  who,  until  the  ball  strikes 
one  of  them  in  the  abdomen,  discreetly  refuse  to 
acknowledge  its  presence.  Mangaiatown  itself 

has  got  its  own  particular  aches.     Neat  huts  of 

292 


Papeete  in  Gala 

plaited  grass,  their  eaves  and  gables  decked  with 
rustling  plumes  of  paper  or  reva-reva,  have  been 
erected  among  the  flowering  trees.  They  tell  of 
prizes  offered  by  the  administration  for  native 
architecture,  and  undreamed-of  talent — the  mush- 
room growth  of  a  few  nights — has  blossomed  in 
the  strangest  quarters. 

Here  we  come  suddenly  on  a  spectacle  remind- 
ing us  of  our  own  Maypole  ceremonies  at  home. 
The  elected  queen  of  the  May  (funny  to  talk  of 
May  in  this  land  of  perpetual  summer) — chosen 
for  her  beauty,  or  her  willowiness,  or  both — sits 
at  the  door  of  her  hut,  clad  in  all  the  glory  of  her 
innocent  frippery,  between  her  two  handmaidens. 
In  case  the  latter  prove  insufficient,  two  doughty 
Kanaka  warriors,  their  hair  puffed  out  into  fierce- 
looking  mops,  armed  with  business-like  spears  ten 
feet  long,  stand  by  to  keep  watch  over  the  fair 
one.  Una,  slumbering  by  her  lion,  could  hardly 
have  been  more  effectively  guarded. 

The  trailing  fringe  of  a  rain-squall  drags  across 
the  town  presently  and  the  crowd  is  forced  to 
take  refuge  in  the  Chinaman's.  What  a  babel ! 
Tahitians,  Rarotongans,  Atiu  Islanders,  Man- 
gaians — all  talking  at  once.  Every  variety  of 
morals  too — from  the  sleepy  market  odalisque, 
her  hat  blazoned  with  the  ensign  of  a  French 
man-of-war,  to  the  tiny  brown  school-miss  from 
the  Paumotus,  for  whom  Yet  Lee's  whitewashed 

293 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

barn  with  its  wondrous  copper  kettles  and  glitter- 
ing pyramids  of  bottles  is  Palace  of  Fortunatus, 
Eldorado,  and  New  Jerusalem  rolled  into  one. 

The  wooded  avenues  in  the  western  portion  of 
the  town  are  humming  with  preparations  for 
to-night's  musical  entertainment.  The  broad 
flowery  square  opposite  the  Palace  of  Justice, 
with  its  hedges  of  hibiscus  and  lines  of  drooping 
sycamores,  is  to  be  the  theatre  of  action,  and  for 
the  present  the  poetry  of  the  place  is  almost 
swamped  under  the  mazy  festoons  of  Chinese 
lanterns  and  the  bunched-up  bouquets  of  tricolor. 

It  is  time  for  lunch — but  there  is  a  difficulty 
in  getting  oneself  attended  to.  The  Hotel  du 
Louvre  is  crammed  with  a  pushing  army  of 
tourists,  and  Buillard's  saloon,  with  its  faded 
billiard-cloths  and  model  schooners,  has  become 
the  rendezvous  of  the  Waikart  foc'sle  hands. 
Nothing  remains  but  to  go  home,  starve  patiently, 
and  wait  for  the  evening. 

It  is  not  long  in  coming.  Hardly  has  the 
ubiquitous  gun  of  the  Aube  saluted  the  vanishing 
sun-rim  when  the  monde  begins  to  collect,  at  first 
in  groups,  then  in  strings,  and  at  last  in  a  tossing 
avalanche  of  hats  and  skirts  that  bids  fair  to 
sweep  all  before  it.  Isolated  celebrities  are 
naughtily  patrolling  before  the  Cercle  Militaire, 
where  the  lynx-eyed  officers  are  watching  from 
their  bower  among  the  trees.  One  or  two  fine 

294 


Papeete  in  Gala 

stately  figures  among  them.  Also  a  good  deal  of 
specially  acquired  haughtiness  and  biting  repartee. 
The  girls  are  on  their  best  manners  to-day. 
Here  comes  one — Teipo  i  Temarama,  the  maid- 
of-the-moon.  Try  and  get  her  to  smile.  You'll 
wish  you  hadn't.  She  has  a  caustic — lunar1 
caustic — wit  and  the  heartlessness  of  sixteen 
Barbara  Aliens. 

And  yet,  O  Teipo,  there  was  a  time  when 

Gracing  and  filling  the  band-stand  in  the  centre 
of  the  square,  in  faultless  evening  dress  and 
swallow-tails,  serene  and  imperturbable  as  the 
council  of  gods  in  Olympus,  sit  the  judges, 
headed  by  one  of  the  oldest  residents — Mr.  Narii 
Salmon.  Ave  Narii,  fiorituri  te  salutant! 
(Those  about  to  blossom  into  song  salute  you). 
The  performers  are  divided  into  groups,  fifty  or 
so  in  each,  mostly  called  after  the  villages  or 
districts  they  represent.  Papara,  Teravao, 
Hiteaea,  Tautira,  &c.  The  Tahitians  proper 
monopolise  the  available  space  in  front.  Atius, 
Paumotuans,  Bora-Borians  sit  right  and  left. 
Deathly  silence.  You  could  hear  a  pin  drop. 
The  president's  hand  goes  up  solemnly.  The 
singing  commences. 

A  South  Sea  himent  in  its  highest  grade  of 
development  is  difficult  to  do  justice  to  in  print. 
It  begins  by  the  usual  treble  shriek  pitched  in 

1  Joke  by  De  Smidt. 
295 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

any  key  which  comes  handy.  Just  as  you  are 
trembling  for  the  girl's  vocal  organs  the  shriek 
loses  its  viciousness  and  modulates  off  into  some- 
thing— probably  a  tune — fitful  enough  to  em- 
barrass a  phonograph.  Apparently  it  is  without 
rhyme  or  rhythm.  But  the  chorus  don't  think  so. 
The  girl  is  working  her  way  down  step-fashion. 
As  she  sludders  down  comfortably  into  mezzo  they 
chime  in  amicably  one  by  one — some  repeating 
the  melody  in  fugue  fashion,  others  improvising 
"on  their  own"  ;  others,  the  heavy  swells  of  the 
entertainment,  merely  contenting  themselves  with 
growling  a  sort  of  ground-bass  accompaniment. 

Very  few  of  the  rules  regulating  civilised  choral 
music  find  echo  here.  Nothing  forbids  the  inter- 
crossing of  the  parts,  and  the  bass  gentlemen,  if 
they  be  so  minded,  can  blossom  spontaneously 
into  high-C  tenors  without  infringing  inter-island 
law.  Certain  harmonies,  Chinese  in  colouring — to 
wit,  the  well-known  "  Grail "  harmony  exploited 
by  Wagner  in  the  "  Lohengrin  "  prelude — recur 
almost  to  weariness.  Taking  it  as  a  whole,  the 
result  is  strangely,  uncouthly  symmetrical.  Who 
taught  these  people  counterpoint  ?  Certainly  not 
the  missionaries.  They  have  never  bothered 
their  heads  encouraging  musical  effort.  Who 
taught  them  the  art  of  modulation  ?  Who 
showed  them  the  precise  point  at  which  a  ground- 
bass  must  be  altered  to  avoid  cacophony  ?  Is 

296 


K 


Papeete  in  Gala 

this  wild  Tahitian  melody  an  arbitrary  assortment 
of  notes,  or  is  it  intended  to  be  a  painting  in 
sound,  a  musical  suggestion  of  the  landscape  it 
emanates  from  ?  Does  not  the  droning  sing-song 
of  an  Arab  chant  bear  some  resemblance  to  the 
desert  ?  Is  not  the  very  form  of  Scotch  music  as 
written  on  paper  a  representation,  in  its  jerky, 
irregular  notchings,  of  the  Scotch  hills  ?  Is  it  a 
mere  coincidence  that  the  Ranz  des  Vaches  pre- 
dominates in  Swiss  melodies,  or  the  twang  of  the 
banjo  in  negro  ones  ?  Does  not  this  ebbing, 
swaying  himent,  with  its  growling  substratum  of 
male  voices,  signify  the  whistle  of  the  trade-wind 
in  the  palms  and  the  roar  of  the  reef?  It  is  a 
problem  worth  investigating.  Three  Tahitian 
dioceses  have  said  their  piece,  and  it  is  the  turn 
of  the  Atiu  islanders.  They  are  by  far  the  most 
gifted  of  the  company,  and  as  events  turn  out, 
eventually  walk  off  with  a  prize.  A  comic  inci- 
dent marked  the  commencement  of  their  efforts. 
The  girl  whose  business  it  was  to  start  was 
nervous.  She  did  the  preliminary  wailing  all 
right,  but  presently  lost  her  head  and  made  a 
wrong  modulation.  The  basses  were  already  in 
activity,  and  the  key  they  chose  was  unfortunately 
the  right  one — as  indicated  by  the  opening  shriek. 
When  it  came  to  the  turn  of  the  altos  every  one 
was  at  variance.  For  a  few  minutes  the  tune 
wavered  like  a  lamp  in  a  draught,  then  it  hesi- 

297 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

tated  and  broke  down  amid  cheers  and  hoots.  It 
was  too  much  for  the  old  chieftainess.  Jumping 
up  from  her  seat  she  seized  the  erring  prima- 
donna  by  the  hair,  and  gave  her  two  sounding 
boxes  on  the  ear.  The  girl  screamed,  and  being 
as  muscular  as  she  was  musical,  began  a  spirited 
retaliation.  The  police  intervened,  and  the  two 
were  packed  off  shrieking  defiance  from  the  arms 
of  their  respective  constables. 

As  the  evening  progresses,  the  spectators  grow 
more  excited  and  exhibit  a  wish  to  join  in  the  fun. 
A  few  daring  spirits  have  taken  to  dancing  hoolas 
in  the  rings  of  lamplight,  and  have  to  be  forcibly 
recalled  to  order.  Some  of  the  military  men  in 
the  club  are  getting  uproarious,  and,  tired  of 
himents,  are  shouting  ironically  for  musique — 
musique !  Then,  bowing  to  the  decree  of  the 
masses,  the  judges  gravely  vacate  their  rostrum, 
and  the  final  attraction  of  the  evening — the 
Papeete  military  band — takes  their  place. 

This  is  a  portion  of  the  entertainment  in  which 
every  one  can  participate.  Well-known  airs, 
patriotic  and  otherwise,  have  been  set  to  native 
words — the  "  Marseillaise,"  the  Toreador's  song 
from  "Carmen,"  and  a  third  abominable  tune 
reminiscent  of  Lecocq — 

"  Rupe — rupe  Tahiti  ! 
Rupe — rupe  Farani  !  " 

(Vive  la  France  !  Vive  Tahiti !)     The  tune  is  in 

298 


Papeete  in  Gala 

quadrille-tempo.  Two  hundred  odd  girls  sur- 
round the  band-stand,  and  amuse  themselves  by 
capering  round  in  a  circle.  The  colours !  The 
dust!  The  enthusiasm  !  Let  us  thank  Heaven, 
or  the  French,  that  there  is  at  least  one  little 
corner  still  remaining  in  this  hideously  over- 
grown world  where  a  man  who  is  satiated  with 
civilisation  can  lay  his  weary  head  and  be  lulled 
to  sleep  in  a  whirl  of  tropical  imagery.  For  years 
we  have  dreamed  of  such  spectacles,  and  at  last 
we  have  found  one — in  Papeete. 

I  hardly  know  how  I  found  my  way  home 
that  night.  I  remember  passing  up  the  garden 
walk  (it  was  my  own  house,  not  the  hotel),  with 
its  waving  blue  flowers  and  white  patches  of  moon- 
light. I  remember  throwing  myself  on  the  bed 
and  relapsing  into  blissful  unconsciousness 

Shrieks  from  the  road.  A  female  voice  shout- 
ing my  name.  "  Beretane — Beretane  —  ahoo  ! 
Na  oe  hoia!" 

It  is  a  serenade !  A  tall  pliable  vahine,  her 
long  hair  floating  in  the  night  wind,  her  eyes 
gleaming  with  —  ahem  —  patriotic  enthusiasm, 
bangles  rattling  on  her  bare  brown  arms — 

"  The  infant  of  an  infant  world,  as  pure 
From  Nature — lovely,  warm,  and  premature." 

Go  away,  mademoiselle !  You'll  wake  the 
police !  Go  away  at  once !  Naughty  girl ! 
Shocking ! 

299 


CHAPTER   XXIX 

TAHITIAN  SOCIETY 

"  Too  comic  for  the  solemn  things  they  are, 
Too  solemn  for  the  comic  touches  in  them." 

IT  is  a  queer  jumble — a  pie  in  which  the  few 
raisins  have  so  thoroughly  absorbed  the  flavour 
of  the  suet  as  to  be  undistinguishable  but  for 
the  colour  and  for  that  nameless  aureole  of 
respectability  that  tells  you  they  are  raisins 
without  the  cook's  certificate. 

To  a  globe-trotter  who  is  travelling  to  avoid 
the  crush,  or  a  remittance-man  who  is  doing 
the  same  because  the  crush  avoids  him,  the 
name  Society  Islands  sounds  a  trifle  ominous. 
As  one  understands  the  word  in  Europe  it 
means  balls,  parties,  scandal,  door-slamming,  and 
a  variety  of  concentric  plottings  of  which  a 
duchess,  or  an  erotic  novelist,  may  be  the  splash- 
foundation.  Let  him  be  of  good  cheer,  however. 
The  splash  is  there  somewhere  ;  but  if  he  flatters 
himself  he  is  going  to  close  up  on  it  in  a  hurry 
he  will  find  himself  mistaken.  It  is  easier  to 
wobble  in  the  rings.  You  can  take  all  of  them 
at  once,  or  explore  segments  in  small  doses, 

300 


Tahitian  Society 

whichever  you  please.  It  will  amuse  you  and 
it  won't  hurt  anybody.  Is  not  the  French  motto 
that  greets  you  over  the  door  of  the  Customs, 
Liberty,  Equality,  Fraternity?  Then  what  have 
you  to  fear,  brother  globe-trotter?  Cut  into  the 
coffee-bush — that  is,  if  the  coffee-bush  doesn't  cut 
you— and  win. 

The  first  forerunning  signs  of  social  amenity 
are  convincing  enough.  There  are  two  clubs 
in  Papeete,  the  Cercle  Bougainville  and  the 
Cercle  Militaire,  and  the  hospitality  of  both  is 
extended  to  the  stranger  with  an  earnestness 
that  would  shame  the  ancient  patriarchs.  Kind- 
nesses, civil  speeches,  invitations  flow  in  from 
all  sides.  Within  twenty-four  hours  of  your 
landing  you  have  been  apparently  introduced 
to  half  the  island.  Tahiti  begins  to  take  form 
in  your  brain  as  a  Consolidated  Trust  for  the 
benefit  of  foreigners — it  is  only  when  you  dive 
beneath  the  surface  and  probe  the  private 
opinions  these  jolly  good  fellows  have  about 
each  other  that  you  catch  the  glitter  of  the 
serpent's  scales. 

And  how  do  I  come  by  these  reflections  ? 
Here  I  am  at  the  back  of  the  beyond,  living  a 
devil-may-care,  double-shuffle,  demented  existence 
in  a  romantic,  mosquito-peopled  cot  of  trellised 
vine  with  vahines  in  pink  serenading  me  on  the 

accordion  at  night  and  gentlemen  in  kharki  whose 

301 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

sing-song  wail  of  "  how  they  lost  their  ship," 
becomes  monotonous  by  repetition,  exchanging 
ideas  on  the  world,  the  flesh,  and  the  devil 
(particularly  the  last  two)  by  day.  A  charming 
variety  indeed.  But  let  us  not  digress.  I  am 
supposed  to  be  hunting  for  the  central  splash 
— the  hub  round  which  Tahitian  fashion  re- 
volves. Twenty  years  back,  it  used  to  be  Queen 
Aimata  Pomare  (lit.,  the  lady-with-the-cold-in-the 
head-who-eats-eyes)  —  and  a  very  sweet,  good- 
natured,  hospitable  hub  she  made  too,  as  many 
of  our  retired  admirals  and  naval  officers  can 
testify.  At  present  it  is — Norman  Brander  ;  that 
is,  if  the  title  be  not  disputed  by  a  score  of  liver- 
less  French  officers,  or  Yet  Lee. 

Hold  hard.  Our  object  is  not  to  be  facetious. 
Our  object  is  to  find  the  splash.  We  shall  dis- 
cover it  in  time. 

That  is — no.  I  fear  not.  Properly  speaking 
there  is  no  central  splash.  The  hub  does  not 
exist.  Tahiti  is  not  what  it  used  to  be.  The 
hyper-official  jingoes  have  done  their  work. 
Papeete  has  progressed  backwards.  Where  once 
glittered  a  harbourful  of  dashing  men-of-war,  now 
looms  a  poor  handful  of  whitewashed  trading 
smacks.  Where  once  the  electric  lights  flared 
from  their  bronze  brackets,  now  glimmer  a  few 
dirty  -  glassed  oil-lamps.  Pomare's  palace  is 

deserted.      A   lawsuit   is   pending  over  its  pro- 

302 


Tahitian  Society 

prietorship,  and  as  long  as  Papeete  lawyers  con- 
tinue to  regard  it  as  a  source  of  income,  so  long 
will  the  weeds  continue  to  sprout  between  its 
steps.  Sic  transit  gloria  Tahitiensis. 

In  this  dreamy,  flower-scented  air,  under  the 
shadow  of  these  smiling  velvet  hills,  two  distinct 
"sets"  have  met  in  mortal  combat — the  "mis- 
sionary" set  and  the  "trader"  set.  The  fight 
is  bitter  and  never-ending — no  quarter  being 
demanded  or  expected  on  either  side. 

What  there  is  in  a  missionary  that  refuses 
amalgamation  with  the  ordinary  rate-payer  is  still 
unknown.  Physically  there  is  little  or  nothing 
about  the  person  of  a  missionary  that  would  serve 
to  point  him  out  as  a  man  different  to  other  men. 
We  ourselves  have  studied  the  genus  all  over  the 
Pacific.  We  have  mostly  found  them  human — 
sometimes  eminently  so.  The  missionary,  as  you 
meet  him  in  Tahiti,  is  generally  a  man  of  middle 
age,  portly,  rosy-cheeked,  and  well  fed.  He  is 
naturally  cheerful — nay,  there  are  even  muscular 
suggestions  about  his  biceps  that  make  you  want 
to  take  him  on  in  a  sparring-match.  His  vices, 
where  they  exist,  are  very  harmless.  He  has 
a  fondness  for  swallow-tail  coats,  gardenias, 
and  cigarettes.  He  likes  his  daughters  to  prac- 
tise the  piano.  Still,  barring  these  little  foibles, 
you  would  probably  put  him  down  as  a  decent 
all-round  good  fellow. 

303 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

But — try  and  reconcile  him  to  the  rest  of  the 
crowd.  Aha !  the  shoe  pinches !  The  more  you 
try,  the  more  hopeless  your  case  becomes.  The 
missionary  don't  and  won't  love  traders.  There 
is  no  earthly  reason  why  he  should  not  love 
them.  Were  it  not  for  the  traders  and  their 
energetic  administration  the  missionary  would 
have  been  eaten  ages  ago.  But  so  it  is. 

Socially,  I  admit,  the  missionary  claims  prece- 
dence— if  only  from  the  fact  that  he  was  there 
first.  If  he  wasn't  his  predecessors  were.  There 
is  such  a  thing  as  island  lineage,  and  missionaries, 
like  executioners  in  Japan,  are  more  often  born 
than  made.  Like  Pooh-Bah  in  the  "  Mikado,"  the 
missionary  isn't  fond  of  saying  how-d'ye-do  to 
anything  under  the  rank  of  a  stockbroker. 

What  wonder  Tahiti  is  clique-ridden  ?  The 
more  you  endeavour  to  reconcile  the  island's 
heterogeneous  elements  the  more  they  fly  asunder. 
The  smallness  of  the  colony,  and  the  character- 
istic speed  with  which  scandal  of  any  kind 
travels — the  fact  that  each  atom  knows  and 
shudders  at  the  private  history  of  the  next  atom 
may  also  be  to  blame  for  this  state  of  affairs. 

Leaving  the  missionary  on  one  side  and 
descending  into  the  giddier  strata  of  society,  we 
find  the  same  spirit  of  disintegration  at  work. 

"If  there  were  only  some  decent  fellows  to 
talk  to,"  is  the  querulous  complaint  of  nine  out 

3°4 


Tahitian  Society 

of  ten  Papeete  club-danglers.  "  For  Heaven's 
sake  don't  ask  him"  growls  some  one  else  over 
his  glass  of  vermout,  "he's  not  in  our  set." 

Ah !  sweet  Tahiti !  what  you  need  is  not 
another  bushel  of  colonists,  but  a  patent  cement 
to  weld  you  together. 

On  the  smooth  Rue  de  Rivoli  I  meet  H.M. 
Consul  Milsom  and  tackle  him  despairingly. 
"  Can't  we  go  a  picnic  up  Papenoo,  and  take  the 
Thing-um-bobs  ?  "  A  stare  of  innocent  horror. 
"  My  dear  fellow,  I  don't  know  these  people." 
"  And  why  ?  "  "  Why — oh,  well — it's  a  long  story. 
The  fact  is  Mrs.  Thing-um-bob  ran  away  with 
What's-his-name,  and  sold  Thing-um-bob's  py- 
jamas for  rum — I  assure  you  it  would  never  do." 

Etc.,  etc.  In  the  Marquesas  at  least  they  are 
more  pungent.  "  I  never  leave  cards  at  that 
house,"  explains  Eater-of-swollen-feet  to  Chewer- 
of-eyeballs  ;  "  my  father  ate  his  grandmother,  and 
we've  not  been  on  speaking  terms  since  ! " 

And  so  the  comedy  wears  on,  and  the  attitude 
of  one-half  of  the  Society  Islands  towards  the 
other  half  is  that  of  Guelphs  and  Ghibellines. 
Norman — Norman  Brander :  with  your  urbane 
fluency  of  language,  with  your  suave  manners 
and  polyglot  knowledge  of  island  lingo,  cannot 
you  do  something  to  bring  some  of  these  way- 
ward people  together  ?  They're  none  so  bad 
individually,  Norman,  and  as  the  last  descendant 

305  u 


The   Log  of  an   Island  Wanderer 

of  Tahiti's  ancient  lineage,  you  ought  to  be  able 
to  chivy  amiability  into  the  more  rebellious  ones. 

Isolated  attempts,  indeed,  have  been  occasion- 
ally made,  generally  by  outsiders. 

The  Union  picnic  was  one  of  these.  It  was 
in  the  earlier  days  of  the  Auckland  run,  and  the 
company,  by  way  of  humouring  the  administra- 
tion and  paving  the  way  for  mutual  good-fellow- 
ship, decided  on  taking  a  party  for  a  picnic  to 
the  neighbouring  island  of  Moorea.  The  thing 
was  organised  nem.  con.,  and  the  task  of  issuing 
invites  entrusted  to  a  Monsieur  Tandonnet,  one 
of  the  most  influential  of  thereabout  merchant 
princes.  With  the  first  strokes  of  Tandonnet's 
pen  trouble  began.  The  leader  of  that  year's 
politics  chanced  to  be  a  man  possessed  of  that 
most  ambiguous  of  blessings,  a  native  wife.  The 
latter  was  not  on  speaking  terms  with  Madame 
T.,  and  consequently  found  herself  left  out  of  the 
invitations.  Three  other  notorieties,  likewise 
enemies  of  the  merchant  princess,  shared  the 
same  fate,  and  retired  growling  behind  their 
verandah  lattices.  Meanwhile  the  list  swelled. 
A  hundred  Government  officials  were  included, 
likewise  fifty  army  officers,  and  a  bushel  of  mis- 
sionaries. Both  parties  were  given  carte  blanche 
in  the  matter  of  ladies.  Both  made  good  use  of 
the  privilege.  The  missionaries  brought  their 
daughters,  the  officers  their — consolations.  Be- 

306 


Tahitian  Society 

sides  the  full  compendium  of  longshore  giddiness 
there  were  four  consuls,  two  members  of  Parlia- 
ment, an  escapee  from  Noumea,  a  Russian  prince 
in  kharki,  a  dismantled  Spanish  ambassador, 
three  Cuban  bandits,  a  Portugee  dentist  (taote 
iriti  niho  in  the  vernacular),  and  a  contractor  for 
stolen  beef  from  the  King  country — the  most 
variegated  load  of  muscle  and  morals  ever  seen 
since  the  days  of  Noah. 

With  the  first  hauling  in  of  the  kedge  the  sets 
began  to  segregate.  The  missionaries,  in  virtue 
of  superior  holiness,  possessed  themselves  of  the 
upper-deck.  The  after-deck  groaned  under  the 
weight  of  Government  officials,  the  forward-deck 
was  tenanted  by  the  officers  and  their  nimbus  of 
female  frailty.  The  smaller  cliques  were  equally 
reserved.  The  four  consuls  entrenched  them- 
selves in  the  captain's  cabin,  kindly  including  the 
Russian  prince  in  their  graces ;  the  dismantled 
ambassador  monopolised  the  galley ;  the  Por- 
tugee dentist  the  wheelhouse.  The  escapee 
from  Noumea  played  cards  in  the  cuddy,  the 
cattle  contractor — defeated  in  his  intention  of 
finding  the  cloak-room  and  going  through  the 
company's  pockets — crept  into  a  cabin  and  went 
to  sleep.  It  was  all  in  the  day's  work. 

The  rain  came  down  before  Moorea  was 
reached,  and  a  few  of  the  vahines  were  very  sick. 
Refreshments  had  been  prepared  in  the  saloon. 

307 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

There  had  been  some  intricate  argument  as  to 
precedence.  It  was  proposed  to  divide  the  cake- 
fight  into  four  bells — first  bell,  missionaries — 
second,  traders — third,  officials — fourth,  officers, 
nondescripts,  bandits,  frailties,  &c. 

Vain  hope  !  The  rain  had  strung  the  company's 
appetite  to  breaking-point.  At  the  first  stroke 
discipline  fled  to  the  winds — vahines,  Kanakas, 
traders,  officers,  made  for  the  dining-room  in  a 
jumble.  The  jportliest  of  the  missionaries,  who 
had  taken  up  his  stand  in  the  immediate  vicinity 
of  the  companion,  found  himself  hustled  down- 
stairs on  a  muslin  toboggan-slide  and  sandwiched 
between  two  frailties  and  a  Kanaka  with  a  mouth- 
organ.  The  British  consul  had  to  ask  the  Nou- 
mean  escapee  to  pass  the  mustard.  The  ambas- 
sador and  the  Portugee  dentist  had  to  share  the 
same  pickle-jar.  On  deck  M.  Tandonnet's  brass 
band,  tired  of  being  soaked,  ceased  banging  at 
the  "  Marseillaise"  and  also  took  the  staircase  by 
storm.  How  that  meal  progressed  without  de- 
veloping into  a  free  fight  is  only  known  to  the 
stewards  and  Providence.  All  that  is  recorded  is 
that  the  victuals  vanished,  like  Hans  Breitmann's 

lager  beer — 

"  afay  in  de  ewigkeit " 

before  any  of  the  more  civilised  members  had 
time  to  get  a  sight  of  the  bill  of  fare.     The  table 

was  as  though  the  locust  had  gone  over  it. 

308 


Tahitian  Society 

The  Upolu  had  dropped  anchor  in  Papetoai 
Bay.  An  excursion  of  some  kind  seemed  advis- 
able, if  only  to  give  the  stewards  a  chance  to 
clean  up.  Among  the  scrub  two  walks  led  right 
and  left.  The  missionaries  went  to  the  right. 
The  next  boatful  —  traders  —  catching  the  inky 
gleam  of  swallow-tails  in  the  distance,  decided  that 
their  path  lay  to  the  left.  The  third  boatful — 
officials — finding  both  ways  blocked,  looked  dis- 
consolately out  to  sea  and  longed  for  a  flying- 
machine.  The  soldiers  and  hoola-girls  remained 
on  board,  the  former  from  boredom,  the  latter  to 
devour  the  sugar  remaining  in  the  bowls  and 
improvise  scandal. 

Cigarette-smoke  and  cognac  combined  breed 
confidence.  The  officers  now  hit  on  a  diabolical 
plan,  viz.  ousting  the  missionaries  and  getting 
possession  of  the  upper-deck.  This  was  why, 
when  the  boatload  of  swallow-tails  returned,  they 
found  a  regiment  of  epaul^tted  Frenchmen  smok- 
ing in  the  long  cane  chairs  and  blowing  rings 
over  the  taffrail.  The  eldest  missionary  made  an 
attempt  to  regain  the  lost  field — but  the  most 
coquettish  of  the  vahines,  mistaking  the  nature 
of  his  quest,  offered  him  a  slice  of  pine-apple  and 
he  fled.  There  only  remained  the  after-deck,  one- 
half  of  which  was  already  tenanted  by  traders. 

The  home-coming  of  that  gay  Upolu  was  a 
sorry  business.  The  rain  brought  out  personal 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

enmities.  The  swallow-tails  drooped  ominously. 
Two  knights  of  commerce — a  vanilla-curer  from 
Papara  and  the  agent  for  a  New  Zealand  trading 
concern — came  to  blows.  The  cattle-contractor 
offered  to  take  on  the  three  Cuban  bandits  and 
throw  them  overboard  "as  per  invoice."  The 
upper-deck  party  had  started  a  hoola,  and  one  or 
two  market  beauties,  contracting  jealousies,  took 
to  pulling  each  other's  hair.  The  captain  of  the 
Upolu  was  at  his  wit's  end.  He  appealed  to  the 
British  consul.  The  latter  replied  by  popping 
head  first  into  the  wheelhouse  and  barricading 
the  door.  It  was  all  Milsom  could  do,  and  he  did 
it  with  a  will. 

As  a  last  resource  the  band  were  rooted  out 
and  told  to  play  "God  Save  the  Queen."  Ophi- 
cleide  covers  a  multitude  of  sins,  and  it  covered 
the  tune  to  the  extent  of  making  it  unrecognisable. 
There  were  ironical  cheers  from  the  French 
officers  and  clapping  of  hands  from  disaffected 
parties.  The  bandmaster  wept.  If  this  should 
get  about,  the  majesty  of  England  (fortunately 
Milsom  was  in  the  wheelhouse)  would  consider 
herself  insulted  and  he  would  lose  his  position. 
The  rattle  of  the  anchor-chain  cut  into  the  middle 
of  his  apology.  The  captain  gave  a  gasp  of 
relief.  The  picnic  was  over. 

So  ended  the  first  and  last  attempt  at  welding 
310 


Tahitian  Society 

Papeete  together.  Isolated  attempts  at  jollifica- 
tion there  are  indeed.  There  is  Raoulx  and  his 
Society  of  Excursionists.  There  is  Kurka  and  his 
Kegel-bahn.  There  are  the  French  officers  and 
their  wives  who  practise  the  score  of  "  Carmen  " 
upside  down.  Vermege  and  his  orchestra  —  a 
really  inspired  institution.  Prince  Hinoe  and  his 
flower-crowned  loves.  The  pudding  thins.  We 
are  at  the  market  "bulls"  and  the  beach-comber 
element.  And  we  are  no  nearer  our  splash- 
centre  than  before. 

Tahiti  does  not  live.  It  exists  under  protest — 
beautifully,  it  is  true,  but  under  protest  neverthe- 
less. From  Dan  to  Beersheba — from  Mehetia  to 
Tubuai-Manou — I  doubt  if  there  be  a  man  with- 
out his  schedule  of  complaints.  And  what  deep, 
dark,  desperate  complaints  they  are  too  !  From 
those  of  the  Papeete  political  leader  whose  advice 
on  the  Chinese  question  Europe  has  recklessly 
ignored,  to  those  of  Milsom  whose  bicycle  tire  has 
sprung  a  leak ;  from  the  woes  of  the  governor, 
whose  laundress  won't  bring  back  his  gold-but- 
toned livery  in  time  for  his  wife's  next  at-home, 
to  the  natty  dapper  little  American  consul,  who 
is  wearing  himself  to  a  shadow  thinking  about  his 
— ah — corporation. 

Such  a  load  of  home-made  crosses  generally 
leads  to  ruptures.  Society  Islands  forsooth  !  I 
had  almost  rather  apply  to  Papeete  the  definition 

311 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

applied  long  since  by  some  cynic  to  Hammer- 
smith— beg  pardon,  West  Kensington — "  a  lot  of 
variegated  grievances,  each  unit  of  which  believes 
himself  a  little  tin  Providence  on  wheels." 

And  whither  is  such  disaffectedness  going  to 
lead  you,  gentlemen  ?  When  the  hour  calls,  and 
in  obedience  to  a  Fate  before  which  even  the 
Andes  ten-pounder  must  perforce  keep  silent, 
the  busy  outer  world  of  sin  and  sorrow  knocks 
at  your  gates,  what  will  you  leave  as  a  legacy  ? 
Who  will  tell  the  story  of  your  loves,  your 
hates,  your  procrastinations,  the  dilatory  petti- 
fogging that  led  to  your  fall?  Who  will  draw 
the  moral  ? 

A  bit  of  silver  braid,  a  blossom  of  tiar£,  a 
worn-out  mouth-organ,  Tahiti  will  vanish  in 
smoke  like  the  mists  of  Orofena,  and  humanity 
— relentless,  workaday  humanity — will  throne  the 
middle  spaces  of  the  blue  Pacific. 

On  a  tomb  in  the  Papeete  cemetery  we  read  : 
SACRED  TO  THE  MEMORY 

OF 

SOPHRONIA  ELISABETH  MARY  JANE  HIGGINS, 
NIECE  OF  LORD  W ,J  V.C.,  H.I.E.C.,  K.G.,  &c.. 


"  Be  ye  kind  one  to  another' 


1  Name  suppressed  to  avoid  complications. 
312 


CHAPTER  XXX 

NATIVE   WIFEDOM  — A  WHITY- BROWN    STUDY 

"  Mated  with  a  squalid  savage,  what  to  me  were  sun  or  clime, 
I  the  heir  of  all  the  ages  in  the  foremost  files  of  time  1 " 

MOST  people  familiar  with  the  literature  of  the 
Pacific  must  have  been  struck  by  the  r61e 
played  therein  by  that  burning  and  ever-present 
blister,'  the  intermarriage  of  white  men  and  brown 
women. 

Stoddard  has  maundered  over  the  theme;  Louis 
Becke  has  sentimentalised  it;  Loti,  being  a  French- 
man and  a  young  one  at  that,  has  deified  it  and 
surrounded  his  "  marriage  "  with  a  halo  of  romance 
so  marvellously  unreal  as  to  make  it  doubtful 
whether  he  actually  knew  what  he  was  talking 
about.  Certain  it  is  that,  contrary  to  what  many 
people  suppose,  Loti  was  not  the  hero  of  his  book. 
Rarahu  indeed  existed.  She  died  some  years 
since  in  Bora-Bora,  and  her  death — which  was 
not  pretty— was  due  neither  to  love  nor  consump- 
tion. But  fiction  is  fiction.  It  is  with  the  reality 
we  have  to  deal. 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

At  first  sight  there  is  no  reason  why  a  white 
man  and  a  brown  woman  should  not  pull  well 
together.  Out  of  the  odd  scattered  millions  of 
white  men  who  are  teaching  the  natives  of  the 
Pacific  the  value  of  their  speckless  aristocracy, 
fully  two-thirds  are  wiving  with  native  women  in 
some  fashion  or  other.  There  are  good  reasons 
for  this.  The  islands  are  hardly  places  to  bring 
delicately  nurtured  European  women  to.  The 
climate  that  broadens  the  phylacteries  of  the  mag- 
nolia shrivels  the  northern  bloodroot.  Society, 
in  these  fringes  of  creation,  is  filigree  worn  thin 
from  exposure. 

Children — white  children — become  successively 
a  problem,  a  danger,  a  terror,  a  warning.  House- 
keeping, in  the  highest  European  sense,  is  a  dead 
letter.  It  is  not  strange,  therefore,  that  in  default 
of  a  helpmate  of  his  own  race  the  new  arrival — 
be  he  trader,  official,  or  common  seaman — will 
look  about  him  for  another  and  easier  way  of 
obeying  the  divine  injunction. 

The  daughters  of  the  land  are  beautiful.  And 
their  beauty  is  one  which,  with  all  its  exotic 
attributes,  has  yet  enough  of  the  civilised  woman's 
characteristics  to  make  it,  for  a  season  at  least,  a 
palatable  substitute  for  the  eyes  of  blue  that  Jack 
has  left  behind  him  among  the  Midland  furze  or 
the  violets  of  Devon.  A  beauty  made  up  of  fairly 

3H 


Native  Wifedom 

pale  skin,  fairly  regular  features,  fairly  kissable 
mouth — all  or  nearly  all  of  Eve's  conquering 
paraphernalia  condensed  into  the  supplest,  the 
naughtiest,  the  most  bewitching  piece  of  coloured 
womanhood  the  earth  has  to  show. 

Jack's  principles  (if  he  has  any)  begin  to 
vacillate.  Should  he  decide  on  courting  a  lady, 
circumstances  and  the  happy-go-lucky  nature  of 
island  relationships  make  his  path  an  easy  one. 
Courtship  is  an  idyll  in  tennis-shoes.  Ever  since 
Christianity,  so  civilising,  has  made  its  appearance 
in  the  islands  it  is  no  longer  the  teuteu  arii 
(servant  of  the  king)  who  breaks  through  the 
door  and  carries  off  the  lady  by  force.  Her  con- 
sent must  nowadays  be  asked. 

In  isolated  North  Pacific  islands  it  used  to  be 
the  custom  for  the  girls  to  propose  first ;  and  even 
as  late  as  1830,  when  Montgomery  visited  the 
Sandwich  Islands,  the  sight  of  a  melancholy 
bachelor  Kanaka  whose  complaint  it  was  that 
"  no  girl  had  asked  him  "  was  more  common  than 
it  is  now.  On  the  whole,  South  Sea  ladies  need 
attacking  in  much  the  same  way  as  English  ones. 
Indeed  they  sometimes  give  one  pointers — but 
that  is  another  question. 

Let  us  suppose  Jack  safely  married.  His  next 
move  will  be  to  take  such  steps  as  may  be  neces- 
sary to  ensure  harmony  in  his  establishment. 

315 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

His  wife's  relations  are  generally  the  first  to  give 
trouble.  As  in  Europe,  there  is  such  a  thing  as 
waking  up  to  the  fact  that  one  has  "  married  the 
whole  family."  The  circle  has  to  be  squared,  and 
the  squaring  involves  more  mathematics  than 
Norie  knew.  Eloquence  is  of  no  use.  Heroic 
measures  succeed  more  often.  The  way  in  which 
one  recent  bridegroom — the  employe  of  a  noted 
Tahiti  trading  firm — settled  the  difficulty  is  suffi- 
ciently original  to  deserve  chronicling. 

Jim  Wakefield  was  a  "boy"  of  some  notoriety 
in  the  islands.  He  was  not  known  to  have  any 
particular  affection  for  natives,  and  when  his  mar- 
riage with  a  chocolate-coloured  young  lady  from 
Hiteaea  was  announced,  Papeete  received  an 
electric  shock. 

The  girl  was  pretty  enough.  There  were  in 
the  family  seven  brothers  and  sisters,  two  grand- 
mothers, a  posse  of  well-meaning  but  dissipated 
uncles,  aunts  to  match,  fifteen  cousins,  and  a 
regiment  of  Kanaka  hangers-on  of  various  shades 
of  colour  and  morality.  Papeete  looked  on  with 
bated  breath. 

The  wedding  was  a  gay  one.  A  sumptuous 
feast  of  baked  hogs  and  miti  had  been  laid  out 
in  the  back  premises  of  Jimmy's  intended  resi- 
dence, and,  wonder  of  wonders  !  the  entire  bride's 
family,  dissipated  uncles  and  all,  were  bidden  to 

3-6 


Native  Wifedom 

the  feast.  While  his  dear  wife's  relatives  guzzled 
and  sang  Jimmy  maintained  an  ominous  silence. 
He  appeared  to  be  closely  studying  the  faces  of 
the  guests  one  by  one.  At  the  close  of  the  dinner 
Jimmy  rose  and  vanished  into  the  house.  There 
was  a  pause.  What  new  surprise  was  dear  Ariitea's 
lord  preparing  ? 

Jimmy  reappeared.  In  his  hand  lay  a  mighty 
double-barrelled  gun.  "  Now,"  he  said  cheerfully, 
clicking  the  lock  to  show  the  piece  was  in  order, 
"  I  know  you,  every  mother's  son  of  you,  and 
the  first  son  of  a  gun,  man,  woman,  or  child, 
who  sets  foot  in  this  house  again,  I'll  shoot  him 
dead!" 

The  Kanakas  grinned  awkwardly,  but  they 
knew  Jimmy  to  be  a  good  fellow  and  a  man  of 
his  word,  and  took  the  hint. 

But  even  these  drastic  measures  are  hardly 
sufficient  to  keep  a  native  woman  from  the  com- 
pany of  her  like,  for  law  of  race  is  stronger  than 
law  of  man,  and  class  feeling  mightier  than  the 
bonds  of  tried  friendship. 

Let  us  suppose,  however,  that  Jack  has  over- 
come all  this  and  is  living  peaceably  with  the 
partner  of  his  joys.  Ariitea  makes  a  good  "  plain  " 
housekeeper.  The  items  of  furniture  required  by 
her  are  not  extensive.  From  her  father's  house 
Ariitea  brings  a  chest  of  drawers,  a  few  photo- 

317 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

graphs,  a  bundle  of  linen  tied  in  a  pareo,  her 
married  sister's  portrait  framed  in  shells,  a  few 
lace  curtains,  a  patchwork  quilt,  and  a  Bible. 
She  discards  going  about  barefoot,  and  in  the 
superior  dignity  of  married  woman  takes  to  wear- 
ing shoes.  She  rises  with  the  lark  and  goes  to 
market  without  a  murmur.  When  her  husband 
has  got  over  wondering  at  Ariitea's  energy  he 
sees  that  vanity  has  as  much  to  say  in  the  matter 
as  love,  5  P.M.  being  the  fashionable  time  to  show 
off  your  new  dress. 

All  this  is  very  pretty.  But  a  change  comes. 
The  precise  tick  of  Jack's  lifetime  when  he  first 
begins  to  find  his  native  wife  a  bore  is  difficult  to 
locate.  With  some  men  it  comes  after  the  first 
year,  with  others  after  the  first  week.  As  time 
wears  the  tinsel  from  romance,  Jack  begins  to 
realise  that  with  all  Ariitea's  acquired  missionary 
lore  there  are  certain  absolutely  ineradicable 
savage  traits  about  the  girl's  character  that 
nothing — not  even  time  in  big  doses — can  fully 
efface. 

His  doll  has  no  notion  of  time,  space,  or 
money.  The  moral  obligation  of  a  promise  is 
to  her  emptiness  of  rhetoric.  She  will  insist 
on  sitting  on  the  floor.  If  there  be  any  wash- 
ing, mangling,  ironing  to  be  done,  she  prefers 
to  do  it  in  full  view  of  the  street  on  the  front 


Native  Wifedom 

verandah.  She  finds  lolling  over  the  China- 
man's counter  or  smoking  cigarettes  in  her 
neighbour's  back  -  garden  more  amusing  than 
attending  to  her  husband's  dinner.  The  romance 
of  the  connection  is  over  and  it  only  needs  the 
final  denouement  to  bring  about  a  collapse. 

Jack  finds  out  what  it  is  to  be  a  papa.  It 
is  rather  fun  at  first.  But  presently  new  cares 
develop.  Ariitea  as  a  mother  is  affectionate 
enough,  Heaven  knows,  but  she  has  none  of 
the  snap  or  stamina  of  her  European  counter- 
part. The  children  are  allowed  to  wander  at 
will  among  the  fishermen  of  the  reef  or  the 
melon-sellers  of  the  market.  The  purer  senti- 
ment of  paternity  —  that  of  seeing  himself 
mirrored  again  in  the  person  of  these  brown 
mites — does  not  come  to  Jack.  The  white  man 
cannot  live  again  in  his  brown  children.  And 
yet  their  future  torments  him.  What  will  be- 
come of  them.  What  are  the  islands  making 
of  them  ? 

Two  courses  are  here  open,  a  bad  and  a 
worse.  The  first,  the  bad  one,  is  to  "let  things 
slide,"  i.e.  keep  the  children  in  the  islands  and 
let  them  grow  up  as  they  can.  The  second, 
the  worse,  is  to  send  them  away  to  be  educated 
in  some  big  centre  of  civilisation,  say  Auckland 
or  San  Francisco.  We  have  seen  how .  this 

319 


The  Log  of  an  Island  Wanderer 

turned  out  in  one  individual  case.  Should  the 
father  contemplate  leaving  the  islands  and  settling 
at  home,  the  proprietorship  of  a  Europeanised 
brown  daughter  is  hardly  a  blessing.  If — as 
is  more  usual  —  Jack's  true  home  is  in  the 
islands,  it  becomes  a  positive  curse.  It  means 
that,  her  education  completed,  back  comes  the 
young  lady  to  a  lonely,  monotonous,  joyless 
existence  —  quite  devoid  of  the  comforts  for 
which  her  parent's  mistaken  kindness  has  taught 
her  to  crave — with  the  brummagem  politics  of 
rival  traders  for  topic  of  conversation,  for  amuse- 
ment an  occasional  scratch  entertainment  at  the 
hotel,  the  yearly  call  on  H.M.  Consul,  or  the 
funeral  of  an  ex-something-or-other. 

No — native  wifehood  is  a  troublesome  question 
at  best,  and  the  wisest  thing  for  any  man  tempted 
that  way  will  be  to  remember,  and  practically 
apply,  the  advice  given  in  a  vaguely  similar  case 
years  ago  by  Mr.  Punch — Don't. 


THE    END 


Printed  by  BALLAJJTTKK,  HANSOM  &*  Co. 
Edinburgh  &•  London 


7/tf 


UNIVERSITY  Of  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 
Los  Angeles 

This  book  is  DUE  on  the  la*t  date  stamped  below. 


Form  L9-Series  4939 


UC  SOUTHERN  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 


A    001  238  608    2